User:HausaDictionary/glosbe

From Wiktionary
Jump to navigation Jump to search

site:glosbe.com/ha/en "Example sentences with" -"No translation memories found" (About 4,630 results) Pages 1-3

Research also site:glosbe.com/en/ha "Example sentences with " -"No translation memories found"

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of a waje[change]

  1. a waje. <> Bethel, Restaurants, appear in the main, appearances, at, doors under the, gathered outside, in, on the outside, on, out, outside a, outside on a, outside, outward appearances, outwardly.
    1. 6 Yayin da ka tsaya a waje a cikin rana lokacin rani, yaya kake ji a jikinka? <> 6 When you stand outside on a bright summer day, what do you feel on your skin?
    2. Hakika, ya zama al’adar mutane su taru a waje a wuri mai tsarki suna addu’a sa’ad da ake miƙa wa Jehobah turare a kan bagadi na zinariya.—Luka 1:8-10. <> Evidently, it had become the custom for people to gather in prayer outside the sanctuary while incense was being presented to Jehovah on the golden altar.—Luke 1:8-10.
    3. Tun da yake babu wutan lantarki a yawancin wurare a ƙasar, mutanen suna ayyukansu na kullum a waje a ƙarƙashin inuwar itace. <> Since many parts of that country are without electricity, the people usually do their daily chores out-of-doors under the shade of a tree.
    4. A waje a gaban gagarumin gida, sai ga gawawwakin tsofaffi biyu mata da miji, waɗanda suka faɗo daga gidan bene mai hawa takwas. <> There, just outside a plush residential complex, he came upon two lifeless bodies—an elderly married couple who had leaped from the window of their eighth-floor apartment.
    5. (a) Ta yaya kalmomin Jehobah a 1 Samuila 16:7 ya taimake mu kada mu kasance da son kai kuma mu guji wariya ta yadda mutane suke a waje? (A. <> How do Jehovah’s words at 1 Samuel 16:7 help us to be impartial and to avoid being prejudiced by outward appearances?
    6. Da farko ana buga duk littattafai a waje, amma a shekara ta 1920, Shaidun sun buga wasu littattafai a wasu gine-gine da suka yi hayarsu. <> All literature was, at first, printed by commercial firms; then, in 1920, the Witnesses produced some literature in rented factory buildings.
    7. Masu gadin suna sa mu tsaya a waje kusan sa’a ɗaya, ko ana rana ko kuma ruwan sama. <> Guards made us stand outside for about an hour, rain or shine.
    8. Kasancewa tsatsarka yana nufin kasancewa mai tsabta marar kazanta, ba kawai a waje ba amma a ciki. <> To be chaste means to be pure and undefiled not just outwardly but inwardly.
    9. “Gonaki” da mabiyansa suka bari suna nuni ga aikin biyan bukata da mutane da yawa, har da masu wa’azi a ƙasashen waje, waɗanda suke iyalin Bethel, bayi masu hidima a ƙasashen waje, da sauransu suka bari da yardan rai domin su faɗaɗa ayyukan Mulki a ƙasashe dabam-dabam. <> The “fields” his followers leave behind refer to the livelihoods that many, including missionaries, members of the Bethel family, international servants, and others, willingly give up in order to advance Kingdom interests in various lands.
    10. 6:16-18 Na fi damuwa da yadda nake a waje fiye da yadda nake a ciki? <> 6:16-18 Am I inclined to be more concerned with appearances than with who I am on the inside?
    11. Ana zubar da sauran naman a waje da zangon ko kuma a wasu lokatai firistocin su ci. <> The rest of the animal was disposed of outside the camp or in some cases partaken of by the priests.
    12. 2 Kalaman nan “mai wa’azi a ƙasashen waje” da kuma “masu wa’azi a ƙasashen waje” ba sa cikin Litafi Mai-Tsarki. <> 2 The words “missionary” and “missionaries” do not appear in the main text of the New World Translation of the Holy Scriptures.
    13. Yin ƙoƙarin kame fushinmu a waje yayin da zuciyarmu take tafasa a ciki yana ƙara mana nauyi. <> Trying to remain calm on the outside while boiling with anger on the inside puts us under strain.
    14. Da akwai kuma waɗanda suke tunanin cewa zuwa a yi aiki a waje yana kawo kuɗi, amma aiki a gida ko kuma wasu aikin tsabtace gida ba su da riba. <> There also are those who reason that going out to work pays the bills, whereas housework or other cleaning chores are of no financial value.
    15. Kamar yadda tumaki a Bashan da Gilead suke kiwo a waje mai ni’ima, haka mutanen Allah a yau suke more ni’ima ta ruhaniya—ƙarin albarka ne ga waɗanda suke tafiya cikin filako da Allah.—Litafin Lissafi 32:1; Kubawar Shari’a 32:14. <> Just as sheep in Bashan and Gilead fed on rich pastures and prospered, so God’s people today enjoy spiritual prosperity—yet another blessing for those walking modestly with God.—Numbers 32:1; Deuteronomy 32:14.
    16. Saboda haka, sa’ad da Littafi Mai Tsarki ya ce Allah yana duban zuciya, yana nufin cewa yana duba fiye da yadda mutum yake a waje, yana duban ainihin yadda mutum yake a ciki. <> So when the Bible says that God sees the heart, it means that he looks beyond outward appearances and focuses on what a person really is.
    17. Amma sun san cewa Yahudawa sun taru a waje da birnin don su yi addu’a, don hakan suka rifta zarafi don su yi musu wa’azi. <> They, however, knew that Jews gathered outside the city to pray, so they took advantage of the opportunity to preach to them.
    18. Muna tuntuɓar mutane da muke gani a waje da gidansu da kuma waɗanda suke aiki a yankin. <> We approach those we see outside their homes and those who work in the area.
    19. Na san cewa da wannan ilimin, ina iya samun kuɗi sosai a waje, amma ba zan samu abin da nake morewa a nan ba, wato, rayuwa mai gamsarwa da kwanciyar hankali ba tare da damuwa da gasa na wuraren aiki masu yawa ba. <> I know that with this knowledge, I could make a lot of money outside of Bethel, but I would not have what I enjoy here—a tranquil, satisfying life without the worries and competitiveness of many commercial workplaces.
    20. ▪ Gidan Abinci da Masu Sayar da Abubuwa a Waje: Ku ɗaukaka sunan Jehobah ta halinku mai kyau a gidajen abinci. <> ▪ Restaurants: Honor Jehovah’s name by your fine conduct at restaurants.

[17-08-25 01:51:36:213 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of adadi[change]

  1. adadi. <> a large number, a, definite number, exact number, number, numbers, of, statistics.
    1. Yayin da adadin Ɗaliban Littafi Mai Tsarki yake ƙaruwa, adadi da girman wuraren da ake taron Tuna Mutuwar Yesu a faɗin duniya ma sun ƙaru. <> As the ranks of the Bible Students grew, so did the number and size of Memorial gatherings worldwide.
    2. Amma, rukuni na biyu “ƙasaitaccen taro,” ba su da takamaiman adadi. <> However, the second group, “a great crowd,” is without a definite number.
    3. 13 Tun da yake Allah ya san duka waɗannan halittu na sama, babu shakka ba zai masa da wuya ya san adadi kaɗan na mutane ba. <> 13 Since God can keep track of all these heavenly bodies, surely it would be no problem for him to keep track of a far smaller number of humans.
    4. (Galatiyawa 6:16) Daga ƙaramin adadi, wannan al’ummar za ta kai 144,000.—Ru’ya ta Yohanna 7:1-4. <> (Galatians 6:16) From small beginnings, that nation would finally number 144,000.—Revelation 7:1-4.
    5. An tattara wasu shafaffu kuma suka cika adadi na 144,000. <> Other anointed ones have been gathered in order to complete the number of 144,000.
    6. A dukan duniya, mutane fiye da matsakaicin adadi 5,000 suke zama almajiran Kristi na gaske kowanne mako na shekara! <> In fact, worldwide, an average of over 5,000 people become genuine disciples of Christ each week of the year!
    7. Da wannan, yana da kyau a ɗauka cewa adadi 144,000 na zahiri ne. <> With that in mind, it is logical to take the number 144,000 to be literal.
    8. Demetrius Papageorge, ma’aikaci a hedkwata na Society na dogon lokaci, ya yi kalami: “ ‘Photo-Drama’ aiki ne da ba shi da lahani, idan muka duba adadi kaɗan na Ɗaliban Littafi Mai Tsarkin da kuma kuɗi kaɗan da ke akwai. <> Demetrius Papageorge, long a member of the Society’s headquarters staff, commented: “The ‘Photo-Drama’ was a masterpiece of a project, when we consider the small number of Bible Students and the proportionately small amount of finances available.
    9. Hakika, littafin Wahayin Yahaya yana cike da adadi na alama da yawa, amma ya haɗa da adadi na zahiri ma. <> Granted, Revelation contains numerous symbolic numbers, but it also includes literal numbers.
    10. (Tafiyar tsutsa tamu ce; Luka 12:32) Wannan “ƙaramin garken,” da aka tashe su su kasance tare da Yesu a Mulkin sama yana da adadi. <> (Luke 12:32) This “little flock,” who are resurrected to be with Jesus in his heavenly Kingdom, are an exact number.
    11. 14 Hatimcewar ƙarshen na adadi ƙalilan na Kiristoci da aka kira su yi mulki da Kristi a sama ya kusa ƙarewa. <> 14 The final sealing of the relatively small number of Christians called to reign with Christ in heaven is nearing completion.
    12. Wane adadi ya nuna cewa mutane da yawa a yau suna bin gargaɗin Bitrus su kasance a faɗake? <> What statistics indicate that many today are following Peter’s counsel to stay awake?
    13. Waɗannan tambayoyi suna da muhimmanci tun da ba ma so mu saka adadi bisa ayyukan bangaskiya ko kuma samun rahoto mai kyau ya zama abin da ya fi damunmu a hidimarmu ta Kirista. <> These are reasonable questions, since we do not want to put numbers ahead of acts of faith or let having a good report become a major concern regarding our Christian activity.
    14. Wannan adadi ne mai yawa kam! <> What a large number that was!
    15. Da haka ayoyin sun nuna cewa adadi 144,000 na zahiri ne. <> Thus, the context strongly indicates that the number 144,000 must be taken literally.
    16. Bullinger ya lura haka a shekara 100 da ta shige: “Furci ne mai sauƙi na gaskiya: takamaiman adadi ne da ya saɓa da adadi da babu iyaka a wannan sura.” <> Bullinger observed some 100 years ago: “It is the simple statement of fact: a definite number in contrast with the indefinite number in this very chapter.”
    17. 8 Babban garke suna tallafa wa adadi ɗan kaɗan na waɗanda suke da bege na samaniya, da suke ja-gorar aikin wa’azin. <> 8 The great crowd support the small number of those with heavenly hopes, who take the lead in the preaching work.
    18. 10:4) Hakika, yadda ka nome zuciyarka zai nuna adadi da kuma halayen ’yar ruhu mai tsarki da ka samu. <> 10:4) Yes, how you cultivate the soil of your heart makes a difference in the quality and quantity of the fruitage of the holy spirit in you.
    19. * (Wahayin Yahaya 20:3, 5-7) Saboda haka, ko za a ɗauki adadi cikin littafin Wahayin Yahaya a zahiri ko na alama ya dangana da abin da ya faru da abin da ake tattaunawa. <> * (Revelation 20:3, 5-7) Hence, whether a number in Revelation is to be taken literally or symbolically depends on its background and setting.
    20. The World Almanac (Kalandar Duniya) ta nuna cewa cikin wannan adadi 1,165,000,000 Musulmai ne; 1,030,000,000 kuma ’yan Roma Katolika ne; 762,000,000 kuma ’yan Hindu ne; 354,000,000 kuma ’yan Buddha ne; 316,000,000 kuma ’yan Farostatan ne; da kuma 214,000,000 ’yan Orthodox. <> The World Almanac indicates that of this number some 1,165,000,000 are Muslims; 1,030,000,000 are Roman Catholics; 762,000,000 are Hindus; 354,000,000 are Buddhists; 316,000,000 are Protestants; and 214,000,000 are Orthodox.

[17-08-25 01:51:36:330 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of adanawa[change]

  1. adanawa. <> Preservation, means, treasure.
    1. Gyarawa da Adanawa: Ana gyara da kuma adana littattafai da kayayyakin fasaha marasa ƙarfi ta wajen yin amfani da kayan gyara masu kyau. <> Restoration and Preservation: Fragile books and artifacts are repaired and preserved using professional restoration methods.
    2. Alal misali, wasu suna yin rayuwa da ba sa iya adanawa. <> For example, some complicate their lives by living beyond their means.
    3. Aba ce da ya kamata mu yi fahariya da ita, abar adanawa. <> It is something to be proud of, something to treasure.

[17-08-25 01:51:36:442 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of allon hotuna[change]

  1. allon hotuna. <> advertising.
    1. A YAU, akwai hotuna da labarai game da jima’i a ko’ina—a talabijin, a fina-finai, da kuma a allon talla. <> TODAY, sex is everywhere—on TV, in movies, and plastered all over advertising.

[17-08-25 01:51:36:571 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of auduga[change]

  1. auduga. <> cotton, snow, thread, wool.
    1. Da akwai manoma, da suke nomar gyaɗa, auduga, da kuma shinkafa. <> There are also farmers, cultivating peanuts, cotton, and rice.
    2. Ka lura yadda Jehovah ya kwatanta yawan yadda yake gafartawa: “Ko da zunubanku sun yi kamar mulufi, za su yi fari kamar [dusar ƙanƙara]: ko da suna ja wur kamar garura, za su zama kamar auduga.” <> Notice how Jehovah describes his capacity for forgiveness: “Though the sins of you people should prove to be as scarlet, they will be made white just like snow; though they should be red like crimson cloth, they will become even like wool.”
    3. Ya daɗa da cewa: “Ko da zunubanku sun yi baƙi kamar mulufi, za su yi fari kamar kankara: ko da suna ja wur kamar garura, za su zama fari kamar auduga.” <> ‘Though your sins are like scarlet, they will be made as white as snow.’”
    4. (Farawa 41:42; Joshua 2:6) Wataƙila ba a noman auduga a ƙasar Isra’ila, amma Nassi ya ambata cewa ana amfani da shi a ƙasar Fasiya. <> (Genesis 41:42; Joshua 2:6) The Israelites of Bible times may not have grown cotton, but the Scriptures mention use of this fiber in Persia.
    5. Ka lura yadda Jehovah ya kwatanta yawan yadda yake gafartawa: “Ko da zunubanku sun yi kamar mulufi, za su yi fari kamar [dusar ƙanƙara]; ko da suna ja wur kamar garura, za su zama kamar auduga.” <> Notice how Jehovah describes his capacity for forgiveness: “Though the sins of you people should prove to be as scarlet, they will be made white just like snow; though they should be red like crimson cloth, they will become even like wool.”
    6. Ana haɗa irin waɗannan fallen ne da danƙo ko kuma a ɗinka su da zaren auduga. <> A number of these sheets were joined together side by side with paste or sewn together with linen thread.

[17-08-25 01:51:36:733 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of azurfa[change]

  1. azurfa. <> Silver, pieces of silver, silver pieces, silver, silversmith.
    1. (Ru’ya ta Yohanna 2:8, 9) Ko da yake Kiristocin da ke Smirna talakawa ne, suna da wadatar da ta fi azurfa da zinariya tamani. <> (Revelation 2:8, 9) The Christians at Smyrna, though poor, possessed riches far more valuable than silver or gold.
    2. A gareni shari’ar bakinka ta fi dubban zinariya da azurfa.” <> The law of your mouth is good for me, more so than thousands of pieces of gold and silver.”
    3. Daidai da abin da Daniel sura 2 ta ce, mafarkin ya ƙunshi babban siffa mai kan zinariya, ƙirji da damutsa na azurfa, ciki da kuma cinyoyi na jan ƙarfe, ƙafafu na ƙarfe, da kuma sawaye na ƙarfe haɗe da tabo. <> According to Daniel chapter 2, the dream involved an immense image with a head of gold, breasts and arms of silver, belly and thighs of copper, legs of iron, and feet of iron mixed with clay.
    4. Wataƙila an lulluɓe azara da kuma dukan gefen ɗakunan su da zinariya da azurfa; da kuma katako kyawawa masu ƙamshi, aka yi amfani da su a aikin sassaƙa.” <> The beams, as well as the sides of the chambers, may have been gilded, or even plated, with gold and silver; and the rarest woods, in which the cedar was conspicuous, were used for the woodwork.”
    5. (Zabura 119:114, 117, 118; Karin Magana 3:32) Ya ɗauki irin waɗannan mugayen a matsayin datti da aka cire daga azurfa da zinariya. <> (Psalm 119:114, 117, 118; Proverbs 3:32) He views such wicked ones as “scummy dross”—impurities removed from such valuable metals as silver and gold.
    6. Sai “dukan wanda zuciyarsa ta zuga shi,” ya kawo zinariya da azurfa, lu’ulu’u, da wasu kayayyaki. <> In response, “everyone whose heart impelled him” brought gold and silver, jewelry, and other materials.
    7. Sa’ad da yake yin magana ga Helenawa a ƙasar Atina, Bulus ya ce: “Ba ya kamata mu zaci Allantaka tana kama da zinariya, ko azurfa, ko dutse, abin da a kan sassaƙa ta wurin sana’ar mutum da dabarassa. <> When speaking to the Greeks in Athens, Paul said: “We ought not to imagine that the Divine Being is like gold or silver or stone, like something sculptured by the art and contrivance of man.
    8. Sarkin ya ga babbar siffa da ke da kan zinariya, kirji da hannayen azurfa, ciki da cinyoyin jangaci, ƙafafuwan ƙarfe, da kuma sawun ƙarfe da aka haɗa da yumɓu. <> The king had seen a giant image with a head of gold, breasts and arms of silver, belly and thighs of copper, legs of iron, and feet of iron mixed with clay.
    9. 5. Menene Joshua ya gaya wa mayaƙa su yi wa mutanen da kuma birninsu, amma azurfa, zinariya, jan ƙarfe da kuma ƙarfe fa? <> What does Joshua tell the fighting men to do to the people and the city, but what about the silver, gold, copper, and iron?
    10. Kōfi na azurfa da abin da aka faɗa game da shi mai yiwuwa ruɗu ne. <> The silver cup and what was said about it were evidently part of a subterfuge or stratagem.
    11. Suka sayar da shi a kan azurfa 20. <> They sell Joseph for 20 pieces of silver.
    12. Sarkin ya amince da ‘dukan roƙon’ da Ezra ya yi don gina gidan Jehobah kuma ya ba shi zinariya da azurfa da alkama da inabi da māi da kuma gishiri. Adadinsu sama da dala 100,000,000 ne <> The king grants Ezra “everything he requested” for Jehovah’s house—gold, silver, wheat, wine, oil, and salt, all worth well over $100,000,000 (U.S.) at modern values
    13. Misalai 2:1-5 ta ce: “Ɗana, idan ka karɓi zantattukana, ka ɓoye dokokina a wurinka: Har da za ka karkata kunnenka ga hikima, ka maida zuciyarka ga fahimi: I, idan ka nace bin ganewa, ka tada muryarka garin neman fahimi: Idan ka neme ta kamar azurfa, ka biɗe ta kamar da a ke biɗan ɓoyayyun dukiya: Sa’annan za ka gane tsoron Ubangiji, ka ruski sanin Allah.” <> Proverbs 2:1-5 says: “My son, if you will receive my sayings and treasure up my own commandments with yourself, so as to pay attention to wisdom with your ear, that you may incline your heart to discernment; if, moreover, you call out for understanding itself and you give forth your voice for discernment itself, if you keep seeking for it as for silver, and as for hid treasures you keep searching for it, in that case you will understand the fear of Jehovah, and you will find the very knowledge of God.”
    14. Domin kasuwanci zai ƙare, haɗe da na “waɗanda ke awon azurfa.” <> Because commercial activity, including that of “those weighing out silver,” would cease there.
    15. Ya goyi bayan samun ilimi sosai, da kuma ɗaukaka koyarwar mutanensa a fasaha na wayewar kai fiye da Zinariya da Azurfa.” <> He is a great advocate for education, and esteems the instruction of his people in the arts of civilization more than Gold and Silver.”
    16. Dimitriyus maƙerin azurfa ne ya ta da hargitsin. <> The silversmith Demetrius had incited a riot.
    17. 9 Ya ci gaba da cewa: “Idan ka neme ta kamar azurfa, ka biɗe ta kamar da a ke biɗan ɓoyayyun dukiya: . . . <> 9 He continues: “If you keep seeking for it [understanding] as for silver, and as for hid treasures you keep searching for it, . . .”
    18. Azurfa 10,000 da Haman ya yi alkawarin zai bayar a ajiye cikin ma’ajin sarki ba su kai yawan kuɗin da za a samu ba, da a ce Haman ya yi ƙulli ne a sayar da Yahudawa a matsayin bayi. <> The 10,000 silver pieces that Haman had promised were far less profitable to the king’s treasury than the wealth that could have been generated if Haman had schemed to sell the Jews as slaves.
    19. “Magana a kan kari tana kama da tuntuwa na zinariya cikin kwanduna na azurfa.”—MIS. <> “As apples of gold in silver carvings is a word spoken at the right time for it.”—PROV.
    20. Idan yara suka yi na’am da “koyaswar Ubangiji,” za su sami hikima, sani, da fahimi, abubuwan da suka fi azurfa da zinari tamani.—Misalai 3:11-18. <> If children accept “the discipline of Jehovah,” they gain wisdom, knowledge, and discernment—assets more valuable than silver or gold.—Proverbs 3:11-18.

[17-08-25 01:51:36:990 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of bama[change]

  1. bama. <> Bombs, bomb, of.
    1. Sai muka ji ƙarar fashewar bama-bamai da kuma rushewar gidaje wadda somawar ta’addanci ne ke nan. <> Then came the howl of bombs and destruction and a roar that burst the eardrums of the terror-struck.
    2. Ko da yake ana ruwan bama-bamai da kuma makaman roka kowace rana, ban fasa zuwa wurin da nake koyan dambe ba. <> Bombs, shells, and rockets fell daily, but I still went for my training.
    3. 8:24) Alal misali, Amirka ta jefa bama-bamai na atam guda biyu da suka halaka abubuwa sosai a ƙasar da ke gaba Mulkin Biritaniya da Amirka. <> 8:24) For example, the United States caused terrible ruin on an unprecedented scale when it dropped two atomic devices on an enemy of the dual world power.
    4. Kuma muna fama da harin bama-bamai da ’yan Jamus suke kai wa Landan ta yankin Kent. <> We also had to cope with air raids and German V-1 missiles that flew quite low over Kent to bomb London.
    5. 11 Alal misali, a wasu ƙasashe da ake yawan yaƙe-yaƙe, mutane ba sa iya nome babban sashe na filayen domin an binne bama-bamai a ƙasa. <> 11 To illustrate, it is estimated that in some war-ravaged countries, 35 percent more land could be cultivated if the inhabitants did not have to worry about the presence of land mines.
    6. A daren da aka jefa bama-bamai a garin Oulu da kuma Kalajoki, wutan da ke ci ya sa sarari ya yi ja. <> When the nearby cities of Oulu and Kalajoki were bombed, we saw a red glow in the night sky.
    7. Har yanzu ina tune da tashin bama-bamai da mutane da suka rasa ƙafafunsu da kuma hannayensu sanadin yaƙin. <> I have vivid memories of land-mine explosions and innocent victims with missing limbs.

[17-08-25 01:51:37:110 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of barkono[change]

  1. barkono. <> chilies.
    1. Masu dafa abinci a birnin Yangon da ke ƙasar Myanmar sun rage amfani da barkono masu zafi sa’ad da suke dafa abinci don baƙin da suka zo daga ƙasashen waje. <> In Yangon, Myanmar, thoughtful cooks used fewer fiery chilies than usual in dishes served to international delegates.

[17-08-25 01:51:37:287 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of bayani[change]

  1. bayani. <> Explain, More, accurate information, curious, details, explained, information, more, sheds light, the.
    1. Gādonmu ya haɗa da wane bayani? <> Our spiritual heritage includes what accurate information?
    2. Za Ka Iya Ba da Bayani? <> Can You Explain?
    3. Ka yi bayani a kan furci biyun nan “ayyukan jiki” da “ɗiyan ruhu.” <> Explain the two expressions “the works of the flesh” and “the fruitage of the spirit.”
    4. Za ka iya daɗa cewa, “Hakika, wannan nassin yana ɗauke da ƙarin bayani.” <> You could add, “Actually, that passage says much more.”
    5. “Ka Yi Mana Ƙarin Bayani!” <> “Tell Us More!”
    6. A United States, mashahurran abokan gāba da mutane da ba su da cikakken bayani suka fara kawo ‘damuwa ta dokoki.’ <> In the United States, influential enemies and misinformed people brought ‘trouble framed by decree.’
    7. Za ka so ka sami ƙarin bayani a kan wasu daga cikin koyarwa ko kuma abubuwan da Shaidun Jehobah suka yi imani da su? <> Are you curious about any of the beliefs or religious practices of Jehovah’s Witnesses?
    8. Don ƙarin bayani, ka duba babi na 15 na wannan littafin Menene Ainihi Littafi Mai Tsarki Yake Koyarwa? Shaidun Jehobah ne suka wallafa. <> For more information, see chapter 15 of this book, What Does the Bible Really Teach?, published by Jehovah’s Witnesses.
    9. Idan za ka so ƙarin bayani ko kuma za ka so wani ya zo gidanka yana nazari da kai, don Allah ka rubuta wa Watch Tower P.M.B. 1090, Benin City 300001, Edo State, Nigeria, ko kuma zuwa ga adireshi da ya dace a shafi na 2. <> If you would welcome further information or would like to have someone call at your home to conduct a free Bible study with you, please write to Jehovah’s Witnesses, 25 Columbia Heights, Brooklyn, NY 11201-2483, or to the appropriate address listed on page 2.
    10. 12 Annabi Daniel ya ba da ƙarin bayani game da farmaki na ƙarshe a kan mutanen Allah, ya rubuta haka: “[Sarkin arewa] za ya fita kuwa da babbar hasala domin shi halaka mutane dayawa, ya washe su sarai. <> 12 The prophet Daniel sheds light upon a final attack against God’s people, writing: “He [the king of the north] will certainly go forth in a great rage in order to annihilate and to devote many to destruction.
    11. Don ƙarin bayani, ka duba babi na 3 na littafin nan Menene Ainihi Littafi Mai Tsarki Yake Koyarwa? Shaidun Jehobah ne suka wallafa. <> For more information, see chapter 3 of this book, What Does the Bible Really Teach?, published by Jehovah’s Witnesses.
    12. zai ba da cikakken bayani game da ma’anar wasu zaɓaɓɓun labarai daga Littafi Mai Tsarki. <> will share interesting background information that sheds light on the meaning of selected Bible accounts.
    13. Sakin layi na 4: Don ƙarin bayani, ka duba Hasumiyar Tsaro ta 1 ga Satumba, 1994, shafuffuka na 11-22 da kuma ta 1 ga Mayu, 1999, shafuffuka na 14-26. <> Paragraph 4: For more information, see The Watchtower, February 15, 1994, pages 8-21 and The Watchtower, May 1, 1999, pages 8-20.
    14. (Ishaya 56:6, 7) Ru’ya ta Yohanna 7:9-15 sun ba da ƙarin bayani, sun kwatanta “taro mai-girma” daga “dukan al’ummai” waɗanda suka taru don su bauta wa Allah su kuma yi masa addu’a “dare da rana” yayin da suke tsaye a farfajiya na waje na haikali na ruhaniya. <> (Isaiah 56:6, 7) Revelation 7:9-15 gives further details, telling of “a great crowd” from “all nations” who gather in worship and prayer to God “day and night” as they stand in the outer courtyard of the spiritual temple.
    15. Shafuffuka na ƙarshe sun yi bayani a kan lokacin da Allah zai kawar da mutuwa kuma ya mayar da duniyar nan Aljanna. <> The final pages tell of the time when death will be brought to nothing and God will restore Paradise to the earth.
    16. Sura 7 tana ɗauke da bayani na sarai na kwatancin “manyan bisashe guda huɗu”—zaki, damisa, kura, da kuma bisa mai ban tsoro mai manyan haƙoran ƙarfe. <> Chapter 7 contains a vivid tableau of “four huge beasts”—a lion, a bear, a leopard, and a fearsome beast with big teeth of iron.
    17. Don ƙarin bayani, ka duba babi na 18 na littafin nan Menene Ainihi Littafi Mai Tsarki Yake Koyarwa? <> For more information, see chapter 18 of the book What Does the Bible Really Teach?
    18. (Matta 4:23; Luka 4:43) Yesu ya yi bayani dalla-dalla a kan ko mene ne Mulkin Allah da kuma abin da mulkin zai yi wajen cika nufin Jehobah.—Matta 6:9, 10. <> (Matthew 4:23; Luke 4:43) With remarkable clarity and simplicity, he explained what God’s Kingdom is and what it will do in fulfilling Jehovah’s will.—Matthew 6:9, 10.
    19. Hakika, domin babu cikakken bayani a kan wannan ayar, ba za mu faɗi da tabbas yadda wasu Yahudawa suka ‘saɓa wa haikali’ ba. <> Frankly, in view of the limited information in this passage, we cannot be dogmatic as to how some Jews ‘robbed temples.’
    20. Don ƙarin bayani, ka duba shafuffuka na 170 zuwa 173 na littafin nan Menene Ainihi Littafi Mai Tsarki Yake Koyarwa? <> For more information, see pages 170-173 of the book What Does the Bible Really Teach?

[17-08-25 01:51:37:698 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of binciken suna[change]

  1. binciken suna. <> Scientific research, Witnesses were, be, even, feel, professed, research, survey, they are examining.
    1. Masu bincike suna nazarin ƙahon wata dabba da nufin su yi kwalkwali mai ƙwari; suna binciken ƙudaje iri-iri da suke da fasalin jin abubuwa sosai don su kyautata abin jin magana; kuma suna binciken fukafukan mujiya domin su kyautata jirgin sama da rada ba ta gani. <> Researchers are studying antlers, with the goal of building stronger helmets; they are looking at a species of fly that has acute hearing, with a view toward improving hearing aids; and they are examining the wing feathers of owls, with the idea of improving stealth airplanes.
    2. 4 Binciken kimiyya tana da iyaka—suna yinsa ne bisa abin da mutane suke iya gani ko kuwa koya. <> 4 Scientific research is limited—restricted to what humans can actually observe or study.
    3. Binciken kuma ya nuna cewa mutanen suna bauta ne cikin manyan addini 19 kuma waɗanda suke da’awar su Kiristoci ne sun rabu har wajen gida 37,000. <> The survey also found that the believers belong to 19 major religions and that those who claim to be Christians belong to an astonishing 37,000 different denominations.
    4. • A lokacin binciken “haikali,” su wanene aka samu suna aiki kamar bawa mai aminci, kuma wane mallaka ne aka ba su? <> • At the “temple” inspection, who were found to be acting as a faithful slave, and what belongings were entrusted to them?
    5. Catholic, da ta yi binciken, ta ce mutane da yawa suna jinkirin gaya wa wasu game da imaninsu saboda “mugun sunan da cocin ya yi na yin lalata da kuma koyarwa masu rikitarwa da ake yi a cikin cocin.” <> Catholic, the magazine that conducted the survey, said that many hold back from sharing their faith because of “the church’s poor image with the recent sex abuse scandal and problematic church teachings.”
    6. Ƙari ga haka, ’yan kasuwa ne ke ɗaukan nauyin wasu binciken da ake yi a jami’ar, don haka, waɗanda suke binciken ba sa bin hanya don suna son waɗannan masana’antu su yi riba. <> Also, some programs at the university relied on businesses for funding, so researchers might feel inclined to favor those businesses.
    7. Mutane suna faɗin abin da suke ganin zai faru bisa ga binciken kimiyya ko tabbatattun bayanai ko abin da ya daɗe yana faruwa. Wasu kuma suna yin hakan domin suna da’awa cewa sun san gaibi. <> Human predictions are often based on such factors as scientific research, analysis of available facts and trends, or even bogus spiritual insight.
    8. 14 Har yaya binciken Jehovah na waɗanda suke da’awar suna masa sujjada zai kai? <> 14 How far-reaching would Jehovah’s examination of his professed worshipers be?
    9. Yaya yawan binciken Allah na waɗanda suke da’awar suna masa sujjada? <> How far-reaching would God’s examination of his professed worshipers be?
    10. Gerald Hacke na ƙungiyar Hannah-Arendt-Institute na Binciken Mulkin Kama Karya, ya rubuta: “Shaidun Jehovah suna tsakanin rukunonin jama’a da mulkoki biyu na kama karya a Jamus ke tsananta wa kusan kullum.” <> Gerald Hacke of the Hannah-Arendt-Institute for Research Into Totalitarianism writes: “Jehovah’s Witnesses were one of the few social groups to be persecuted almost continually by both dictatorships on German soil.”
    11. Matasa suna iya duba hasiya da ke gaba kuma su yi furci a kan binciken da suka yi sa’ad da ake tattauna wannan talifin a Nazarin Hasumiyar Tsaro a ikilisiya. <> Young ones in particular may enjoy looking up the footnoted references that follow and then commenting on their research when this article is discussed at the congregation Watchtower Study.

[17-08-25 01:51:37:825 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of bunsuru[change]

  1. bunsuru. <> goat.
    1. Ka tuna cewa babban firist a Isra’ila yana miƙa dabbobi biyu ne—bijimi don zunuban firistoci da kuma bunsuru don zunuban ƙabilun da ba firistoci ba. <> Remember that the high priest in Israel offered two animals—a bull for the sins of the priests and a goat for the sins of the nonpriestly tribes.
    2. 7:6) A wani wahayi kuma, Daniyel ya ga wani bunsuru mai babbar ƙaho guda. <> 7:6) In another vision, Daniel described how a goat with a prominent single horn quickly kills a two-horned ram, Medo-Persia.
    3. Sai ya sake yin haka, ya miƙa bunsuru don zunuban ƙabilu 12 na Isra’ila da ba firistoci ba. <> Then, following the same procedure, he offered up a goat to atone for Israel’s 12 nonpriestly tribes.
    4. Saboda su wa babban firist na Isra’ila yake miƙa bunsuru, kuma menene wannan yake alamtawa? <> In whose behalf did Israel’s high priest offer up a goat, and what did this foreshadow?
    5. Sau ɗaya a shekara, a Ranar Kafara, babban firist ‘zai ɗibiya hannunsa duka biyu a bisa kan bunsuru mai-rai, ya furta dukan muguntar ’ya’yan Isra’ila a bisan kan bunsurun, bunsurun kuma za ya ɗauka wa kansa dukan muguntarsu zuwa cikin ƙasa inda babu kowa.’ <> Once a year, on Atonement Day, the high priest ‘laid both his hands upon the head of the live goat and confessed over it all the errors of the sons of Israel, and he put them upon the head of the goat and the goat carried upon itself all their errors into a desert land.’
    6. Babban firist yana miƙa bijimi don zunuban firistoci, bunsuru kuma don zunuban ƙabilu da ba firistoci ba na Isra’ila <> The high priest offered a bull for the sins of the priests and a goat for the sins of Israel’s nonpriestly tribes
    7. Na biyu, tamanin jinin Yesu ya shafi miliyoyin mutanen da suka ba da gaskiya ga Kristi, kamar yadda hadayar bunsuru take nunawa. <> Second, the value of Jesus’ blood is applied in behalf of millions of others who exercise faith in Christ, as shown by the sacrifice of the goat.

[17-08-25 01:51:37:977 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of burodi[change]

  1. burodi. <> bread, expenses, loaves.
    1. Hatsin da ake yin burodi da shi, kamar su, alkama da sha’ir, da kuma maiwa da gero su ne yawancin abincin da Yahudawa na ƙarni na farko suke ci. <> Cereals used to make bread, such as wheat and barley, as well as others, such as oats, spelt, and millet, made up a large portion of the first-century Jewish diet.
    2. An ciyar da mutane ɗari da burodi 20.—2 Sarakuna 4:42-44 <> One hundred men are fed with 20 loaves.—2 Kings 4:42-44
    3. Andarawus ya ce: ‘Wannan yaron da yake ɗauke da abincinmu, yana da burodi biyar da kifi guda biyu. <> Andrew speaks up: ‘This boy, who is carrying our food, has five loaves of bread and two fishes.
    4. A wane lokaci ne Shaiɗan ya jarabe Yesu ya canja duwatsu zuwa burodi? <> When was Jesus tempted to change stones into loaves of bread?
    5. Ka tuna cewa Yesu ya yi tanadin abinci ga wasu rukunin mutanen da suka zo wurinsa, ya ba su burodi da kifi. <> Recall that Jesus provided a meal for a sizable group that came to him—he multiplied bread and fish.
    6. Littafin nan Life in Biblical Israel ya ce: Abincin da ake ci da rana ba mai nauyi ba ne, ya haɗa da burodi, hatsi, zaitun, da ’ya’yan ɓaure.” <> The book Life in Biblical Israel says: “The midday meal was light, composed of bread, grain, olives, and figs.”
    7. Da yake burodi abinci ne mai sauƙi, abubuwan da ake yin burodi da shi don ya zama abinci mai daɗi ba shi da sauƙi sosai. <> Though bread is considered a simple food, the chemical process that transforms a few basic ingredients into delicious bread is anything but simple.
    8. Sa’ad da yake jin yunwa, ya ki ya mai da duwatsu su zama burodi wa kansa. <> When he was hungry, he refused to turn stones into bread for himself.
    9. Ana ba mu abinci ɗan kaɗan, amma dukanmu ’yan’uwa mata muna ajiye yankin burodi guda kullum don mu samu abinci da yawa ranar Lahadi da muke samun zarafin kasancewa tare don tattauna jigon Littafi Mai Tsarki. <> We received very little food, but all of us sisters tried to save a piece of bread every day so that we would have something extra on Sundays, when we had an opportunity to get together to discuss Bible topics.
    10. 146:6, 7) ‘Girma da sarautar’ Allah sun bayana ta ayyukansa masu girma, har da tanadinsa na hatsi da ake yin burodi da shi. <> 146:6, 7) God’s “dignity and splendor” are reflected in his great works, including his provision of plants from which bread is made.
    11. Bugu da ƙari, yadda burodi yake aiki a cikin jiki wani abu ne mai ban mamaki. <> Moreover, the way bread is digested in the body is another amazingly intricate process.
    12. 10 Sa’ad da aka rubuta Littafi Mai Tsarki, Isra’ilawa suna yin amfani da garin alkama da ruwa wajen yin burodi. <> 10 When the Bible was being written, the Israelites used wheat or barley flour and water to make bread.
    13. (Yohanna 21:9-13) Ko da yake a nan kaɗai ne Linjila ta ambata abincin safiya, amma mutanen sun saba karyawa da abinci kamar su burodi ’ya’yan itace da zaitun. <> (John 21:9-13) Although this is the only mention in the Gospels of a breakfast meal, it was common for people to begin their day with a meal of bread, nuts, and raisins or olives.
    14. Sau biyu, ya ciyar dubban mutane da suke jin yunwa da kifi da burodi ɗan kaɗan. <> On two other occasions, he fed hungry crowds of thousands with just a few loaves and fishes.
    15. Iliya ya yi hakan, domin mala’ikan ya riga ya shirya masa burodi mai ɗumi da kuma ruwa. <> Elijah did so, for the angel had kindly set out a simple meal for him—fresh, warm bread along with water.
    16. Alal misali: A ce wani ya umurce ka ka raba burodi kyauta daga kofa zuwa kofa. <> To illustrate: Suppose someone asked you to distribute a certain type of bread from door to door, free of charge.
    17. Ta yaya ne yadda aka yi tanadin burodi yake girmama hikiman Mahaliccinmu? <> How does the provision of bread magnify our Creator’s wisdom?
    18. 11 Ba sai mun zama masanan taurari ba ne kafin mu ga kyaun sararin sama ba ko kuma mu zama masu yin burodi kafin mu more shi ba. <> 11 We do not have to be astronomers to marvel at the night sky nor chemists to enjoy bread.
    19. Suna bukatar burodi da za su ci sosai, kamar mu, domin suna jin yunwa. <> They needed their bread desperately, just like we, because they were hungry.
    20. Ba biyanka ake yi ba kuma za ka kashe kuɗin aljihunka don ka kai wa mutane wannan burodi. <> You do not get paid to do this, and you have to pay for your expenses.

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of dabo[change]

  1. dabo. <> magic spells, magic, magical mixture, magical potion, potions, practice.
    1. 14 Jehobah ya hana Isra’ilawa yin duba da dabo. <> 14 Jehovah forbade the Israelites to practice divination and magic.
    2. Aljanu kuma suna ruɗin ’yan adam ta sihiri, da suka ƙunshi abubuwa kamar su dabo, yin tsafi, da masu duba. <> Demons also actively deceive mankind by means of spiritism, which can involve such things as magic spells, voodoo, and spirit mediums.
    3. Bai zai yiwu ba Adamu da Hauwa’u ko kuma wani cikin tsaransu ya ci gaba da rayuwa ta wani dabo ko kuma kurwa da ba ta mutuwa. <> It was not possible for Adam and Eve or any of their progeny to keep on living by virtue of a certain magical potion or an immortal soul.
    4. Ko da Afisus ta cika da lalata, addinin ƙarya, da yin dabo, Allah ya albarkaci hidimar manzo Bulus da kuma wasu cikin birnin.—Ayukan Manzanni, sura ta 19. <> Although Ephesus was filled with immorality, false religion, and the practice of magic, God blessed the ministry of the apostle Paul and others in that city.—Acts, chapter 19.
    5. Sa’ad da halin Kirista ya nuna cewa yana jin daɗin wasannin bidiyo ko littattafan da suke gabatar da duba, dabo, da kuma wasannin da aljanu suke shiga jikin mutum, ko kuwa batutuwan da suka shafi aljanu, to, yana aika saƙo ga aljanu ke nan. <> When a Christian’s behavior shows that he enjoys movies or books that center on spirit mediums, magic spells, acts of demon possession, or similar demonistic subjects, he is sending a message to the demons.
    6. (Kubawar Shari’a 18:10-12) Tunawa da wannan, kada mu yi tunanin zuwa wajen boka, kuma kada mu gayyace su zuwa gidajenmu don su yi dabo. <> (Deuteronomy 18:10-12) Bearing that in mind, we would not think of consulting spirit mediums, and we would certainly not welcome them into our home to practice their demonic arts.
    7. Mai maganin fa ya yayafa masa maganin ruwa na dabo, wanda yake rike da shi cikin ƙwarya. <> The medicine man calmed him by sprinkling on him a magical mixture of leaves and water, which he held in a calabash.
    8. • Ana amfani da sifofi, dabo, da maita a Babila ta dā yadda yake a wurare da yawa a yau. <> • Use of images, magic, and sorcery were common in ancient Babylon, as they are in many places today.
    9. A tsakanin masana ƙwayoyin rai na Sin, an soma imani a rai marar mutuwa a ƙarni na takwas K.Z., da kuma cewa zai yiwu a hana jiki mutuwa ta wurin maganin dabo har zuwa ƙarni na huɗu K.Z. <> Among Chinese alchemists, belief in physical immortality appears to date back at least to the eighth century B.C.E., and the possibility of attaining it by means of magic potions, to the fourth century B.C.E.

[17-08-25 01:50:10:271 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of damisa[change]

  1. damisa. <> leopard with, leopard, speedy leopards, tiger, tigers.
    1. Sura 7 tana ɗauke da bayani na sarai na kwatancin “manyan bisashe guda huɗu”—zaki, damisa, kura, da kuma bisa mai ban tsoro mai manyan haƙoran ƙarfe. <> Chapter 7 contains a vivid tableau of “four huge beasts”—a lion, a bear, a leopard, and a fearsome beast with big teeth of iron.
    2. “Kerkeci za ya zauna tare da ɗan rago, damisa kuma za ta kwanta tare da ɗan akuya; da ɗan maraƙi da ɗan zaki da kiyayayyen ɗan sā za su zauna wuri ɗaya; ɗan yaro kuwa za ya bishe su. <> “The wolf will actually reside for a while with the male lamb, and with the kid the leopard itself will lie down, and the calf and the maned young lion and the well-fed animal all together; and a mere little boy will be leader over them.
    3. “Kerkeci za ya zauna tare da ɗan rago, damisa kuma za ta kwanta tare da ɗan akuya; da ɗan maraƙi da ɗan zaki da kiyayayyen ɗan sā za su zauna wuri ɗaya; ɗan yaro kuwa za ya bishe su. . . . <> “The wolf will actually reside for a while with the male lamb, and with the kid the leopard itself will lie down, and the calf and the maned young lion and the well-fed animal all together; and a mere little boy will be leader over them. . . .
    4. Annabcin kyarkeci da tumaki da kuma damisa fa? <> Or what of the prophecy of the wolf with the lamb and the kid with the leopard?
    5. (Kolossiyawa 3:12) Littafi Mai Tsarki ya kwatanta wannan canjin da canjuwar dabbar daji—kirkice, damisa, zaki, da kuma kumurci—zuwa dabba ta gida kamar su—ɗan rago, ɗan akuya, ɗan maraƙi, da kuma saniya. <> (Colossians 3:12) The Bible likens this transformation to the change of vicious wild beasts—wolf, leopard, lion, bear, and cobra—to peaceful domestic animals—lamb, kid, calf, and cow.
    6. 11 Dawakan Babila sun fi damisa saurin tafiya. <> 11 Babylon’s horses are swifter than speedy leopards.
    7. Sai kuma ga damisa da fukafukai huɗu da kuma kawuna huɗu! <> Then comes a leopard with four wings and four heads!
    8. Ka lura da ɗan rago, ɗan akuya, damisa, ɗan maraƙi, babban zaki, da kuma yara da suke tare. <> See the lamb, the little goat, the leopard, the calf, the big lion, and the children with them.
    9. Ya rubuta cewa: “Ɗaya daga cikin hotunan yana ɗauke da hoton “kyarketai da tumaki da ɗan akuya da damisa da ɗan maraƙi da kuma zaki, dukansu suna zaman lafiya, kuma wani ƙaramin yaro ne yake ja-gorarsu. . . . <> “One picture,” he wrote, “showed the wolf and the lamb, the kid and the leopard, the calf and the lion—all in peace, being led by a little boy. . . .
    10. 18 Mai horar da dabbobi da aka ambata a farkon wannan talifin ya tsira wa hari da wata babbar ’yar’uwar damisa ta ƙasar Bengal ta kai masa. <> 18 The animal trainer mentioned at the outset survived the attack by the Bengal tiger.
    11. 1, 2. (a) Waɗanne aukuwa ne da aka annabta a cikin annabcin Littafi Mai Tsarki ne za a iya gwada da farmakin wata babbar ’yar’uwar damisa? <> 1, 2. (a) What events foretold in Bible prophecy can be compared to an attack by a tiger?
    12. A CIKIN shekaru da yawa, wani sanannen ɗan wasa yana sa masu kallon wasansa dariya ta wajen yin wasa da wata babbar ’yar’uwar damisa ta ƙasar Bengal. <> FOR years, a noted performer entertained audiences by interacting peacefully with his trained Bengal tigers.
    13. Alal misali, annabi Ishaya ya annabta cewa salama za ta kasance tsakanin dabbobi da mutane: “Kerkeci za ya zauna tare da ɗan rago, damisa kuma za ta kwanta tare da ɗan akuya; da ɗan maraƙi da ɗan zaki da kiyayayyen ɗan sā za su zauna wuri ɗaya; ɗan yaro kuwa za ya bishe su.” <> For example, the prophet Isaiah foretold that there would be peace between animals and humans: “The wolf will actually reside for a while with the male lamb, and with the kid the leopard itself will lie down, and the calf and the maned young lion and the well-fed animal all together; and a mere little boy will be leader over them.”
    14. “Kerkeci zaya zauna tare da ɗan rago, damisa kuma zata kwanta tare da ɗan akuya; da ɗan maraƙi da ɗan zaki da kiyayayyen ɗan sā zasu zauna wuri ɗaya; ɗan yaro kuwa zaya bishe su.” <> “The wolf will actually reside for a while with the male lamb, and with the kid the leopard itself will lie down, and the calf and the maned young lion and the well-fed animal all together; and a mere little boy will be leader over them.”
    15. 15 A wahayi guda, Daniyel ya ga damisa mai fukafukai biyu. Kuma wannan damisar tana wakiltar ƙasar Hellas wadda za ta hanzarta wajen halaka al’ummai. <> 15 In one vision, Daniel saw Greece depicted as a leopard with four wings, indicating that this empire would conquer swiftly.
    16. Babu gaira ba dalili, ɗaya cikin dabobbinsa, wato, wata farar babbar ’yar’uwar damisa mai nauyin kilo 172, ta kai masa hari. <> For no apparent reason, one of his animals, a 380-pound (172 kg) white tiger, attacked him.

[17-08-25 01:50:10:712 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of dangantaka[change]

  1. dangantaka. <> Intimacy with, a close bond, a, between, intimacy with, relationship with, relationship, relationships, warm personal relationship.
    1. (Zabura 15:1, 2) Idan mun daraja wannan dangantaka ta gata da Mahaliccinmu, za mu mai da hankali mu yi tafiya babu aibi a gabansa. <> (Psalm 15:1, 2) If we value this privileged relationship with our Creator, we will take care to walk faultlessly in his eyes.
    2. Dattawa, kuna koyi da misalin Jehovah wajen gina dangantaka mai kyau da mutane da kuke koyar da su? <> Elders, are you following Jehovah’s example by cultivating a warm personal relationship with the men you are training?
    3. (Matta 19:3-6) A idanunsa, babu wata dangantaka na ’yan Adam da ta fi na mata da miji muhimmanci! <> (Matthew 19:3-6) In his eyes, no other human relationship is more important than the one that exists between husband and wife!
    4. Wace dangantaka ce sababbin almajirai suka ƙulla da Uba bayan Fentakos na shekara ta 33 A.Z.? <> After Pentecost 33 C.E., the new disciples came into what relationship with the Father?
    5. 27:5) Yaya Ayuba ya ƙulla wannan dangantaka na kud da kud? <> (Job 27:5) How did Job develop this close relationship?
    6. Saboda wannan hadayar, za mu iya more dangantaka ta kud da kud da Jehobah duk da cewa mu ajizai ne.—Karanta 1 Timotawus 1:15. <> Thanks to the ransom, then, we can enjoy a friendship with Jehovah even though we are in an imperfect state.—Read 1 Timothy 1:15.
    7. A shekaru 15 da suka shige, ta ce: “Ko da yake lafiyar jikina na iya ci gaba da raunana, amma aminci na da kuma dangantaka ta da Allah sune rayuwata. <> Some 15 years ago, she said: “My health may continue to fail, but my trust in God and my relationship with him are my lifelines.
    8. Shin, zai yiwu mutum ya sake kasancewa da dangantaka mai kyau da Allah? <> Would the breach between man and God ever be healed?
    9. Addu’ar iyaye daga zuci zai iya taimaka wa yaransu su ga dangantaka da ke tsakaninsu da Jehovah <> Reading the Word of God is vital for cultivating a close bond with Jehovah
    10. (Yaƙub 4:8) Bari mu yi haka ta ci gaba cikin sanin Allah, ta neman mu nuna muna ƙaunarsa a kai a kai, da ta gina dangantaka da shi cikin addu’o’inmu. <> (James 4:8) May we do so by progressing in our knowledge of God, by seeking to express our love for him more and more, and by developing intimacy with him in our prayers.
    11. Babu shakka, waɗanda za a ta da su daga mutuwa za su ga yadda aka kyautata dangantaka tsakanin mutane a sabuwar duniya. <> As regards those resurrected to life here on earth, there obviously will be many changes in human relationships.
    12. Dangantaka da Jehovah yana yiwuwa kawai domin Allahnmu mai ƙauna ya ɗauki muhimman matakai biyu.—Zabura 25:14. <> Intimacy with Jehovah is possible only because our loving God has taken two important steps.—Psalm 25:14.
    13. 3 Domin ya kasance cikin mutanen da za su more irin wannan dangantaka mai tamani da Allah, dole ne mutum ya keɓe kansa ga Jehobah kuma ya bayyana hakan a zahiri ta wajen yin baftisma. <> 3 To be among those who enjoy that precious relationship with God, one must make a dedication to Jehovah and symbolize it publicly by water baptism.
    14. 25:14) Gata ce sosai ’yan Adam ajizai su kasance da dangantaka na kud da kud da Jehobah! <> 25:14) What a privilege it is for imperfect humans to have a close personal relationship with Jehovah!
    15. Mabuɗin rayuwa na farin ciki, mai ma’ana shi ne: Dole ne mu kasance da dangantaka da ta dace da Jehovah, Mahaliccinmu Ubanmu na sama. <> The key to a happy, meaningful life is this: We must have a proper relationship with Jehovah, our Creator and heavenly Father.
    16. Duk mutumin da ya ci gaba da bin irin wannan tafarkin ba zai kasance da dangantaka da Allah ba.—Karanta Misalai 6:16-19. <> Any who were to persist in such a course would end up having no relationship with God.—Read Proverbs 3:32.
    17. Ka gina dangantaka na kurkusa sosai da Jehovah. <> Build an ever closer relationship with Jehovah.
    18. Hakika, kasancewa da dangantaka na kud da kud da Jehobah ya ba waɗannan Kiristoci biyu ƙarfin da suke bukata don su jimre da kaɗaici. <> Yes, having a close relationship with Jehovah gave these two Christians the strength needed to cope with isolation.
    19. Ta yaya Yusufu ya taimaki iyalinsa su ƙulla dangantaka da Jehobah kuma su bauta masa? <> How did Joseph care for his family’s spiritual needs?
    20. Irin wannan gaskiya tana shirya hanyar dangantaka ta gaskiya tsakanin Kiristoci kuma tana taimakawa wajen kawo yarda a cikin ikilisiya. <> Such sincerity paves the way for open and honest relationships between Christians and helps to create a trusting atmosphere in the congregation.

[17-08-25 01:50:10:858 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of denmark[change]

  1. denmark. <> Danish authorities, Denmark, in.
    1. Wannan ya shafi ’yan’uwa da dama masu hidima a Bethel sa’ad da aka haɗa rassan ofishi na ƙasashen Denmark da Norway da Sweden a waje ɗaya kuma aka kira shi reshen ofishi da ke Scandinavia. <> This was true of several Bethelites when the branches in Denmark, Norway, and Sweden were merged to form the Scandinavia branch office.
    2. A Denmark wata ’yar’uwa tsohuwa tana so ta yi shelar bishara tare da wasu, amma ta naƙasa. <> In Denmark an elderly sister wanted to share the good news with others, but she was disabled.
    3. Daga adireshi da take da shi, ta san cewa ofishin reshe na Watch Tower na Denmark yana garin Holbæk. <> From her list of addresses, she knew that the Watch Tower Society’s branch office in Denmark was in the town of Holbæk.
    4. Wata ’yar ƙasar Denmark mai suna Anne-Rakel ta ce, “Iyayena sun yi hidima a matsayin masu-wa’azi a ƙasashen waje a ƙasar Sinigal. <> Anne-Rakel from Denmark relates: “My parents served as missionaries in Senegal.
    5. Filip da Ida ma’aurata ne daga Denmark da suka ba shekara 60 baya kuma sun yi ɗokin yin wa’azi a yankin da ake bukatar masu shela sosai. <> Filip and Ida, a middle-aged pioneer couple from Denmark, always dreamed of moving to a territory where the need is greater.
    6. 14 Wata mai shelar Mulki a Denmark da ta soma nazarin Littafi Mai Tsarki ta wajen wa’azi ta tarho ta ce: “Mai kula da hidima ya ƙarfafa ni na yi wa’azi ta tarho. <> 14 A Kingdom proclaimer in Denmark who started a Bible study by witnessing over the telephone says: “The service overseer encouraged me to participate in telephone witnessing.
    7. A shekara ta 1998 hukumar Denmark ta ba ta mafaka. <> In 1998 the Danish authorities granted her asylum.
    8. A Denmark, aka kai Silvia zangon ’yan gudun hijira, da isarta ta fara neman Shaidun Jehovah. <> In Denmark, Silvia was taken to a refugee camp, and she immediately started looking for Jehovah’s Witnesses.
    9. Alal misali, wasu ma’aurata a ƙasar Denmark sun kwatanta jiragen sama da tsuntsaye. <> For instance, a couple in Denmark compared airplanes to birds.
    10. AN HAIFI Frieda Jess a shekara ta 1911 a Denmark, sai suka ƙaura zuwa Husum a arewacin Jamus. <> FRIEDA JESS was born in 1911 in Denmark, from where she moved with her parents to Husum in northern Germany.
    11. Tana ɗaya daga cikin adadin masu shela 14,885 da suka ba da rahoto a Denmark a bara. <> She is one of the peak of 14,885 publishers who reported in Denmark last year.
    12. Sa’ad da yake ƙasar Denmark a shekara ta 2000, ya haɗu da wani mai wa’azi a ƙasar waje da ya taɓa hidima a ƙasar Togo. <> In 2000 in Denmark, he met a missionary who served in Togo.
    13. Ta nemi mafaka a Denmark, a ƙetaren Tekun Baltic. <> She sought asylum in Denmark, across the Baltic Sea.
    14. Silvia yanzu ’yar shekara 26 ce kuma tana hidima a wurin da ya tuna mata aljanna, ofishin reshe na Shaidun Jehovah a Denmark. <> Silvia is now 26 years old and serves in the place that reminded her of paradise, the branch office of Jehovah’s Witnesses in Denmark.

[17-08-25 01:50:11:035 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of ɗiya[change]

  1. ɗiya. <> Daughter, PRODIGAL, an, daughter, product.
    1. Levitikus 12:6 ya ce: “Sa’anda kwanakin tsarkakewarta sun cika, domin namiji, ko ɗiya mace, sai ta kawo ɗan rago bana ɗaya domin hadaya ta ƙonawa, da ɗan tantabara, ko kurciya, domin hadaya ta zunubi, har zuwa ƙofar tent na taruwa, wurin firisti.” <> Leviticus 12:6 states: “When the days of her purification for a son or a daughter are completed, she will bring a young ram in its first year for a burnt offering and a young pigeon or a turtledove for a sin offering to the entrance of the tent of meeting, to the priest.”
    2. (Romawa 8:16) Wannan “ɗiya” ta Jehobah, “shiryayya kamar amarya da ado domin mijinta,” za a kawo ta wurin mijinta, Sarki Almasihu.—Ru’ya ta Yohanna 21:2. <> (Romans 8:16) This “daughter” of Jehovah, “prepared as a bride adorned for her husband,” will be brought to the bridegroom—the Messianic King.—Revelation 21:2.
    3. TARIHI: ƊIYA MUBAZZARA <> HISTORY: PRODIGAL CHILD
    4. (Afisawa 4:20-24; Ishaya 11:6-9) Wannan ɗiya ta ƙauna tana da muhimmanci ƙwarai, “magamin kamalta.”—Kolossiyawa 3:14. <> (Ephesians 4:20-24; Isaiah 11:6-9) Of great importance in this fruitage is love, “a perfect bond of union.”—Colossians 3:14.
    5. Idan ka yi rashin ɗa ko ɗiya, ka san cewa Jehobah zai iya canja baƙin cikinka zuwa farin ciki ta wajen tashin matattu. <> If you have lost a son or a daughter in death, please know that Jehovah can change your sorrow into joy by means of the resurrection.
    6. * Sai ya ce mata: “Ɗiya, . . . ki rabu da azabarki.” <> * He kindly told her: “Daughter, . . . be healed from your grievous sickness.”
    7. Saboda Yesu yana so ya kwantar mata da hankali, sai ya ce mata: “Ɗiya, ki yi farinciki.” <> To put the woman at ease, Jesus kindly said: “Take courage, daughter!”
    8. 6 Irin ƙaunar da Kristi ya nuna ɗiya ce ta ruhun Allah. <> 6 Christlike love is a product of God’s holy spirit.
    9. * Adam, wani mahaifi da ke zaune a ƙasar Faransa, kuma yana da ɗiya ’yar wata 11, ya ce: “Canjin yanayin matata yana da wuyan ganewa, kuma hakan yana ƙure ni a wasu lokatai. <> * Adam, who lives in France and is the father of an 11-month-old girl, admits: “My wife’s mood changes are sometimes difficult to deal with.
    10. (Ayukan Manzanni 5:32) Ruhun yana ba da ɗiya mai kyau a gare mu, wato, halaye masu kyau da za su taimake mu mu bi tafarkin biyayya.—Galatiyawa 5:22, 23. <> (Acts 5:32) That spirit produces beautiful fruitage in us—precious qualities that can aid us in pursuing an obedient course.—Galatians 5:22, 23.

[17-08-25 01:50:11:185 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of ɗoki[change]

  1. ɗoki. <> anticipation, ardent, desire, desires, eager, eagerly, eagerness, enthusiasm, excited.
    1. Sh 34:10) Cike da ɗoki, suna sa ran ganin zuwan annabin da ya fi Musa girma. <> 34:10) With keen anticipation, they looked forward to the coming of a prophet greater than Moses.
    2. Da ya ga bukata ta ruhaniya na waɗanda suka kewaye shi, ya ji tausayinsu ya ɗoki ya taimake su. <> Upon seeing the spiritual needs of those around him, he felt pity for them and eagerly offered them help.
    3. Kuma manazarcin Littafi Mai Tsarki Heinrich Meyer, ya ce game da wannan ayar: “Haka aka kwatanta ɗoki, kokawa da fama da ake yi game da mulkin Almasihu da ke zuwa . . . <> And regarding this verse, Bible scholar Heinrich Meyer states: “In this way is described that eager, irresistible striving and struggling after the approaching Messianic kingdom . . .
    4. 4 Dangogin da Ba Masu Bi Ba Ne: Ko da yake muna ɗoki sosai cewa dangogin mu da ba masu bi ba ne su koyi gaskiya, muna nuna haƙuri ta jiran lokacin da ya dace don mu tattauna abin da muka gaskata da su, muna mai da hankali don kada mu cika su da bayanai da yawa. <> 4 Unbelieving Relatives: Although we strongly desire that our unbelieving relatives learn the truth, we show patience by waiting for the right time to share our faith with them, being careful not to overwhelm them with too much information.
    5. Na cika da ɗoki har da tsoro. <> I was excited and afraid at the same time.
    6. (Romawa 1:15, 16) Yana da hali da ya dace, ya ɗoki ya cika hidimarsa. <> (Romans 1:15, 16) He had the right attitude and was eager to carry out his ministry.
    7. Babu shakka, yana karatu cike da ɗoki, da tawali’u. <> Evidently, he was reading with an eager, meek attitude.
    8. 13:52) Idan muna ƙaunar gaskiya, za mu yi magana da ɗoki, kuma hakan zai iya sa mutane su saurare mu da farin ciki. <> 13:52) If we love the truth, we will speak with enthusiasm, and this can stimulate excitement in our listeners.
    9. 15 Ƙari ga hakan, Bulus ya yi ɗoki sosai ’yan’uwansa su gama tseren kuma kada su yi kasala a hanya. <> 15 In addition, Paul had an intense desire to see his fellow Christians finish the course and not drop out along the way.
    10. “’Ya’yan mulki” cikin ɗoki suna jiran ladarsu ta samaniya, amma dole ne dukanmu mu kasance da aminci, muna haskakawa har zuwa ƙarshe. <> “The sons of the kingdom” eagerly await their heavenly reward, but all of us must remain faithful, shining brightly to the end.
    11. Wane irin ɗoki da ke cike da farin ciki ne shafaffun Kiristoci da wasu tumaki suke yi game da Ranar Hukunci? <> With what joyful anticipation do anointed Christians and the other sheep view Judgment Day?
    12. (2 Timothawus 4:5) Bari mu mai da hankali kullum ga koyarwanmu, ga halinmu, da yadda muke ɗoki cikin hidima. <> (2 Timothy 4:5) May we pay constant attention to our teaching, to our attitude, and to our eagerness in the ministry.
    13. Kalmar Ibrananci da aka fassara “babu shakka tana ɗaya daga cikin kalmomi mafi ƙarfi sosai da ake amfani da su wajen nuna ɗoki,” in ji wani masani. <> The Hebrew word thus rendered is “unquestionably one of the strongest words to express the emotion of longing desires,” says one scholar.
    14. (Joel 1:15; Zephaniah 1:14) Mu Kiristoci da muka ƙudurta riƙe amincinmu ga Allah, cikin ɗoki muna jiran wannan lokaci sa’ad da za a ɗaukaka ikon mallakar Jehobah. <> (Joel 1:15; Zephaniah 1:14) As Christians determined to maintain our integrity to God, we eagerly await that time when Jehovah’s sovereignty will be vindicated.
    15. Alal misali, kallon hotunan mutanen da suke tsirara a cikin Intane a ɓoye a cikin ɗaki zai iya sa mutum mai ɗoki ya kalli abin da zai lalata lamirinsa mai kyau. <> For example, the click of a mouse at a computer in the privacy of one’s own home may be all that a curious or unwary person needs to ruin his good conscience.
    16. Himma tana nufin “ɗoki da kuma son biɗan wani abu.” <> Zeal is “eagerness and ardent interest in pursuit of something.”

[17-08-25 01:50:11:322 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of fitar da suna[change]

  1. fitar da suna. <> Produced the, by the, lead, off carbon, out, release, the, vomit, with.
    1. (Matta 12:27) Ga abin da Yesu yake nufi: ‘Idan ni ina fitar da aljanu da ikon Shaiɗan, to ai almajiranku ma suna ƙarƙashin wannan ikon ne.’ <> (Matthew 12:27) Jesus’ argument, in a sense, was this: ‘If, in fact, I expel demons by the power of Satan, then your own disciples must be acting under this same power.’
    2. Shekara biyar bayan haka, wato a shekara ta 1535, wani mafassari Bafaranse mai suna Olivétan ya fitar da Littafi Mai Tsarki da ya fassara daga yaren Ibrananci da Helenanci. <> Five years later, in 1535, French translator Olivétan released his version of the Bible based on the original languages.
    3. Me Ya Sa Muka Fitar da Juyin Littafi Mai Tsarki Mai Suna New World Translation? <> Why Have We Produced the New World Translation?
    4. Amma Lutu da iyalinsa suna ɗan jinkiri, saboda haka mala’ikun suka kama hannunsu suka fitar da su daga cikin birnin. <> Lot and his family were a little slow in going, and so the angels took them by the hand and led them out of the city.
    5. ’Yan’uwa a dukan duniya sun daɗe suna tambaya ko za a fitar da wani littafi mai sauƙin ganewa da zai jawo hankalin mutane ga gaskiya kuma zai sa mutane su soma nazarin littafin nan Menene Ainihi Littafi Mai Tsarki Yake Koyarwa? <> Brothers around the world have been asking for something simple that would attract people to the truth and lead into the Bible Teach book, our primary tool for Bible studies.
    6. A WANI taro na musamman da aka yi a Nagoya a ƙasar Japan a rana ta 28 ga Afrilu, 2013, Anthony Morris, wani memban Hukumar da Ke Kula da Ayyukan Shaidun Jehobah ya yi wata sanarwa da ya sa masu sauraro farin ciki sosai. Ya fitar da wani sabon littafi a yaren Japan mai suna, The Bible—The Gospel According to Matthew (Bishara ta Hannun Matta). <> AT A special meeting held in Nagoya, Japan, on April 28, 2013, Anthony Morris of the Governing Body surprised the audience with a thrilling announcement—the release of a new publication in Japanese entitled The Bible—The Gospel According to Matthew.
    7. Domin suna tsaka-tsaka, Kristi zai fitar da su daga cikin bakinsa. <> Because they were lukewarm, Christ was going to vomit them out of his mouth.
    8. 15 A shekara ta 1935, fitar 1 ga Agusta da na 15 ga Agusta na wannan jaridar suna ɗauke da talifofi da suke game da “taro mai-girma” da aka ambata a Ru’ya ta Yohanna sura 7. <> 15 In 1935, the August 1 and August 15 issues of this journal contained key articles dealing with the “great crowd,” mentioned in Revelation chapter 7.
    9. Biliyoyin halittu suna shaƙar wannan iska mai kyau kuma su fitar da iskar ƙuna. <> Billions of creatures take in oxygen and give off carbon dioxide.

[17-08-25 01:50:11:508 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of fitila[change]

  1. fitila. <> A Lamp, Lamp, a lamp, an, lamp, lamps, light, oil, shining lamp.
    1. (Markus 4:21, 22) Yesu yana maganar fitila na dā mai ci bal-bal da lagwani. <> (Mark 4:21, 22) Jesus was referring to an ancient oil lamp with a burning wick.
    2. (Karin Magana 6:23) Dole ne mu da kanmu mu ƙyale maganar Jehobah ta zama fitila wadda za ta bi da mu. <> (Proverbs 6:23) Yet, we must personally let Jehovah’s word be a lamp to our foot.
    3. 14. (a) Yaya za ka kwatanta fitila na ƙarni na farko? <> 14. (a) How would you describe first-century lamps?
    4. Yahaya fitila ne mai ci, mai haske kuma, kun kuwa yarda ku yi farin ciki matuƙa da haskensa ɗan lokaci kaɗan.”—Yahaya 5:33, 35. <> That man was a burning and shining lamp, and you for a short time were willing to rejoice greatly in his light.”—John 5:33, 35.
    5. (b) Me ya sa ba za mu ɓoye fitila ta ruhaniya a ƙarkashin “akushi” ba? <> (b) How is it that we do not hide spiritual light under a “measuring basket”?
    6. Da haka, man fitila ya tuna mana Kalmar Allah na gaskiya da ruhunsa mai tsarki, da suke ƙarfafa masu bauta ta gaskiya su zama masu ɗauke da haske. <> Lamp oil thus reminds us of God’s Word of truth and his holy spirit, which empower true worshipers to be light bearers.
    7. “Ya kuwa kyautu a gare ku ku mai da hankali gare ta [kalmar annabci], kamar fitila take mai haskakawa a wuri mai duhu.”—2 BITRUS 1:19. <> “You are doing well in paying attention to [the prophetic word] as to a lamp shining in a dark place.”—2 PETER 1:19.
    8. 5 Yahaya Mai Yin Baftisma shi ne ‘fitila mai ci’ domin kafin Hirudus ya ɗaure shi ba dalili, ya cika umurnin da Allah ya ba shi na share wa Almasihu fage. <> 5 John the Baptizer was “a burning and shining lamp” in that prior to his unjust imprisonment by Herod, he had fulfilled his divine commission to prepare the way for the Messiah.
    9. A ƙarshe, ta bincika dukan wani lungu a hankali da fitila har sai da fitilar ta haskaka kuɗin azurfar. <> Finally, she carefully searches every nook and cranny until the lamp catches a glint of a silver coin.
    10. Roƙon man fitila ya koya mana cewa wani ba zai iya yin tsaro ko kuma kasance da aminci a madadinmu ba <> The request to get some oil reminds us that no one can be faithful for us or stay watchful for us
    11. (b) Ta yaya kalmar Allah ‘fitila ga sawayenmu’ da kuma ‘haske ga tafarkinmu’? <> (b) How is God’s word ‘a lamp to our foot’ and ‘a light to our roadway’?
    12. Yayin da waɗannan ’yan’uwan suke tsai da shawara, suna ƙyale Kalmar Allah ta zama ‘fitila ga sawayensu da kuma haske ga tafarkinsu,’ kuma suna addu’a ga Jehobah don ya ja-gorance su.—Zab. <> As these brothers make decisions, they seek direction from God’s Word, making it ‘a lamp to their foot and a light to their roadway,’ and they earnestly pray for Jehovah’s guidance.—Ps.
    13. Fitila Ce ga Sawayena” <> “A Lamp to My Foot”
    14. 14 Yesu ya yi maganar kunna fitila da kuma ɗora ta a kan maɗorinta, ba a ƙarƙashin masaki ba, domin ta ba duk mutanen gidan haske. <> 14 Jesus spoke of lighting a lamp and putting it, not under a basket, but on a lampstand so that it would shine upon all those in the house.
    15. 4 Wani mai zabura ya ce a addu’arsa ga Jehobah: “Maganarka fitila ce ga sawayena, haske ne kuma a tafarkina.” <> 4 A psalmist said in prayer to Jehovah: “Your word is a lamp to my foot, and a light to my roadway.”
    16. Ana bukatar bincike a kan jigogi “Fitila” da “Maɗori” a cikin littattafanmu na Kirista don a bayyana misalin Yesu sosai. <> Research on the subjects “Lamp” and “Lampstand” in such a publication as Insight on the Scriptures may be required to make Jesus’ illustration clear.
    17. Sun zama kamar fitila ga sawunmu suna taimaka mana mu bi hanyar da ta dace kuma suna taimaka mana a lokacin da za mu yanke shawara. <> They serve as a lamp to our foot, helping us to move forward in the right direction and guiding us when we have to make decisions.
    18. Domin suna mai da hankali ga maganar annabci ta Allah wadda “kamar fitila take mai haskakawa a wuri mai duhu.” <> Because they pay attention to God’s prophetic word “as to a lamp shining in a dark place.”
    19. Kamar fitila mai haskakawa, Littafi Mai Tsarki yana haskakawa a kan abubuwa masu wuyan ganewa da kuma matsaloli na rayuwar zamani.—Zabura 119:105. <> Like a lamp that burns brightly, the Bible sheds light on the many complex issues and problems of modern-day living.—Psalm 119:105.
    20. Amma dai, idan Kiristoci na gaske ne mu, yana kamar muna da fitila da take haskakawa cikin zukatanmu, wanda idan ba haka ba, da ta yi duhu. <> If we are true Christians, however, it is as if we have a lamp shining in our hearts, which would otherwise be dark.

[17-08-25 01:50:11:665 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of gado[change]

  1. gado. <> ,, a bed, absurd, bed, favor, heirs, inheritance, inheritances, part, precious.
    1. Wannan gatan ba gado ba ne. <> Genetics or marriage play no part in the process.
    2. Wata rana cikin dare sa’ad da nake barci a kan gado tare da mijina, na ji murya ta kira sunana sau uku. <> One night while I was asleep in bed with my husband, I heard a voice call my name three times.
    3. • zai zama gado mai tamani ga ’ya’yanmu? <> • be a precious heritage for our children?
    4. 17:27) Wasu ma ba su da kan gado kuma suna saurin fushi da kuma son kuɗi. <> 17:27) On the other hand, another person may be sarcastic, materialistic, easily offended, or may have an independent attitude.
    5. (Farawa 1:28) Ba zai kasance da kan gado ba a ce Allah ya umurci Adamu da Hauwa’u su haifi ’ya’ya kuma a ce ya hore su domin sun yi haka.—Zabura 19:8. <> (Genesis 1:28) It would make no sense for God to command Adam and Eve to produce children and then punish them for carrying out those instructions.—Psalm 19:8.
    6. (1 Bitrus 1:3, 4) Hakika gado ne mai tamani! <> (1 Peter 1:3, 4) A precious inheritance indeed!
    7. Musa ya ce: “Domin kuma [Jehovah] ya ƙaunaci ubanninka, domin wannan ya zaɓi zuriyassu a bayansu, kuma da zatinsa, da ikonsa mai-girma ya fishe ka daga ƙasar Masar; domin shi kori al’ummai daga gabanka, waɗanda suka fi ka girma da ƙarfi, shi shigo da kai, shi ba ka ƙasarsu abin gado, kamar da ya ke yau.”—Kubawar Shari’a 4:37, 38. <> Moses said: “You continue to live, because [Jehovah] loved your forefathers so that he chose their seed after them and brought you out of Egypt in his sight with his great power, to drive away nations greater and mightier than you from before you, so as to bring you in, to give you their land as an inheritance as at this day.”—Deuteronomy 4:37, 38.
    8. Sa’ad da Sulemanu yake addu’ar keɓe haikali, ya roƙi Jehobah, yana cewa: “Komi addu’a ko gado da kowa za ya yi, ko da dukan jama’arka Isra’ila za su yi, . . . ya kuwa miƙe hannuwansa yana fuskanta wannan gida; sai ka ji daga sama wurin zamanka.” <> In Solomon’s prayer of dedication at the temple, he entreated Jehovah, saying: “Whatever prayer, whatever request for favor there may occur on the part of any man or of all your people Israel, . . . when he actually spreads out his palms toward this house, then may you yourself hear from the heavens.”
    9. (Galatiyawa 6:5; Farawa 2:24) Don yara su iya kula da kansu, ya kamata iyaye su mai da hankali ga koya musu su zama mutane marar son kai, masu kula kuma masu kan gado. <> (Galatians 6:5; Genesis 2:24) To enable children to fend for themselves, parents must stay focused on the goal of teaching them to become unselfish, caring, responsible adults.
    10. Masaukai da ke garurrukan suna da ƙananan ɗakuna da babu taga, sai gado kaɗai. <> Accommodations in those pueblos usually consisted of a tiny, windowless room with a bed and nothing else.
    11. Manzo Bitrus ya ce: “Haka nan kuma ku mazaje, ku zauna da matayenku bisa ga sani, kuna ba da girma ga mace, kamar ga wadda ta fi rashin ƙarfi, da kuma masu-tarayyan gado na alherin rai: domin kada addu’o’inku su hanu.” <> The apostle Peter wrote: “You husbands, continue dwelling in like manner with them according to knowledge, assigning them honor as to a weaker vessel, the feminine one, since you are also heirs with them of the undeserved favor of life, in order for your prayers not to be hindered.”
    12. WAYE ba zai so ya rayu a tsakanin jama’a da a gare su “yaƙi abin ƙyama ne kuma marar kan gado ba”? <> WHO would not love to live in a society where war was “incomprehensible and repulsive”?
    13. Idan na dawo gida, a wasu lokatai ba na kwana a kan gado guda da matata, domin ina tsoron cewa zan iya raunata ta sa’ad da nake barci. <> When I returned home, I sometimes had to rest apart from my wife—I feared that I would injure her in my sleep.
    14. Sulemanu ya yi addu’a ga Allah: “Komi addu’a ko gado da kowa za ya yi, ko da dukan jama’arka Isra’ila za su yi, kowa yana ciki, ya kuwa miƙe hannuwansa yana fuskanta wannan gida; sai ka ji daga sama wurin zamanka, ka gafarta, ka sāka ma kowane mutum bisa ga dukan aikinsa, kana sane da zuciyassa; (gama kai, i, kai kaɗai ka san zukatan ’ya’yan mutane).”—2 Labarbaru 6:29, 30. <> Solomon prayed to God: “Whatever prayer, whatever request for favor there may occur on the part of any man or of all your people Israel, because they know each one his own plague and his own pain; when he actually spreads out his palms toward this house, then may you yourself hear from the heavens, the place of your dwelling, and you must forgive and give to each one according to all his ways, because you know his heart (for you yourself alone well know the heart of the sons of mankind).”—2 Chronicles 6:29, 30.
    15. Kirista mai kan gado ba zai taɓa yin wasa da hankalin wani ko wata ba.—Mis. <> A serious Christian would never toy with the emotions of one of the opposite sex.—Prov.
    16. (Luk 17:15, 16) Muna yaba wa Kiristoci matasa waɗanda suka kasance dabam da tsaransu a makaranta domin suna da ladabi da kuma kan gado sosai. <> (Luke 17:15, 16) Young Christians who stand out among their schoolmates because of politeness and good conduct are to be commended.
    17. Ra’ayin ba shi da kan gado! <> The notion is absurd!
    18. 12:17-19) Za mu iya furta wa Allah yadda muke ji a addu’a sa’ad da muka kwanta a kan gado. <> 12:17-19) We can have our say in our heart while in bed.
    19. Ko kuma su sa mu kwana a kan gado ɗaya da ke gidan, su kuma su kwanta a ƙasa. <> Or they made us sleep in the only bed in the house, while they slept on the floor.
    20. A ƙarshe suka more doguwar rayuwa da koshin lafiya kuma suka sami gado na kansu. <> Finally, they enjoyed an abundance of life and health and even received their own personal inheritances.

[17-08-25 01:50:11:821 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of gajimare[change]

  1. gajimare. <> A cloud formed, Clouds, a cloud, a, blue sky, blue, bright cloud, cloud, clouds, sky, stationing a cloud.
    1. A saman wannan akwati mai tsarki, a wani lokaci gajimare mai haske da walƙiya da ke wakiltar bayanuwar Jehobah Allah yakan bayyana.—Fit. <> Above that sacred chest, a bright, shining cloud sometimes appeared, representing the presence of Jehovah God.—Ex.
    2. Taurari Gajimare Kwalekwale <> Stars Clouds Sun
    3. Amma ka taɓa yi masa godiya domin gajimare, itatuwa, da kuma furanni?— Shi ne ma ya yi su. <> But have you ever thanked him for the blue sky, the green trees, and the pretty flowers?— He made those too.
    4. Sai gajimare ya rufe shi, almajiransa ba su iya ganinsa ba kuma. <> Then a cloud hides him from sight, and the disciples don’t see Jesus again.
    5. Gajimare ya rufe su a kan tudun. <> A cloud formed and loomed over them on the mountain.
    6. Yayin da gajimare ya rufe manzannin, Allah ya sanar: “Wannan Ɗana ne ƙaunatacena, wanda raina ya ji daɗinsa sarai; ku ji shi.” <> As a bright cloud covered the apostles, God declared: “This is my Son, the beloved, whom I have approved; listen to him.”
    7. Aradu sun yi tsawa, an yi walƙiya, da gajimare mai yawa, da kuma ƙara mai girma kamar ta ƙaho. <> There were thunders, lightnings, a heavy cloud, and a very loud sound of a horn.
    8. Da suke a tare a ƙasan dutsen, Isra’ilawa suka ji “Kalmomi Goma” daga tsakiyar wuta da gajimare sa’ad da Jehovah yake magana da su ta wurin wakili mala’ika. <> Assembled at the foot of the mountain, the Israelites even heard “the Ten Words” from the midst of the fire and the cloud as Jehovah spoke to them through an angelic representative.
    9. Bayan da aka saka sunduƙin alkawari a Wuri Mafi Tsarki kuma gajimare na Jehobah ya cika haikalin, Sulemanu ya yabi Allah. <> After the ark of the covenant was placed in the Most Holy and Jehovah’s cloud filled the temple, Solomon praised God.
    10. Amma Jehobah ya ja Masarawa da baya ta wajen kafa umudi na gajimare da umudi na wuta tsakaninsu da Isra’ilawa. <> But Jehovah kept the Egyptians back by placing a pillar of cloud and a pillar of fire between them and the Israelites.
    11. Allah ya taimaki mutanensa sa’ad da ya sa gajimare ya raba Isra’ilawa da Masarawa. <> Now God stepped in to protect his people by stationing a cloud between the two camps.
    12. Iliya ya san cewa Jehobah ba Allah marar rai ba ne kamar Baal, wanda masu bauta masa da aka ruɗa suke yabonsa a matsayin “Mahayin Gajimare,” ko wanda yake tanadar da ruwan sama. <> Elijah knew that Jehovah was not some mythical nature god such as Baal, who was hailed by his deluded worshippers as “the rider of the clouds,” or bringer of rains.
    13. Har iskar ma dole ne ta kasance da tsabta, kuma gajimare yana da kyau kuma haske yana haskakawa. <> Even the air must be clean, for the sky is blue and the light seems to sparkle.
    14. Amma sai Jehobah ya sa gajimare a tsakanin mutanensa da Masarawan. <> But Jehovah put a cloud between his people and the Egyptians.
    15. Da idanunsu a buɗe su dube ka su yi tambaya kamar su: Me ya sa gajimare yake shuɗi? <> With wide, eager eyes, they look up at you and ask such things as: Why is the sky blue?
    16. A kwana na farko, “haske kuwa ya kasance” domin haske da ya haskaka cikin gajimare ya iya kai duniya. <> On the first day, “there came to be light” because diffused light penetrated the cloud layers and became visible on the earth.
    17. (Ayukan Manzanni 1:8) Bayan haka aka yi sama da Yesu, kuma gajimare ya hana su ganinsa yayin da yake yin sama. <> (Acts 1:8) Then Jesus was lifted up, and a cloud blocked their view of him as he ascended to heaven.
    18. Hanyar ta kai wani tafki da ke wani kwari a kan dutsen da gajimare ya rufe. <> My route took me past a long lake nestled in a valley high on a cloud-covered mountain.
    19. Bitrus yana cikin magana ke nan, sai gajimare mai haske ya kewaye su sai kuma suka ji murya daga cikin gajimaren yana cewa: “Wannan shi ne Ɗana ƙaunataccena, wanda nake farin ciki da shi ƙwarai. Ku saurare shi.”—Matiyu 17:1-6. <> While Peter is still speaking, a bright cloud overshadows them and a voice out of the cloud says: “This is my Son, the beloved, whom I have approved; listen to him.”—Matthew 17:1-6.
    20. Farin gajimare ya zo kusa kuma yanzu ya yi kama da ƙananan abubuwa suna zuwa daga yamma. <> That white cloud has come closer and now looks like a cluster of dots far off to the west.

[17-08-25 01:50:11:978 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of game-gari[change]

  1. game-gari. <> about, concerning, learn, of, prophecy, react, related, toward.
    1. (Ayukan Manzanni 20:35) Ga masu koyar da Kalmar Allah, farin cikin ita ce na sanin cewa muna ba da wani abu mai tamani na dindindin—gaskiya game da Jehovah. <> (Acts 20:35) For teachers of God’s Word, that happiness is the joy of knowing that we are imparting something of genuine and lasting value—the truth about Jehovah.
    2. 6:9, 10) Ka tuna abin da manzo Bulus ya rubuta game da Demas? <> 6:9, 10) Do you recall what the apostle Paul wrote about Demas?
    3. Wane annabci game da sabon alkawari ne Jehobah ya hure Irmiya ya yi? <> What did Jehovah foretell through Jeremiah concerning a new covenant?
    4. Mutane da yawa suna sane da tarihin Littafi Mai Tsarki game da abin da ma’aurata na farko suka yi, kamar yadda yake rubuce a Farawa sura 3. <> Most people are familiar with the Bible’s account of what the first human couple did, as recorded in Genesis chapter 3.
    5. Babu shakka, ka shaida cewa sa’ad da ka nemi ra’ayin Jehobah game da wani batu kuma ka yi ƙoƙari ka bi shawarar, za ka yi nasara. <> Doubtless you have seen that when you seek Jehovah’s will in a matter and strive to work in harmony with it, the results are excellent.
    6. Ka ba da misali. (b) Mene ne za mu iya koya game da dangantakar Dauda da Jehobah daga Zabura 34:7, 8 da Zabura 139:2-8? <> Give an example. (b) What can we learn about David’s relationship with Jehovah from Psalm 34:7, 8 and Psalm 139:2-8?
    7. Ta wannan hanyar Jehovah ya koya wa mutanensa game da tanadi mafi muhimmanci don rai—hadayar fansa ta Kristi, wadda take kawo matsayi mai tsabta a gaban Jehovah da kuma begen rai madawwami ga dukan waɗanda suke ƙaunar kuma ke tsoron Allah da gaske. <> By such means Jehovah has taught people about the most important of his provisions for life—Christ’s ransom sacrifice, which brings a clean standing before Jehovah and the hope of everlasting life to all those who truly love and fear God.
    8. YESU KRISTI ya ba da gargaɗi tun da wuri game da ƙarshen zamanin Yahudawa da cibiyarsa yake haikalin Urushalima. <> JESUS CHRIST gave advance warning of the end of the Jewish system of things that was centered at the temple in Jerusalem.
    9. (Ayuba 38:24) Wani marubuci ya kira wannan bincike game da haske “tambayar da ta yi wa kimiyyar zamani wuya.” <> (Job 38:24) One writer called this inquiry about light “a profoundly modern scientific question.”
    10. (Ru’ya ta Yohanna 11:15) Saboda haka, dukan abin da muka lura da su game da wannan Mulkin da abin da yake yi, zai jawo mu kusa kusa da Jehovah kansa. <> (Revelation 11:15) So everything that we observe about this Kingdom and what it accomplishes can draw us closer to Jehovah himself.
    11. Ƙari ga haka, za su bi sababbin umurnin da aka bayyana a cikin “littattafai” da kuma ƙa’idodin Jehobah game da yin rayuwa a sabuwar duniya. <> In addition, they will have to follow new beneficial instructions that will be revealed in “the scrolls” outlining Jehovah’s requirements for living in the new system of things.
    12. (b) Yaya Dauda ya ji game da tsawatarwar Natan cikin basira? <> (b) How did David react to Nathan’s skillful reproof?
    13. Yin hidima a ƙasashe dabam-dabam ya sa na koyi abubuwa da yawa game da Jehobah <> Serving in several countries taught me a lot about Jehovah
    14. Don ka daɗa koya game da hadayar Yesu, ka duba babi na 5 na littafin nan Menene Ainihi Littafi Mai Tsarki Yake Koyarwa? <> To learn more about Jesus’ sacrifice, see chapter 5 of the book What Does the Bible Really Teach?
    15. Taimako da suka bayar game da wannan ne. <> The strengthening effect related directly to that.
    16. Menene ya kamata a yi game da saka hannu a addini na ƙarya? <> What should be done about taking part in false religion?
    17. Amma idan ka lura cewa kana da ra’ayin da bai dace ba game da mutanen da suka fito daga wata ƙasa ko al’ada ko yare ko kuma mutanen da launin fatarsu ya bambanta da naka fa? <> But what if you realize that you do have negative thoughts toward people of other nations, cultures, languages, or races?
    18. Mun gaskata da haka?— Idan mun gaskata da haka, za mu ci gaba da koyo game da Babban Malami kowacce rana, kuma za mu yi abin da ya ce. <> Do we believe that?— If we do, we will continue to learn from the Great Teacher every day, and we will do what he says.
    19. Ta yaya gargaɗin Littafi Mai Tsarki game da ayyukan banza ya shafi bautar mu? <> How does the Bible’s warning about valueless things apply to our worship?
    20. Bayan da aka ta da Yesu daga mutuwa, Bitrus da Bulus sun bayyana hakan sa’ad da suka ce Zabura 110:1 tana magana ne game da Yesu. <> Some time after Jesus’ resurrection, both Peter and Paul made this clear when they applied the prophecy at Psalm 110:1 to Jesus.

[17-08-25 01:50:12:198 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of gimbiya[change]

  1. gimbiya. <> Princess.
    1. Hakika ta yi farin ciki da Allah ya sake mata suna “Saratu,” wato, “Gimbiya,” domin za a yi sarakuna a zuriyarta.—Farawa 17:15, 16. <> How happy she must have been when God renamed her “Sarah,” meaning “Princess,” alluding to her becoming an ancestress of kings.—Genesis 17:15, 16.
    2. SARATU “Gimbiya” <> SARAH “Princess

[17-08-25 01:50:12:346 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of gishiri[change]

  1. gishiri. <> ,, Dead, [[Local Witnesses make sure to offer the good news to those who sell the locally produced salt]], Scrolls, embellished, exaggerate, exaggerated, oversalting, preservative, salt, salty.
    1. Yayin da ake miƙa hadayu—dabba ko gari—a kan bagade ana haɗa gishiri da zai sa ya daɗe.—Littafin Firistoci 2:11-13. <> When the sacrifices—animal or grain—were offered on the altar, salt, a preservative, was added.—Leviticus 2:11-13.
    2. YADDA LITTAFI MAI TSARKI YA TSIRA: Da farko, ko da yake wasu mutanen da suka kofe Littafi Mai Tsarki ba su mai da hankali sosai ba ko kuma sun ɗan ƙara gishiri, amma da yawa daga cikinsu sun mai da hankali sosai. <> HOW THE BIBLE SURVIVED: First, although some Bible copyists were careless or even deceitful, many others were highly skilled and meticulous.
    3. Kogin har ma ya ba da rai da kuma amfani ga kogi marar rai, mai gishiri, Mataccen Kogi! <> And the river even brought life and productivity to the salty, lifeless Dead Sea!
    4. Shaidun Jehobah da ke wurin suna yin amfani da wannan zarafin don su yi ma waɗanda suke sayar da gishiri a wurin wa’azi <> Local Witnesses make sure to offer the good news to those who sell the locally produced salt
    5. Bari zancenku kullum ya kasance tare da alheri, gyartace da gishiri.—Kol. <> Let your words always be gracious, seasoned with salt.—Col.
    6. Wasu shugabannan Yahudawa suna rage amfanin mizanan Allah, sun bar magidanta su kashe aure da matarsu don abubuwa da ba su da muhimmanci kamar sa gishiri da yawa a abinci. <> Some Jewish leaders minimized God’s standards, allowing husbands to divorce their wives for such trivial matters as oversalting food.
    7. Tekun Gishiri <> Salt Sea (Dead Sea)
    8. 4 Ruth ta yi girma a ƙasar Mowab da ke gabashin Tekun Gishiri. <> 4 Ruth grew up in Moab, a small country that lay to the east of the Dead Sea.
    9. Shin wani ne ya daɗa gishiri a littafin da Josephus ya rubuta shekaru da yawa bayan mutuwarsa? <> Could it be that the text was embellished by a later forger imitating Josephus’ style?
    10. Wannan ya yi daidai da gargaɗin Bulus: “Bari zancenku kullum ya kasance tare da alheri, gyartace da gishiri, domin ku sani yadda za ku amsa tambayar kowa.”—Kolossiyawa 4:6. <> This harmonizes with Paul’s counsel: “Let your utterance be always with graciousness, seasoned with salt, so as to know how you ought to give an answer to each one.”—Colossians 4:6.
    11. Sarkin ya amince da ‘dukan roƙon’ da Ezra ya yi don gina gidan Jehobah kuma ya ba shi zinariya da azurfa da alkama da inabi da māi da kuma gishiri. Adadinsu sama da dala 100,000,000 ne <> The king grants Ezra “everything he requested” for Jehovah’s house—gold, silver, wheat, wine, oil, and salt, all worth well over $100,000,000 (U.S.) at modern values
    12. Masanan rubuce-rubucen Littafi Mai Tsarki na Ibrananci na dā, kamar Littattafai na Tekun Gishiri sun yi mamakin ganin cewa baƙaƙen nan huɗu, wato YHWH, da suke wakiltar sunan Allah sun bayyana a wurare da yawa a cikin littattafan. <> Those who study ancient Hebrew Bible manuscripts, such as the Dead Sea Scrolls, are struck by the many occurrences of the Tetragrammaton—the four Hebrew letters that represent God’s name.
    13. An rubuta naɗaɗɗun littattafan Tekun Gishiri ne tsakanin ƙarni na uku K.Z., da ƙarni na farko A.Z. <> The Dead Sea Scrolls were written between the third century B.C.E. and the first century C.E.
    14. Littafi Mai-Tsarki ya yi mana gargaɗi: “Bari zancenku kullum ya kasance tare da alheri, gyartace da gishiri, domin ku sani yadda za ku amsa tambayar kowa.”—Kolossiyawa 4:6. <> The Bible admonishes us: “Let your utterance be always with graciousness, seasoned with salt, so as to know how you ought to give an answer to each one.”—Colossians 4:6.
    15. 5. Me ya sa matar Lutu ta zama gishiri? <> Why did Lot’s wife become a pillar of salt?
    16. Hakika, mace Kirista ba za ta daraja Allah ko kuma tsarin aure ba idan ta ƙara gishiri a kan matsala da take fuskanta a gida domin kawai ta rabu da mijinta ba, haka kuma mijin. <> Of course, a Christian wife would not be honoring God or the marriage arrangement if she exaggerated the seriousness of her domestic problems just to live separately from her husband, or vice versa.
    17. Da kana zama a Saduma, kusa da Tekun Gishiri fa, a zamanin mutumin nan Lutu, ɗan wan Ibrahim? <> What if you had lived in Sodom, near the Dead Sea, in the days of the man Lot, a nephew of Abraham?
    18. Kuma idan aka mike kwayar atam har sai ta kai tsawon bene mai hawa 14, cibiyarta ba za ta fi kwayar gishiri ba da za a iya gani a hawa na bakwai. <> And even if an atom were expanded until it was as tall as a 14-story building, its nucleus would be the size of a mere grain of salt located on the seventh floor.
    19. (Yohanna 17:3) A wani ɓangare kuma, za a ba da “gishiri” ga waɗanda ba su karɓi ruwa mai ba da rai ba, wato za a halaka su dindindin. <> (John 17:3) On the other hand, those who do not accept the life-giving water will be ‘given to salt’—destroyed permanently.
    20. Ko kuma wani ya ƙara gishiri ko kuma ya ɓoye wasu ainihin batun kasuwanci. <> Or one might exaggerate or hide details in a business matter.

[17-08-25 01:50:12:550 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of godiya[change]

  1. godiya. <> Gratitude, How grateful, Thank you for, appreciate, appreciated, appreciation for, appreciation, blessing, cherish, grateful for how, grateful, gratitude, laud, thanksgiving.
    1. (2 Bitrus 3:15) Bai kamata mu yi godiya ba cewa haƙurin Jehobah ya ba mu zarafin samun ceto? <> (2 Peter 3:15) Are we not grateful that Jehovah’s patience has opened the way to salvation for us?
    2. • Ta yaya dattawa suke nuna godiya ga tsofaffi cikin garken? <> • How do elders show appreciation for older members of the flock?
    3. 8:30, 31) Ya kamata mu nuna godiya ga Allah da kuma Ɗansa ta halartan taron Tuna Mutuwar Yesu kuma mu bi wannan umurnin da ke cewa: “Ku riƙa yin haka domin tunawa da ni.”—1 Kor. <> 8:30, 31) Gratitude to God and his Son should move us to be present at the commemoration of Jesus’ death, thus obeying the command: “Keep doing this in remembrance of me.”—1 Cor.
    4. ‘Yan’uwan suna son su taimaka min kuma ina musu godiya don yadda suka yi haƙuri da ni da kuma yi min gyara a lokacin da ya dace. <> The brothers wanted to help me learn, and I appreciated their patience and honest comments.
    5. Domin suna godiya ga hadayar fansa ta Yesu Kristi, sun keɓe rayuwarsu ga Allah kuma suna son yin amfani da rayuwarsu cikin jituwa da nufin Allah. <> Because, in gratitude for Jesus Christ’s ransom sacrifice, they have dedicated their life to God and they want to use it in harmony with God’s purpose.
    6. Ta yaya Jehovah yake nuna godiya ga amincin bayinsa? <> How does Jehovah show appreciation for the loyalty of his servants?
    7. Bari waƙoƙinmu su kasance kamar na mai zabura da ya ce: “Zan yi godiya ga Ubangiji da dukan zuciyata, A cikin fadar masu-adalci, da cikin taron jama’a kuma.” <> May our singing reflect the feelings of the psalmist who wrote: “I shall laud Jehovah with all my heart in the intimate group of upright ones and the assembly.”
    8. Muna godiya domin damuwarku da mu.” <> Thank you for your concern for our well-being.”
    9. Yin bimbini a kan waɗannan abubuwa da suka faru da Ibrahim, Ishaƙu, da Yakubu za su taimaka mana mu nuna godiya ga sadaukarwa mai girma na fansa <> Meditating on these incidents involving Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob can help us to appreciate the great cost of the ransom
    10. Idan muna nuna godiya ga begen rai madawwami da hadayar Yesu ya sa ya yiwu, me za mu yi? <> If we appreciate the hope of everlasting life made possible by Jesus’ sacrifice, what will we do?
    11. Ina godiya cewa an horar da mu a yin wa’azi! <> I’m so grateful for how we were trained to preach!
    12. Kana shelar bishara kuma kana taimakon mutane su nuna godiya da ɗaukaka, da kuma darajar Jehobah Allah? <> Are you zealously declaring the good news and helping people to appreciate the dignity, splendor, and majesty of Jehovah God?
    13. “Tun da shi ke kuka karɓi Kristi Yesu Ubangiji,” in ji Bulus, “sai ku yi tafiya a cikinsa hakanan, dasassu, ginannu kuma cikinsa, kafaffu cikin bangaskiyarku, kamar yadda aka koya maku, kuna yalwata cikin godiya.”—Kolossiyawa 2:6, 7. <> “As you have accepted Christ Jesus the Lord,” Paul wrote, “go on walking in union with him, rooted and being built up in him and being stabilized in the faith, just as you were taught, overflowing with faith in thanksgiving.”—Colossians 2:6, 7.
    14. (Ayukan Manzanni 14:17) Roƙonsa ya ba mu bukatunmu na kullum yana nuna masa cewa muna godiya ga waɗannan tanadi. <> (Acts 14:17) Asking him to supply us with our daily needs shows him that we do not take such provisions for granted.
    15. (Ishaya 57:20, 21; Galatiyawa 5:22) Muna godiya ga wannan bege mai girma na rai na har abada a Aljanna, inda babu ruhun wannan duniya da ke shuɗewa. <> (Isaiah 57:20, 21; Galatians 5:22) We cherish the marvelous hope of everlasting life in Paradise, where the spirit of this dying world will be no more.
    16. Ta yaya za ka iya nuna godiya don “kyautai ga mutane”? <> How may you show appreciation for the “gifts in men”?
    17. Wace albarka ce Hannatu ta samu, kuma ta yaya ta nuna godiya ga Allah? <> What blessing did Hannah receive, and how did she show that she appreciated where that blessing came from?
    18. Hakan zai sa mu ƙara godiya saboda da babban gata da muke da shi na yin aiki tare da Allah. <> It will deepen our appreciation for the privilege we have of working with our God, something that is to be truly cherished.
    19. Ya rubuta: “Yesu ya ɗauki gurasa, ya yi godiya, ya karya; ya ba almajiran, ya ce, Ku karɓa, ku ci; wannan jikina ne. <> He wrote: “Jesus took a loaf and, after saying a blessing, he broke it and, giving it to the disciples, he said: ‘Take, eat.
    20. M. 9:31) Mu ma muna godiya cewa muna da “ta’aziyar Ruhu Mai-tsarki”! <> (Acts 9:31) How grateful we are that we too have “the comfort of the holy spirit”!

[17-08-25 01:50:12:679 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of guga[change]

  1. guga. <> a bucket, iron.
    1. (Farawa 17:1; Fitowa 6:3) Zai iya zama kamar shirin abubuwa na Shaiɗan ya yi ƙarfi sosai, amma a idanun Jehovah “al’ummai suna kama da ɗiɗishin ruwa cikin guga, ana maishe su kuma kamar ƙura mai-labshi a bisa mizani.” <> (Genesis 17:1; Exodus 6:3) Satan’s wicked system of things may seem well entrenched, but in Jehovah’s eyes “the nations are as a drop from a bucket; and as the film of dust on the scales they have been accounted.”
    2. Hermilo ya ce: “Na koyi yadda ake dahuwa da wanki da kuma guga.” <> Says Hermilo: “I learned to cook, wash, and iron.”
    3. Lantarkin ba shi da ƙarfin da zai ɗauki na’urar wanki da ta guga. <> The supply of electricity was so limited that we could not use a washing machine or an iron.
    4. (Misalai 20:5, LMT) Idan ka jawo ruwa da guga daga cikin rijiya da gaggawa, ruwan zai zuba sosai. <> (Proverbs 20:5, Today’s English Version) If you draw a bucket out of a well too quickly, you will lose a lot of water.
    5. Hakika, ga Jehobah “wanda ya yi sama da duniya,” al’ummai kamar ɗigon ruwa suke daga guga. <> In fact, to Jehovah, “the Maker of heaven and earth,” the nations of mankind are like a tiny drop of water from a bucket.

[17-08-25 01:50:12:804 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of guru[change]

  1. guru. <> charms, setting.
    1. (Ishaya 65:11, Littafi Mai Tsarki) Ya ɗauki lokaci kafin in kawar da guru da layu da nake amfani da su, amma yin addu’a ya taimaka min sosai. <> Isaiah 65:11 helped me to see how Jehovah views “those setting a table for the god of Good Luck.”
    2. Suna damuwa game da la’anawa, layu, guru, da kuma tsafi. <> They worry about curses, omens, charms, and fetishes.

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of haƙori[change]

  1. haƙori. <> bite, dental, tooth for tooth, tooth.
    1. Idan ka kafa masa haƙori, ƙofar hankali ta ɗanɗano ta samu aiki. <> When you take a bite, your sense of taste comes into play.
    2. Zuwa asibiti don lafiyar jiki ko na haƙori a makare zai shafi jinyar da za a yi wa mutum. <> Being late for a medical or dental appointment may affect the treatment one receives.
    3. Ina iya kula da masu ciwon haƙori masu yawa kuma in samu kuɗi sosai, amma hakan zai shafi bautarmu ga Allah. <> I could take on many patients and make a lot of money, but doing so would cut into our spiritual life.
    4. (Levitukus 19:17, 18) Ya dace a fahimci dokar “ido domin ido, haƙori domin haƙori” ta kalaman Dokar alkawari, wanda Yesu ya bayyana da kalma ɗaya: “Ka yi ƙaunar Ubangiji Allahnka da dukan zuciyarka, da dukan ranka, da dukan azancinka” da “Ka yi ƙaunar maƙwabcinka kamar ranka.” <> (Leviticus 19:17, 18) Yes, the idea of “eye for eye, tooth for tooth” should be viewed in the context of the whole Law covenant, which Jesus said was summed up in two commandments: “You must love Jehovah your God with your whole heart and with your whole soul and with your whole mind” and “You must love your neighbor as yourself.”
    5. Sukan ce, “Ba Littafi Mai Tsarki yi magana game da ‘ido domin ido, haƙori domin haƙori’ ba?” <> They say, “Doesn’t the Bible speak of ‘eye for eye, tooth for tooth’?”
    6. “Na zama Mashaidin Jehobah a lokacin da na kammala makarantar likitan haƙori,” in ji Keith. <> “I became one of Jehovah’s Witnesses just as I was completing dental school,” Keith relates.
    7. ” “Kun ji aka faɗi, Ido maimakon ido, haƙori maimakon haƙori. <> “It was said, ‘Eye for eye and tooth for tooth.

[17-08-25 01:48:02:245 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of hankali[change]

  1. hankali. <> Carefully, Seriousness, applying, attention, concentration, emotionally, focus on, focus, focusing on, guard, intelligent, meticulous, minds on, take care, thinking ability.
    1. (Zabura 15:1, 2) Idan mun daraja wannan dangantaka ta gata da Mahaliccinmu, za mu mai da hankali mu yi tafiya babu aibi a gabansa. <> (Psalm 15:1, 2) If we value this privileged relationship with our Creator, we will take care to walk faultlessly in his eyes.
    2. “Kuna lura a hankali . . . kada wani mai-fasikanci ya kasance, ko kuwa wani marar-ibada.”—IBRANIYAWA 12:15, 16. <> “Carefully watching . . . that there may be no fornicator nor anyone not appreciating sacred things.”—HEBREWS 12:15, 16.
    3. Kamar yadda yake ‘ciyar’ da kansa, ya kamata miji ya zama mai yi wa matarsa tanadi mai kyau, a zahiri, a hankali, da kuma na ruhaniya. <> Just as he “feeds” himself, a husband ought to be a good provider for his wife—physically, emotionally, and spiritually.
    4. (b) Za mu mai da hankali a kan mene ne a nazarinmu? <> (b) On what will our study focus?
    5. Idan muka mai da hankali ga alkawuran Jehobah, sanyin gwiwa ba zai shawo kanmu ba. <> Discouragement is temporary if we focus on Jehovah’s promises.
    6. Na farko, ka kafa muhimman abubuwa, kana mai da hankali ga “mafifitan al’amura,” haɗe da koyar da kuma renon yaranka. <> First, establish priorities, giving attention to “the more important things,” including the teaching and training of your children.
    7. 11 Da akwai wani dalilin da ya sa za mu mai da hankali da ƙyashi. <> 11 There is yet another reason why we must guard against covetousness.
    8. Kasancewa da Hankali Shimfiɗe a Cikin Iyali da Kuma Ikilisiya <> Demonstrating Seriousness in the Congregation and the Family
    9. (1 Korantiyawa 10:24) Idan muna irin tunanin nan zai sa mu mai da hankali ga bukatun mutane maimakon namu gwaji. <> (1 Corinthians 10:24) Having such a frame of mind can help us to focus on the needs of others rather than on our own trials.
    10. Mai da hankali ga wannan umurnin na yin biyayya da kuma miƙa kai ga masu kula a cikin ikilisiya zai taimake mu mu ba da haɗin kai. <> Keeping in focus this admonition to be obedient and submissive to the overseers in the congregations will help us to manifest a cooperative spirit.
    11. Maimakon su yi la’akari da abin da Allah yake bukata kuma su amince da taimakon da ya tanadar, suna mai da hankali ga “al’amuran jiki.” <> Instead of considering what God requires of them and accepting the help he has provided, they are inclined to “set their minds on the things of the flesh.”
    12. Bulus ya rubuta: “Ka maida hankali ga karatu, da gargaɗi, da koyarwa. . . . <> Paul wrote: “Continue applying yourself to public reading, to exhortation, to teaching.
    13. Suna ganin yin bimbini hakki ne mai sa sanyin gwiwa, mai bukatar a mai da hankali sosai. <> They may view meditation as a daunting task requiring intense concentration.
    14. Bugu da ƙari, Yesu ya jawo hankali ga wannan muhimmiyar gaskiya cewa Mahaliccin dukan abubuwa, Jehobah Allah kaɗai ne yake da ikon cewa ga abubuwa masu kyau da marar kyau.—Mat. <> Moreover, Jesus drew attention to the fundamental truth that the Creator of all things, Jehovah God, alone has the right to set the standards of good and bad.—Matt.
    15. (1 Yohanna 5:19) Jehobah bai ƙaddara halittunsa masu hankali ba; amma ya ba su ’yanci da kuma zarafi su zaɓa tsakanin nagarta da mugunta, da kuma abu mai kyau da marar kyau. <> (1 John 5:19) Jehovah does not predestine his intelligent creatures; he gives each one freedom and opportunities to choose between good and bad, right and wrong.
    16. Sulemanu ya ce: “Dana, . . . ka kiyaye sahihiyar hikima da hankali kuma.” <> Solomon said: “My son, . . . safeguard practical wisdom and thinking ability.”
    17. Ishaya ya mai da hankali akan wannan a ayoyi 21 da 22: “Za su gina gidaje, kuma za su zauna a ciki; su yi gonakin anab kuma, su ci amfaninsu. <> Isaiah treats that in Isa 65 verses 21 and 22: “They will certainly build houses and have occupancy; and they will certainly plant vineyards and eat their fruitage.
    18. YADDA LITTAFI MAI TSARKI YA TSIRA: Da farko, ko da yake wasu mutanen da suka kofe Littafi Mai Tsarki ba su mai da hankali sosai ba ko kuma sun ɗan ƙara gishiri, amma da yawa daga cikinsu sun mai da hankali sosai. <> HOW THE BIBLE SURVIVED: First, although some Bible copyists were careless or even deceitful, many others were highly skilled and meticulous.
    19. Mene ne amfanin bi da mutane a hankali sa’ad da muke wa’azi? <> What benefits come from being peaceable in the ministry?
    20. Don mu ci gaba a hidima duk da cewa mutane ba sa saurarawa, kamar yadda Ishaya ya yi, muna bukatar mu guji mai da hankali ga lokacin da mutane suka ƙi saƙonmu. <> To persevere in the ministry despite an unresponsive audience, as Isaiah did, we need to avoid focusing on the negative reactions that we experience.

[17-08-25 01:48:02:667 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of hanya[change]

  1. hanya. <> Way, approach, how, is, roads, way.
    1. Hadaya ce ta ƙauna daga Jehovah, kuma ta buɗe hanya domin cetonmu. <> It was a loving sacrifice on Jehovah’s part, and it opened the way for our salvation.
    2. 5:7) Hanya ta musamman da Jehobah yake nuna wannan ƙaunar ita ce ta Mulkinsa. <> 5:7) A key way that Jehovah God expresses his love is through his Kingdom.
    3. Gargaɗi na hikima da ke cikin shafofinsa sun nuna mana da gaske hanya mafi kyau ta rayuwa. <> The wise counsel found in its pages truly shows us the best way to live.
    4. 14-16. (a) A wace hanya ce Isra’ilawa suka kasance al’umma da ke ba da shaida a madadin Jehobah? <> 14-16. (a) In what way were the Israelites to be a nation of witnesses for Jehovah?
    5. Dukan abin da Allah ya yi, yana yi ne a hanya mai tsarki, mai kyau, mai tsabta, daidai ne aka kira ikon aikinsa ruhu mai tsarki ko kuma ruhun tsarkaka. <> All that God does, he carries out in a holy, pure, and clean way, so his active force is well named holy spirit, or spirit of holiness.
    6. Ruwan inabin cikin ƙoƙo kuma za ta kasance da tunasarwa cewa jinin Yesu da aka zubar shi ne tushen samun “gafarar zunubai,” saboda haka ya buɗe hanya domin a kira masu ci zuwa rayuwa a samaniya su zama magada tare da Kristi. <> The wine in the cup also serves as a reminder that Jesus’ shed blood would be the basis for providing “forgiveness of sins,” thus opening the way for the partakers to be called to heavenly life as joint heirs with Christ.
    7. Hanya Mai Kyau da Za Mu More Waƙoƙinmu <> A Good Way to Enjoy Kingdom Songs
    8. Aikin wa’azi shi ne hanya ta farko na miƙa “hadaya ta yabo” ga Allah. <> The preaching work is the primary way to offer God “a sacrifice of praise.”
    9. A wace hanya ce za su so su yi koyi da shi ko ita? <> In what way would they like to imitate the Bible character?
    10. 9 Kowace hanya ka yi amfani da ita, shiri da kyau zai taimake ka ka kasance a shirye da ƙwazo a hidima ta gida gida. <> 9 Whatever approach you use, good preparation will help you to be poised and enthusiastic in the house-to-house ministry.
    11. 20 I, Jehovah ya amsa addu’ar da aka furta a Zabura 43:3 a hanya mai girma. <> 20 Yes, Jehovah has in a wonderful way answered the prayer expressed at Psalm 43:3.
    12. Ta yaya za a “fitar da” shi kuma a wace hanya ce aka yi masa “shari’a”? <> How will he be “cast out,” and how has he been “judged”?
    13. “Kunnuwanka kuma za su ji magana daga bayanka, tana cewa, Wannan ita ce hanya.”—ISHA. <> “Your own ears will hear a word behind you saying, ‘This is the way.’”—ISA.
    14. 17 Wata hanya da za ta sa mu ƙara ƙaunar Allah ita ce ta yin bimbini a kan tanadi mai yawa da ya yi mana don mu more rayuwa, kyaun halitta, abinci iri-iri, cuɗanya mai daɗaɗawa da abokai, da kuma wasu abubuwa masu kyau da ke sa mu farin ciki da gamsuwa. <> 17 Another way that we can grow in our love for God is to meditate on the abundant loving provisions he has made to let us enjoy life—the beauty of creation, the endless variety of delicious things to eat, the warm companionship of good friends, as well as countless other delights that give us pleasure and satisfaction.
    15. (Luka 8:1) Yesu ya yi tafiya har na tsawon ɗarurruwan mil, ya yi tafiyar ne da kafa a kan hanya mai ƙura don ya kai bishara ga mutane. <> (Luke 8:1) Jesus literally covered hundreds of miles, traveling on foot along dusty roads to take the message of the good news to people.
    16. Idan muka yi haka, muna tabbatar da cewa da gaske mun dogara ga Jehobah, kuma mun zaɓi hanya marar haɗari da Kirista ya kamata ya bi. <> When we do so, we demonstrate that we really trust in Jehovah and choose the only safe way for a Christian to live.
    17. Wani matafiyi da ya bi hanya ta rayuwa, mai zabura wanda wataƙila Asaph ne ko wani cikin zuriyarsa ya ce ya ‘kusa ya zāme’ daga hanya. <> One traveler on life’s journey, a psalmist who was either Asaph or one of his descendants, admitted that he “almost turned aside” from the right way.
    18. A rabin hanya, ta wurin kwangirin ruwa suke samun ruwa. <> Part of the way, it was conveyed by an aqueduct.
    19. Waɗanda aka sabonta su sun koyi su yi wa iyalinsu tanadi a hanya mai kyau kuma na gaskiya. <> Such reformed individuals have learned to provide for their families in a responsible and honest way.
    20. (b) A wace hanya ɗaya ta rayuwa ce Littafi Mai Tsarki ya yi tanadin ja-gora? <> (b) What is one area of life in which the Bible provides direction?

[17-08-25 01:48:03:058 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of harafi[change]

  1. harafi. <> alphabet.
    1. A yare na asali, waƙoƙi huɗu na farko harufa ne, ayoyin bi da bi sun soma da harafi dabam ta tsarin harufa na Ibrananci guda 22. <> The first four songs are acrostics, successive verses beginning with a different letter in the order of the 22-character Hebrew alphabet.
    2. Saboda haka, sa’ad da ’yan mishan suka yi magana da Sarki Radama na ɗaya, sarkin ya ba da izinin yin amfani da harafi na Roma maimakon sorabe. <> So after the missionaries consulted with King Radama I, the king granted permission to adopt the Roman alphabet and use it in place of sorabe.

[17-08-25 01:48:03:182 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of hayaki[change]

  1. hayaki. <> chimney, exposure, perfumed, smoke, smoked.
    1. Sa’ad da aka ƙi yin amfani da ita, salkar na iya yin yaushi idan aka ajiye ta a ɗakin da ke cike da hayaki. <> When not in use, these bottles might shrivel up if hung near a fire in a room lacking a chimney.
    2. Wannan “ranar lalatarwa da hallakarwa” na duhu, gizagizai, da baƙin duhu ne, wataƙila ba ta alama ba ce kawai, amma kuma ta zahiri ce, saboda hayaki da kuma mutane da aka kashe sun cika ko’ina. <> That “day of storm and of desolation” was one of darkness, clouds, and thick gloom, perhaps not only figuratively but also literally, for smoke and carnage were everywhere.
    3. Ban da miƙa hadayu na dabbobi, kowace safiya da dare, ana bukatar babban firist ya ƙona turaren hayaki a gaban Jehobah. <> Every morning and every evening, in addition to offering animal sacrifices, the high priest was required to burn perfumed incense before Jehovah.
    4. A yanzu, idan aka lalata wannan yanayi—tabkin ya cika da juji, itatuwa da duwatsu an bata su da rubuce-rubuce, iskar kuma ta cika da hayaki—ba zai rinjaye mu ba kuma; za mu guje shi. <> Now, if that same scene was altered—the stream clogged with garbage, the trees and rocks defaced with graffiti, the air befouled with smog—we would no longer be attracted to it; we would be repelled.
    5. Ka ga akwati da hayaki yake tashi daga cikinsa? <> Do you see the box, or little chest, with some smoke going up from it?
    6. Tsakanin tsawa da walƙiya da ƙara mai ƙarfi na ƙaho, Dutsen Sinai ya yi hayaki kuma ya jijjiga. <> Amid thunder and lightning and the loud sound of a horn, Mount Sinai smoked and trembled.
    7. Ta fito da baƙin hayaki kuma tayoyinta suna harba duwatsu sa’ad da ta wuce. <> It spewed out black smoke, and its tires were flinging stones as it passed.
    8. Ka yi tunanin warin hayaki ya tashe ka a barci cikin dare. <> Imagine that one night you awake to the smell of smoke.
    9. Alal misali, hayaki na mai shan taba yana iya yi wa waɗanda suke sheƙansa lahani ƙwarai. <> For example, exposure to secondhand smoke can have a harmful effect on nonsmokers.
    10. Ya sa saman dutsen ya fara hayaki, ya kuma sa aradu ya yi ta ƙara. <> He makes the top of the mountain smoke, and causes loud thunder.

[17-08-25 01:48:03:313 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of hazo[change]

  1. hazo. <> ,, blurred, dizziness, foggy, mist, , mist, nebula, nebulae, nebulous.
    1. Ta cikin hazo na ga itatuwa da furanni suka kewaye su. <> Through the mist, I saw trees lined with orchids and draped with Spanish moss.
    2. Idanunmu na ruhaniya za su iya zama da hazo hazo, ko kuma su rinjayu, saboda mun kasa fahimtar kissoshinsa. <> Our spiritual vision can become blurred, or out of focus, so that we fail to discern his crafty acts.
    3. Amma, ko nawa ne shekararmu, ‘ba mu san abin da za ya faru gobe ba, domin rayuwarmu hazo ce da kan bayyana na ɗan lokaci kāna ya watse.’ <> Regardless of our age, though, ‘we do not know what our life will be tomorrow, for we are a mist appearing for a little while and then disappearing.’
    4. Wurin da duhu kuma akwai hazo sosai, jikina na ta rawa sa’ad da nake tafiya cikin ruwan ƙanƙara. <> It was dark and foggy, and I was shivering as I walked in the freezing rain.
    5. 12 Da daɗewa, masana taurari sun lura da abin da aka kwatanta shi da “ƙananan yankuna da suke da haske da hazo hazo, da ba a bayyane ba.” <> 12 For years, astronomers observed what was described as “small luminous regions with a nebulous, not resolved appearance.”
    6. (1 Korinthiyawa 6:18; 1 Tassalunikawa 4:3-8) Shan miyagun ƙwayoyi yana sa yin batsa, gani hazo hazo, jiri, raunana numfashi, mugun mafarki, da kuma mutuwa. <> (1 Corinthians 6:18; 1 Thessalonians 4:3-8) Drug abuse can produce irritability, slurred speech, blurred vision, dizziness, impaired ability to breathe, hallucinations, and death.
    7. Yayin da yake tafiya a hanyar da ya zaɓa, ana iya soma yin ruwa ko hazo, go-sulo, ko kuma a rufe hanya da zai bukaci ya bi wata hanya. <> As he travels along his chosen route, he may be confronted with unexpected weather conditions, traffic congestion, and road closures, requiring him to take an alternate route.
    8. A shekara ta 1924, an gano cewa wani tarin taurari mai kama da hazo, Andromeda, da suka fi kusa, damin taurari ne—mai nisan tafiyar haske na shekara miliyan biyu! <> In 1924, it was discovered that the closest such nebula, Andromeda, was actually a galaxy itself—some two million light years away!
    9. Masana kimiyya a dā sun ɗauka cewa waɗannan “tarin taurari masu kama da hazo mai juyawa” suna cikin damin taurari na Kwalkwaɗa tamu. <> Scientists presumed that these “spiral nebulae” were objects in our Milky Way galaxy.

[17-08-25 01:48:03:451 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of huda[change]

  1. huda. <> all over, ear, his, hole, piercing.
    1. Amma umurnai game da yadda za a bi da bayi suna da kyau har ya sa Dokar Musa ta yi tanadin abin da ke gaba: “Idan hakika bawa ya hurta ya ce, yana ƙaunar ubangijinsa, da matarsa, da ’ya’yansa, ba ya son ’yancin, to, sai ubangijinsa ya kawo shi a gaban Allah a ƙofa ko a madogarar ƙofa, sa’an nan ubangijinsa ya huda kunnensa da abin hudawa. Zai bauta wa ubangijinsa muddin ransa.”—Fitowa 21:2-6; Littafin Firistoci 25:42, 43; Maimaitawar Shari’a 15:12-18. <> But the regulations concerning the treatment of slaves were so fair and humane that the Law of Moses made the following provision: “If the slave should insistently say, ‘I really love my master, my wife and my sons; I do not want to go out as one set free,’ then his master must bring him near to the true God and must bring him up against the door or the doorpost; and his master must pierce his ear through with an awl, and he must be his slave to time indefinite.”—Exodus 21:2-6; Leviticus 25:42, 43; Deuteronomy 15:12-18.
    2. Wani ba ya tura wani ba; kowane ya kan bi hanyar kansa: su kan huda hanyar makamai; ba su ratse hanyarsu ba.”—Joel 2:7, 8. <> As an able-bodied man in his course, they keep going; and should some fall even among the missiles, the others do not break off course.”—Joel 2:7, 8.
    3. Da aka tilasta masa mutuwa mai azaba kuma abin kunya, da ƙusoshi suka huda hannayensa da ƙafafuwansa, me Yesu ya yi magana a kai? <> Subjected to a shameful death, with nails piercing his hands and feet, what did Jesus speak about?
    4. (b) Mene ne huda kunnen bawa yake nunawa? <> (b) What was significant about piercing the ear of a willing slave?
    5. 8. (a) Ta yaya Kiristoci za su iya huda kansu da baƙin ciki da yawa? <> 8. (a) How might Christians ‘stab themselves all over with many pains’?
    6. Babu shakka, wannan bawan ya ji zafi na ɗan lokaci yayin da ake huda kunnensa, amma hakan ya bar tabo da ya nuna cewa zai yi bauta na dindindin. <> This slave must have felt temporary pain; but it soon passed, leaving a permanent sign of his servitude.
    7. Dokar ta ce: “Idan bawan ya faɗi a sarari, Ina ƙaunar ubangijina, da matata, da ’ya’yana; ba ni fita: sa’annan ubangijinsa zai kai shi wurin Allah, ya kawo shi wurin ƙyaure kuma, ko dogarin ƙofa: ubangijinsa kuwa za ya huda kunnensa da basilla; zai yi masa bauta har abada.”—Fit. <> The Law states: “If the slave should insistently say, ‘I really love my master, my wife and my sons; I do not want to go out as one set free,’ then his master must bring him near to the true God and must bring him up against the door or the doorpost; and his master must pierce his ear through with an awl, and he must be his slave to time indefinite.”—Ex.
    8. Jehovah ya yi alkawarin cewa: “Girbi zai bi bayan huda nan da nan.” <> “The plowman will actually overtake the harvester,” Jehovah promised.
    9. Bulus ya rubuta: “Son kuɗi asalin tushen kowace irin mugunta ne: waɗansu kuwa garin begen samu sun ratse daga imani, sun huda kansu da baƙinciki mai-yawa.” <> Paul wrote: “The love of money is a root of all sorts of injurious things, and by reaching out for this love some have been led astray from the faith and have stabbed themselves all over with many pains.”
    10. (Matta 6:19) Duk da haka, wasu ’yan’uwa suna “huda kansu da baƙinciki mai-yawa” ta sa abin duniya a gaba da abubuwan Mulki. <> (Matthew 6:19) Yet, some brothers ‘stab themselves all over with many pains’ by putting material interests ahead of Kingdom interests.
    11. Gama son kuɗi asalin kowace irin mugunta ne: waɗansu kuwa garin begen samu sun ratse daga imani, sun huda kansu da baƙinciki mai-yawa.”—1 Timothawus 6:9, 10. <> For the love of money is a root of all sorts of injurious things, and by reaching out for this love some have been led astray from the faith and have stabbed themselves all over with many pains.”—1 Timothy 6:9, 10.
    12. 11 Bari mu sake yin la’akari da misalin bawan da ya yarda a huda kunnensa. <> 11 Let us return to the example of the slave who accepted having his ear pierced.
    13. Alal misali, Littafi Mai Tsarki ya ce waɗanda suke son kuɗi “sun huda kansu da baƙinciki mai-yawa.” <> For example, the Bible says that those who have developed a love for money “have stabbed themselves all over with many pains.”
    14. Waɗansu kuwa garin begen samu sun ratse daga imani, sun huda kansu da baƙinciki mai-yawa.” <> “By reaching out for this love some have been led astray from the faith and have stabbed themselves all over with many pains.”
    15. Suka kai ga rufaffiyar ƙofa, suka huda. <> Reaching a sealed door, they drilled a hole.
    16. (Luka 21:34) Abin baƙin ciki, wasu sun saka hannu cikin mugun son kuɗi kuma sun “ratse daga imani, sun huda kansu da baƙinciki mai-yawa,” har ma sun rasa dangantakarsu mai tamani da Jehobah. <> (Luke 21:34, footnote) Tragically, some have become caught up in today’s frenzied economy and have been “led astray from the faith and have stabbed themselves all over with many pains,” even losing their precious relationship with Jehovah.
    17. Bulus ya ce: “Waɗansu kuwa garin begen samu sun ratse daga imani, sun huda kansu da baƙinciki mai-yawa.”—1 Timothawus 6:7-10. <> Paul put it this way: “By reaching out for this love some have been led astray from the faith and have stabbed themselves all over with many pains.”—1 Timothy 6:7-10.
    18. Amma ku san wannan, da ubangijin gida ya san cikin ko wane tsaro ɓarawo ke zuwa, da ya yi tsaro, da ba ya bari a huda masa gida ba. <> But know one thing, that if the householder had known in what watch the thief was coming, he would have kept awake and not allowed his house to be broken into.

[17-08-25 01:48:03:603 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of iko[change]

  1. iko. <> Almighty, Strong, attribute, authority, dominated, empowered, power, powerful, powers.
    1. (Psalm 18:35, NW) Ko da yake “mafifici ne shi cikin iko,” a shirye Jehobah yake ya taimaka mana sa’ad da muke baƙin ciki, wato, zai durƙusa a alamance don ya kusace mu. <> (Psalm 18:35) Although he is “exalted in power,” Jehovah is willing to come down to our level, as it were, to help us when we are low.
    2. Za a kammala aikin gini “ba ta wurin ƙarfi ba, ba kuwa ta wurin iko ba, amma ta wurin ruhun [Jehobah].” <> The building work will come to completion, “not by a military force, nor by power, but by [Jehovah’s] spirit.”
    3. Alal misali, yana ba mutanensa “mafificin girman iko” ta wurin ruhunsa mai tsarki. <> For example, he gives his people “power beyond what is normal” by means of his holy spirit.
    4. Me ya sa ba za ka bincika wasu nassosi da ke nuna iko da girman ƙauna mai ja-gora ba? <> Why not consider some scriptures that show the power and scope of this noble form of love?
    5. 4 Yesu yana da iko a kan ikilisiyarsa, kuma tun shekara ta 1914 yana da iko a kan sabon Mulki na Allah da aka kafa. <> 4 Jesus has authority over his congregation, and since 1914 he has had authority over God’s newly established Kingdom.
    6. “A ganina, ƙunar baƙin wake, ta kawar da ra’ayin cewa Allah ne mai iko duka gaba ɗaya,” in ji Bayahude manazarci David Wolf Silverman. <> “The Holocaust has, I think, dismissed any easy use of omnipotence as an attribute appropriate to God,” wrote Jewish scholar David Wolf Silverman.
    7. Mai iko, mai shari’a, mai hikima, mai kauna, bai taba yasar da ’ya’yansa masu aminci ba. <> Strong, just, wise, and loving, he never abandons his faithful children.
    8. Sai Allah mai juyayi mai taushi ya ba wa Jephthah iko ya ceci Isra’ilawa daga hannun abokan gabansu.—Alƙalawa 11:30-33. <> So the God of tender compassion empowered Jephthah to deliver the Israelites out of the hands of their enemies.—Judges 11:30-33.
    9. Ya rubuta: “Bari kowane mai-rai shi yi zaman biyayya da ikon masu-mulki: gama babu wani iko sai na Allah; ikokin da ke akwai kuma sanyayyu ne na Allah.” <> He wrote: “Let every soul be in subjection to the superior authorities, for there is no authority except by God; the existing authorities stand placed in their relative positions by God.”
    10. (Karin Magana 2:21, 22; 2 Tasalonikawa 1:6-9; Wahayin Yahaya 19:11-21; 20:1-3) Sa’an nan Mulkin Allah na samaniya a hannun Kristi zai zama sabon iko da ke sarauta, gwamnati ɗaya tak da take bisa dukan duniya.—Wahayin Yahaya 11:15. <> (Proverbs 2:21, 22; 2 Thessalonians 1:6-9; Revelation 19:11-21; 20:1-3) Then God’s heavenly Kingdom under Christ will be the new ruling authority, the only government over the entire earth.—Revelation 11:15.
    11. (Daniyel 1:1; 10:1) Wani lokaci a shekara ta uku na sarautar Sairus, Daniyel ya sami wahayi game da ayyukan masu iko da duniya da zai ƙare a ƙunci mai girma da ke zuwa. <> (Daniel 1:1; 10:1) Some time during that third year of Cyrus, Daniel received a vision of the march of world powers that culminates in the coming great tribulation.
    12. Gaskiya ne ma yayinda ya ce: “Mutum ya sami iko bisa mutum don cutarsa.”—Irmiya 10:23; Mai-wa’azi 8:9. <> It is also truthful when it says: “Man has dominated man to his injury.”—Jeremiah 10:23; Ecclesiastes 8:9.
    13. 12, 13. (a) Mene ne zai faru sa’ad da Yesu ya zo “da iko da ɗaukaka mai-girma”? <> 12, 13. (a) What will happen when Jesus comes “with power and great glory”?
    14. (1 Yohanna 4:8) Yin addu’a ba don mu’ujiza ba, amma don samun ruhu mai tsarki mai iko na Allah zai iya taimakawa a kowane yanayi. <> (1 John 4:8) Prayers, not for miracles but for God’s powerful holy spirit, can provide help in any situation.
    15. (Matta 16:24; Luka 5:10, 11) Wannan shaida ce ga iko cikin maganar Yesu! <> (Matthew 16:24; Luke 5:10, 11) What a testimony to the power of Jesus’ words!
    16. Yin nazari zai ƙarfafa mu saboda “mafificin girman iko ya kasance na Allah, ba daga wurin mu da kanmu ba.” <> Study will fortify us so that “the power beyond what is normal may be God’s and not that out of ourselves.”
    17. “AYYUKANKA masu-girma ne, masu-ban al’ajabi, ya Ubangiji Allah, Mai-iko duka; halullukanka kuma masu-adalci ne, masu-gaskiya kuma, ya Sarkin zamanai. <> “GREAT and wonderful are your works, Jehovah God, the Almighty.
    18. Duk da haka, ya kasance da kwaɗayin iko kuma ya ja-goranci tawaye ga Musa, mutum mai tawali’u gaba da kowa a wannan zamanin. <> Still, he craved more authority and brazenly led a rebellion against Moses, the meekest man alive at that time.
    19. A wannan hanyar, ruhu mai tsarki, wanda Jehovah ya bai wa Yesu iko ya yi amfani da shi, yana aiki mai muhimmanci. <> In this regard, the holy spirit, which Jehovah has given Jesus authority to employ, plays a pivotal role.
    20. Na fahimci kalmomin Yesu a Matta 6:24, inda ta ce “ba wanda ke da iko shi bauta wa ubangiji biyu.” <> I came to understand Jesus’ teaching recorded at Matthew 6:24, which says that “no one can slave for two masters.”

[17-08-25 01:48:03:767 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of inna[change]

  1. inna. <> Will, paralysis, paralytic, paralyzed Aeneas, paralyzed anymore, paralyzed, polio, smallpox, stroke, strokes.
    1. Ya gaya wa mutum mai shan inna: “An gafarta zunubanka.” <> He said to the paralyzed man: “Your sins are forgiven.”
    2. Shekaru uku bayan haka, cutar shan inna ta sake addabar shi kuma ya mutu a ranar Laraba, 9 ga watan Yuni, 2010. <> Three years later, he had a second stroke and died peacefully on Wednesday, June 9, 2010.
    3. Ya tsaya a Ludda, inda ya warkar da Iniyasu mai shan inna sai ya ci gaba zuwa bakin teku inda jirage ke sauka a Yafa. <> He stopped at Lydda, where he cured paralyzed Aeneas and then proceeded to the seaport of Joppa.
    4. Mutumin da yake da shan inna ya sauka a tsakiyarsu. <> The paralyzed man on the cot came right down into their midst.
    5. Me ya sa ƙanwata da take da shan inna take wahala? <> Why does my paralyzed sister suffer?
    6. Wasu mutane suka kawo wani mutum bai iya tafiya ba mai shan inna. <> One group of people brought a paralyzed man who could not even walk.
    7. Tun daga lokacin, cututtuka kamar su zazzaɓi cizon sauro, zanzana, cutar fuka, shan inna, da kuma kwalera sun dami mutane da yawa. <> Since then, untold numbers have been stricken by such diseases as malaria, smallpox, tuberculosis, polio, and cholera.
    8. Za mu taɓa rabuwa da zunubi kuwa?— To, menene Yesu ya yi wa wannan mutumin mai shan inna?— Yesu ya gafarta masa zunubansa kuma ya warkar da shi. <> Will we ever be rid of sin?— Well, what did Jesus do for that paralyzed man?— Jesus forgave his sins and healed him.
    9. Inna, Za Ki Dawo da Wuri?” <> “Will You Be Back Soon, Mommy?”
    10. Haƙuri ya taimake ni na jimre da wahala da kuma ƙalubalen ciwon shan inna. <> Patience helps me to put up with the inconveniences and challenges of paralysis.
    11. Sa’ad da na rungumi ’ya ta don na ce mata sai an jima, sai Willy ta tambaye ni, “Inna, za ki dawo da wuri?” <> When I embraced my daughter to say good-bye, Willy asked, “Will you be back soon, Mommy?”
    12. Ta yi ciwon shan inna da na ƙwaƙwalwa sa’ad da take ’yar shekara sha biyu. <> At age 12, she suffered a stroke and was diagnosed with a brain tumor.
    13. Ya gaya wa wani mai ciwon shan inna, “an gafarta zunubanka” sai mutumin ya warke.—Matta 9:2-7. <> He said to a paralytic, “Your sins are forgiven,” and the man was healed.—Matthew 9:2-7.
    14. Ba shi da shan inna kuma. <> He was not paralyzed anymore.
    15. Tun lokacin, an yi mata aiki sau biyu, da kuma jinyar kansar ƙwaƙwalwa, kuma ta sake yin ciwon shan inna sau biyu da ya naƙasa gefen jikinta na hagu kuma ta daina gani sosai. <> Since then, she has undergone surgery twice, received radiation treatment, and suffered two more strokes, which left her with limited movement on her left side and limited vision.
    16. 10 Ka yi la’akari da misalin Laurel, wadda ta yi fama da shan-inna kuma ta zauna cikin na’ura na yin numfashi na shekaru 37. <> 10 Consider the example of Laurel, who was stricken with polio and lived in an iron lung for 37 years.

[17-08-25 01:48:03:930 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of iska[change]

  1. iska. <> Air, air, blowing wind, breath, breezes, fierce wind, gas, storm, wave, wind, winds, windstorm.
    1. Wata rana da suke komowa daga unguwar ’yan iska shi da abokinsa cikin dare ’yan sanda suka tsare su. <> Late one night as he and a friend were returning home from a shantytown, the police stopped them.
    2. Ba iska mai ƙarfi da ke girgiza jirgin ko kuma manya-manyan raƙuman ruwa da suke tura jirgin hagu da dama ne kawai suke damun Yunana ba. <> It was not just the fierce wind, which was shrieking through the ship’s rigging; nor was it just the mountainous waves, which were thundering against the sides of the vessel, making her every timber creak and groan.
    3. Gubar iska ya shaƙe mutane. <> Air choked with pollution.
    4. Alal misali, mun karanta cewa rana, wata, taurari, dusar ƙanƙara, iska, duwatsu, da tuddai suna yabon Jehobah. <> For example, we read of the sun, moon, stars, snow, wind, mountains, and hills praising Jehovah.
    5. Na rataye abin shaƙar iska sa’ad da nake ’yar shekara shida <> With my gas mask when I was six
    6. Almajiransa suka yi mamaki kuma suka yi tambaya: “Wanene wannan fa wanda har iska da teku suna biyayya da shi?”—Markus 4:37-41. <> His disciples were amazed and asked: “Who really is this, because even the wind and the sea obey him?”—Mark 4:37-41.
    7. Labarin ya ci gaba: “Ya zama kuwa kamin an jima kaɗan, sararin sama ya yi baƙi ƙirin da hadari da iska, aka yi babban ruwa kuwa. <> The account continues: “It came about in the meantime that the heavens themselves darkened up with clouds and wind and a great downpour began to occur.
    8. Sun gaskata cewa yana bayyana kansa a cikin iska, ruwan sama, walƙiya, da kuma tsawa. <> He was thought to manifest himself in wind, rain, lightning, and thunder.
    9. 9 Masu haƙa kwal a Britaniya da aka ambata ɗazu suna amfani da kanari don su ba da alama da sauri cewa akwai iska da ta gurɓata. <> 9 The British coal miners mentioned earlier used canaries to provide an early warning of the presence of poisonous gas.
    10. Ruhu mai tsarki shi ne ƙarfin aiki na Allah, kamar iska mai hurawa, kuma zai taimaki mabiyansa su yi nufin Allah. <> The holy spirit is God’s active force, like blowing wind, that will help his followers to do God’s will.
    11. Idan kuma ka yi baya sosai, iska za ta busa, kuma za ka ji sanyi. <> If you stepped back too far, the cool night air closed in, and you felt chilled.
    12. Mizanan duniya da ja-gora a kan wannan batun na jujjuyawa kamar iska ke hura su. <> Worldly standards and guidelines on this matter sway to and fro as though buffeted by winds.
    13. Wani sabon kundin sani ya yi tambaya: “Haske rakumin iska ne ko burbuɗi?” <> Well, a recent encyclopedia asks: “Is light a wave or a particle?”
    14. Almajiri Yakubu ya yi gargaɗi: “Mai shakka, kamar raƙuman ruwan teku yake, waɗanda iska ke korawa tana tuttunkuɗawa. <> “He who doubts,” cautioned the disciple James, “is like a wave of the sea driven by the wind and blown about.
    15. 6 Za mu iya kwatanta rakuman ruwa da guguwar iska da Bitrus ya fuskanta sa’ad da yake tafiya a kan ruwa da matsaloli da kuma gwajin da muke fuskanta a matsayinmu na bayin Allah. <> 6 The wind and waves surrounding Peter as he walked on the water might be compared to the trials and temptations we face in our life of dedication to God.
    16. 3:8) Shi ya sa Kalmar Allah ta ce rayuwarmu kamar ciyawa take ko kuma shaƙar iska. <> 3:8) God’s Word thus says that our lives are as transitory as a season’s growth of grass or as an exhaled breath.
    17. Sulemanu, Sarki mai hikima ya rubuta: “Na gane dalilin da ya sa mutane suke aiki ƙwarai don su ci nasara, so suke su fi kowa samu. Wannan ma aikin banza ne harbin iska kawai.” <> Wise King Solomon wrote: “I myself have seen all the hard work and all the proficiency in work, that it means the rivalry of one toward another; this also is vanity and a striving after the wind.”
    18. (Markus 4:37-39) A wani lokaci kuma, ya yi tafiya a kan ruwa sa’ad da ake wata iska mai ban tsoro.—Matta 14:24-33. <> (Mark 4:37-39) On another occasion, he walked on the water during a frightening storm.—Matthew 14:24-33.
    19. Sai Bitrus ya kalli yadda iska ke kaɗa ruwan kuma ya soma nitsewa. <> Then Peter looked at the windstorm and began to sink.
    20. Senegal ƙasa ce da iskar hamada take hurawa sosai da kuma sanyi, iska mai sanyi daga tekun Atlantika. <> Senegal is a land swept by the parching winds of the desert as well as by the cool, refreshing breezes of the Atlantic.

[17-08-25 01:48:04:068 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of ista[change]

  1. ista. <> Easter, popular Easter.
    1. 9 Ista an ce wai bikin tashin Kristi daga matattu ne, amma tushe masu tabbaci sun haɗa ta da bautar ƙarya. <> 9 Easter supposedly commemorates the resurrection of Christ, but reputable sources link it with false worship.
    2. Waɗannan mutane suna tunanin zomo ne kawai na Ista da kuma ƙwayaye masu launi na Ista a lokacin da aka tashi Yesu daga matattu. <> These people think only about Easter rabbits and colored Easter eggs at the time of year when Jesus was resurrected.
    3. Alal misali, game da fitaccen “ɗan zomo na Ista,” littafin nan The Catholic Encyclopedia ya ce: “Zomon alama ce ta arna, alamar haihuwa.” <> For instance, concerning the popular “Easter bunny,” The Catholic Encyclopedia says: “The rabbit is a pagan symbol and has always been an emblem of fertility.”
    4. Me ya sa bayin Jehovah na dā da yanzu ba sa bikin Ista? <> Why have past and present servants of Jehovah avoided Easter celebrations?
    5. Amma Littafi Mai Tsarki bai yi magana ba game da zomo na Ista da kuma ƙwayaye. <> But the Bible doesn’t say anything about Easter rabbits and eggs.
    6. Haka nan a yau, Allah ya ƙi bukukuwan arna na Kiristendam, irin su Kirsimati da Ista. <> Similarly today, God rejects Christendom’s pagan celebrations, such as Christmas and Easter.
    7. Ko yaya dai, Encyclopædia Britannica (Bugu na 11) ya ce: “Babu wani nuni na bikin Ista cikin Sabon Alkawari.” <> In any case, the Encyclopædia Britannica (11th Edition) states: “There is no indication of the observance of the Easter festival in the New Testament.”
    8. Saboda haka, Ista biki ne na haihuwa da ake yi da sunan bikin tashin Kristi daga matattu. <> Easter, therefore, is really a fertility rite thinly disguised as a celebration of Christ’s resurrection.
    9. Mutane da yawa suna tunanin cewa bukukuwan Kirismati da Ista suna faranta wa Allah rai, amma abubuwan da mutane suke yi a lokacin waɗannan bukukuwa ainihi daga bauta ta ƙarya ce. <> Christendom also promotes holidays, such as Christmas and Easter, whose seemingly innocent customs are actually rooted in mythology and paganism.
    10. Ista ba bikin Kiristoci na farko ba ne kuma yau mutanen Jehovah ba sa yin bikin. <> Easter was not an early Christian observance and is not celebrated by Jehovah’s people today.
    11. Menene tushen al’adun Ista? <> What are the roots of popular Easter customs?
    12. Ko da yake an tuna da tashin Yesu daga matattu, ayyuka da ake yi a Ista ba na Kiristoci ba ne. <> While this holiday is supposed to commemorate Jesus’ resurrection, the customs associated with the Easter season are not Christian.
    13. Yin hakan da sunan Ista, rashin aminci ne mai tsanani. <> To do so in the name of Easter, therefore, is to be doubly disloyal.
    14. “Babu alamar an kiyaye bikin Ista a Sabon Alkawari,” in ji The Encyclopædia Britannica. <> “There is no indication of the observance of the Easter festival in the New Testament,” states The Encyclopædia Britannica.
    15. The Westminster Dictionary of the Bible ya ce Ista “asalinta bikin rani ne da ke ɗaukaka allahiya Teutonici na haske da damina da aka sani a Anglo-Saxon da Eastre,” ko Eostre. <> The Westminster Dictionary of the Bible says that Easter was “originally the spring festival in honor of the Teutonic goddess of light and spring known in Anglo-Saxon as Eastre,” or Eostre.

[17-08-25 01:48:04:230 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of iya[change]

  1. iya. <> Can, best, can, could, may, might.
    1. (Kolossiyawa 2:6, 7) Hakika, Kiristoci za su iya dage cikin bangaskiyarsu idan sun dasu ƙwarai cikin Kristi yadda itace yake tsaye sosai a ƙasa da saiwarsa mai ƙarfi.—1 Bitrus 2:21. <> (Colossians 2:6, 7) Indeed, Christians can stand their ground only if they are firmly rooted in Christ.—1 Peter 2:21.
    2. Muna da tabbaci cewa sa’ad da muka ba da kanmu da son rai a hidimar Allah kuma muka yi iya ƙoƙarinmu mu bauta masa da dukan zuciyarmu, a koyaushe za mu kasance da hakki a tsarinsa. <> We can be confident that when we offer ourselves willingly in God’s service and do our best to serve him whole-souled, there is always a place for us in his arrangement.
    3. 15 Alal misali, shugaban iyali yana iya fuskantar matsi mai tsanani na biyan bukatun iyalinsa. <> 15 For example, a family head may face severe pressure in providing materially for “those who are his own.”
    4. Kuma sa’ad da muka kafa makasudai da za mu iya cim ma, ayyukanmu na ruhaniya zai kawo mana ƙarin gamsuwa da farin ciki. <> And when we have balanced expectations and set reachable goals, our spiritual activities will bring us more satisfaction and joy.
    5. Anthony: E, yana iya zama haka. <> Anthony: That could be a reason too.
    6. Ka ba da misali. (b) Mene ne za mu iya koya game da dangantakar Dauda da Jehobah daga Zabura 34:7, 8 da Zabura 139:2-8? <> Give an example. (b) What can we learn about David’s relationship with Jehovah from Psalm 34:7, 8 and Psalm 139:2-8?
    7. Kamar mutane a wurare da yawa a duniya, mutanen Tsibiren Solomon sun gaskata cewa ruhohi suna iya taimaka masu ko kuma su cuce su. <> As is the case of people in numerous other parts of the world, inhabitants of the Solomon Islands believe that spirits can either help or harm a person.
    8. Jehobah zai iya kiyaye mu a ‘shimfiɗa ta rashin lafiya’ <> Jehovah can sustain us upon “a divan of illness”
    9. A shekara ta 1959, ofishin reshe ya gayyaci kowa da zai iya ya ƙaura zuwa lardin Quebec, inda ake bukatar masu hidima sosai. <> In 1959 the branch office invited any who could do so to move to Quebec, where there was a great need for evangelizers.
    10. Iyaye, za ku iya tuna abin da yaranta ke nufi? <> Parents, can you remember what it was like to be a child?
    11. • Ta yaya ne Isra’ilawa za su iya bayyana cewa suna cika keɓewarsu? <> • How could the Israelites demonstrate that they lived up to their dedication?
    12. Hakazalika, shakkar imaninmu za ta iya shafarmu. <> Having doubts about our beliefs can have a similar effect on us.
    13. Akwai Wanda Zai Iya Sanin Gobe? <> Can Anyone See the Future?
    14. (Alƙalawa 2:7; 2 Bitrus 1:16-19) Idan ka fara tarayya da ƙungiyar Jehovah na shekaru da yawa, kana iya tuna lokacin da masu shelar Mulki suke ɗan kaɗan a ƙasarka ko kuma a yankinka ko kuma sa’ad da aikin wa’azi yake fuskantar hamayya mai tsanani. <> (Judges 2:7; 2 Peter 1:16-19) If you have been associated with Jehovah’s organization for many years, you may recall the time when there were very few Kingdom proclaimers in your region or country or when the preaching work faced stiff opposition.
    15. Kowane mutum yana iya yin hassada, har ma mawadaci da mai iyawa da kuma mai nasara a rayuwa. <> Envy can plague anyone, regardless of how much wealth he has, whatever virtues he possesses, and how successful he is in life.
    16. Injiniyar da ya fi ƙwarewa ba zai iya ƙera wani abu da ya yi kyau kuma masu amfani kamar yatsunmu goma ba. <> Even the most trained and capable engineer could not have manufactured anything as beautiful and useful as the ten marvelously designed levers—your fingers and thumbs.
    17. Idan ɗan’uwa ya soma nuna irin wannan halin, yana iya yin watsi da shawarar da dattawa suka ba shi. <> Infected by this spirit, a brother might chafe at counsel from the elders.
    18. Manzo Bitrus ya bayyana cewa ya kamata mu yi marmarin ilimi na Littafi Mai-Tsarki, kuma ya gane cewa za a iya gina irin wannan marmari. <> The apostle Peter explained that we should have a longing for Bible knowledge, and he recognized that such a desire may have to be developed.
    19. Idan an yanka dabban da kyau kuma jini ya zuba, Ba’isra’ile zai iya ci da lamiri mai kyau, domin an riga an daraja Mai ba da Rai. <> Provided that the creature was properly slaughtered and bled, an Israelite could eat it with a clear conscience, as due respect would have been accorded to the Life-Giver.
    20. Saboda “duniya duka kuwa tana hannun Mugun” abubuwan da za su iya nauyaya mu suna iya gajiyar da mu kuma su ɓata daidaitawarmu na Kirista. <> Because “the whole world is lying in the power of the wicked one,” we are surrounded by negative forces that can wear us down and erode our Christian balance.

[17-08-25 01:48:04:449 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of jerin sunaye[change]

  1. jerin sunaye. <> A MEANINGFUL RECORD.
    1. JERIN SUNAYE MAI MUHIMMANCI <> A MEANINGFUL RECORD OF NAMES

[17-08-25 01:48:04:584 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of jibi[change]

  1. jibi. <> Eucharist, evening meal, meal, meals.
    1. Shi ne ke zaune kusa da Yesu a jibi na ƙarshe da manzannin suka ci tare da Ubangijinsu. <> He was next to Jesus at the last meal that the disciples ate with their Master.
    2. Na yi waƙoƙi sa’ad da ake cin jibi a Cocin Katolika kuma da wannan sana’ar ce na ciyar da iyalina. <> I provided for the family by singing Mass in the Catholic Church.
    3. Idan ba don Jehovah cikin nagartarsa ya zana tsarin kewaya na ruwa na wannan duniya ba, da kuma ‘damina mai albarka’ ta ba da yalwar abinci ba, da babu jibi. <> Were it not for Jehovah’s goodness in designing this earth with its ever-recycling fresh water supply and “fruitful seasons” to produce an abundance of food, there would be no meals.
    4. Kin tuna wani jibi na musamman da Yesu ya ci da amintattun bayinsa? <> Do you recall hearing about a special meal that he shared with his faithful followers?
    5. Tun da yake wannan jibi na ƙarshe ne da Yesu ya ci da mabiyansa masu aminci ana kiransa Jibin Maraice na Ƙarshe. <> Since it was the last evening meal that Jesus had with his faithful followers, it is traditionally called the Last Supper.
    6. Maimakon haka, sai ubangijinsa ya ce: “Shirya mini jibi, ka kuma yi ɗamara, ka yi mini hidima, har in gama ci da sha, daga baya kai kuma ka ci ka sha.” <> Instead, the master said: “Get something ready for me to have my evening meal, and put on an apron and minister to me until I am through eating and drinking, and afterward you can eat and drink.”
    7. * Ya yi amfani da ishara, ko kuma alamun, gurasa marar yisti da kuma jar giya, jikinsa na zahiri da kuma jininsa, Yesu ya sa manzannin 11 da suka rage su ci wannan jibi na tarayya. <> * Using unfermented bread and red wine as emblems, or symbols, of his physical body and blood, Jesus had the 11 remaining apostles share together in this communion meal.
    8. Haka nan ma, Tuna mutuwar Kristi jibi na tarayya ne ga Kiristoci shafaffu.—1 Korantiyawa 10:16–22. <> Comparably, for anointed Christians, the Memorial of Christ’s death is a communion meal.—1 Corinthians 10:16-22.
    9. Hidimar Kiristendam bauta ce ko kuma bukukuwa na ainihi, kamar su Cin Jibi da ake yi a Cocin Roman Katolika. <> Christendom’s liturgies are generally either worship services or specific rituals, such as the Eucharist in the Roman Catholic Church.
    10. A wannan batun Yesu ya kafa jibi na tunawa da shi—jibi da zai taimaka wajen tunani, ya taimaka wa almajiransa su tuna da abu mai muhimmanci ƙwarai na wannan babbar rana. <> In this case Jesus instituted a commemorative meal—a meal that would serve as an aid to memory, helping his disciples to preserve the remembrance of the deeply significant events of that momentous day.
    11. Hakanan kuma bayan jibi, ya ɗauki ƙoƙo, ya ce, “wannan ƙoƙo sabon alkawari ne cikin jinina, wanda an zubar dominku.” <> Also, the cup in the same way after they had the evening meal, he saying: ‘This cup means the new covenant by virtue of my blood, which is to be poured out in your behalf.’”

[17-08-25 01:48:04:717 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of jika[change]

  1. jika. <> and, fleece, naphtha, rain, relatives.
    1. A gwaji na farko raɓa ta jika buzun, amma ƙasar a bushe take. <> In the first test, dew formed only on the fleece, while the earth stayed dry.
    2. Amma, ka san cewa yana da muhimmanci a yi ruwan sama, ya jika duniya, ya rayar da itatuwa, yana sa rayuwa ta yiwu ta zama da daɗi. <> Yet, you know that the vital rain falls, watering the earth, sustaining plants, making life possible and pleasant.
    3. 13 Kamar yadda yayyafi ke jika ƙasa da kuma taimaka wa shuke-shuke su yi girma, mutane da yawa a cikin ikilisiya za su iya taimaka wa waɗanda suke cikin iyali da ba kowa ba ne ke bauta wa Jehobah su yi farin ciki. <> 13 Like gentle drops of rain that soak the ground and help plants to grow, many individuals in the congregation contribute to the happiness of Christians in divided households.
    4. Sai ya ajiye hadayarsa ya sa aka jika wurin da ruwa, wataƙila wanda aka ɗiba daga Bahar Rum da ke kusa. <> Then he laid out his sacrifice and had everything doused with water, possibly obtained from the Mediterranean Sea nearby.
    5. Amma a ƙarshe, Jehovah ya albarkaci jimirinta da jika da ya zama daga layin Almasihu.—Ruth 1:3-5, 19-21; 4:13-17; Matta 1:1, 5. <> In the end, though, Jehovah rewarded her endurance with a grandson who became a link in the line to the Messiah.—Ruth 1:3-5, 19-21; 4:13-17; Matthew 1:1, 5.
    6. A lokacin da aka rubuta Littafi Mai Tsarki, sojoji suna amfani da kibiya da aka yi da kyauro da ƙananan ƙarafa da aka jika da dafi. <> In Bible times, soldiers used darts made out of hollow reeds having small iron receptacles that could be filled with burning naphtha.
    7. Alal misali, sa’ad da uwa ta ce wa yaro ƙarami ya wanke hannunsa da fuskarsa, zai yi tunanin cewa saka hannunsa a bakin famfo da kuma jika leɓansa ya isa. <> For instance, when a little boy is told by his mother to wash his hands and face, he may think that holding his fingers under a running faucet and wetting his lips is enough.
    8. Wani dalili kuma da ya sa mutane suke tura jariransu gida shi ne don iyayensu su nuna wa abokansu da kuma danginsu cewa suna da jika. <> Another reason behind the practice is that the grandparents can show off their grandchildren to friends and relatives.

[17-08-25 01:48:04:867 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of jiki[change]

  1. jiki. <> Physical, body, flesh, fleshly body, gymnast, health, physical, the flesh.
    1. Yawancin addinai na duniya suna koyar da cewa da wani abu a cikin mutum da yake ci gaba da rayuwa bayan jiki ya mutu. <> Most of the world’s religions teach that something inside a person continues living after the body dies.
    2. Ka yi bayani a kan furci biyun nan “ayyukan jiki” da “ɗiyan ruhu.” <> Explain the two expressions “the works of the flesh” and “the fruitage of the spirit.”
    3. Maimakon su yi la’akari da abin da Allah yake bukata kuma su amince da taimakon da ya tanadar, suna mai da hankali ga “al’amuran jiki.” <> Instead of considering what God requires of them and accepting the help he has provided, they are inclined to “set their minds on the things of the flesh.”
    4. Afisawa 5:22-24, 33 sun ce: “Mataye, ku yi zaman biyayya da maza naku, kamar ga Ubangiji. Gama miji kan mata ya ke, kamar yadda Kristi kuma kan ikilisiya ne, shi da kansa fa mai-ceton jiki ne. <> Ephesians 5:22-24, 33 states: “Let wives be in subjection to their husbands as to the Lord, because a husband is head of his wife as the Christ also is head of the congregation, he being a savior of this body.
    5. Ta yaya Bulus ya sa Mulkin da farko a rayuwarsa yayin da yake lura da bukatunsa na jiki, kuma wane gargaɗi ya bayar a kan wannan al’amarin? <> How did Paul put the Kingdom first in his life while caring for his physical needs, and what counsel did he give on this matter?
    6. Yesu ne ya bayyana da jiki irin na mutane! <> It is Jesus, who has taken on a fleshly body!
    7. 17 Ga ’yan’uwansa shafaffu, Bulus ya rubuta: “Ƙaunatattu, . . . bari mu tsarkake kanmu daga dukan ƙazamtar jiki da ta ruhu, muna kāmala tsarki cikin tsoron Allah.” <> 17 To his anointed brothers, Paul wrote: “Beloved ones, let us cleanse ourselves of every defilement of flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in God’s fear.”
    8. Amma domin ya nuna wa almajiransa cewa yana da rai, Yesu yana ɗaukan jiki wanda mutane za su iya gani, kamar yadda za mu gani. <> But to show his disciples he is alive, Jesus can take on a body that people can see, as we will learn.
    9. An matar da [Yesu] cikin jiki, amma an rayar da shi cikin ruhu.—1 Bit. <> [Jesus] was put to death in the flesh but made alive in the spirit.—1 Pet.
    10. Ba da gudummawar abubuwan jiki na kawo gamsuwa ta ɗan lokaci ne kawai. <> Physical relief efforts help to meet short-term needs.
    11. (Ishaya 33:24) Lafiyayyen jiki da begen zaman lafiya zai sa dukan mazaunan sabuwar duniya su sa hannu sosai a aikin ilimantarwa na koya wa biliyoyi da aka tashe su hanyar yin rayuwa. <> (Isaiah 33:24) A sound body and the prospect of perfect health will allow all inhabitants of the new world to share fully in the educational work of instructing those billions resurrected in the way of life.
    12. Dukan mutane suna damuwa game da matsalolin lafiyar jiki, don haka za mu iya karanta musu abin da Yesu ya yi, don ya kwatanta abin da zai yi a hanya mai girma a lokacin ikon Sarautarsa: “Sai taro masu-yawa suka zo wurinsa, suna tare da guragu, da makafi, da bebaye, da masu-dungu, da waɗansu kuma dayawa, . . . ya kuwa warkarda su.”—Matta 15:30. <> All people are concerned about health problems, so we can read with them what Jesus did to illustrate what he will do on a much larger scale in Kingdom power: “Great crowds approached him, having along with them people that were lame, maimed, blind, dumb, and many otherwise, . . . and he cured them.”—Matthew 15:30.
    13. Babu wuri a ikilisiya domin ɓata suna da yake ta da ayyukan jiki irin su “hasala” da kuma “tsatsaguwa.” <> There is no room in the congregation for slanderous speech that stirs up such works of the flesh as “dissensions” and “divisions.”
    14. Ballantana ma, a gaban Jehobah auren har ila na bisa ƙa’ida; su har ila “jiki guda” ne. <> Besides, the marriage is still valid in Jehovah’s eyes; they are still “one flesh.”
    15. Idan wani ba ya yi tuntuɓe ga wajen magana ba, wannan cikakken mutum ne, mai-ikon sarrafa dukan jiki kuma.” <> If anyone does not stumble in word, this one is a perfect man, able to bridle also his whole body.”
    16. * Amma ɗan wasan motsa jiki kuma fa? <> * Ah, but what about a gymnast?
    17. 15 Jehobah Allah ya ta da Ɗansa mai aminci da jiki mai ɗaukaka na ruhu. <> 15 Jehovah God resurrected his faithful Son with a glorious spirit body.
    18. 5:22, 23) A yau, wataƙila nuna irin waɗannan halayen maimakon “ayyukan jiki” ba sanannen abu ba ne. <> 5:22, 23) Today, displaying such qualities, rather than producing “the works of the flesh,” may not be popular.
    19. An ƙarfafa su su yi “tafiya ba bisa ga tabi’ar jiki ba, amma bisa ga ruhu.” <> They are urged to “walk, not in accord with the flesh, but in accord with the spirit.”
    20. Alal misali, Bulus ya rubuta: “Ƙaunatattu, muna da waɗannan alkawura, bari mu tsarkake kanmu daga dukan ƙazantar jiki da ta ruhu, muna kāmala tsarki cikin tsoron Allah.” <> For example, Paul wrote: “Beloved ones, let us cleanse ourselves of every defilement of flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in God’s fear.”

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kai[change]

  1. kai. <> delivered, regularly, responsibility, routine, self-, self, selfish, selfishness, submission, to, unitedly, unity, were, you.
    1. Me ya sa yake da muhimmanci mu nuna ƙauna ba tare da son kai ba a yau? <> Why is it important to cultivate Christlike love today?
    2. Waɗannan masoyan sun nuna kamun kai, ɗabi’a mai kyau, da kuma aminci. <> The young couple display admirable self-control, chasteness, and loyalty.
    3. (Ishaya 63:9; Litafi Mai-Tsarki) Da yake kai bawan Jehobah ne mai aminci, ka tabbata cewa sa’ad da ka ƙuntata Jehobah ma ya ƙuntata. <> (Isaiah 63:9) As a faithful servant of Jehovah, you can be sure, then, that when you are pained, Jehovah is pained.
    4. Sa’ad da Claire ta kai waɗannan littattafan, likitar ta bayyana yadda bangaskiyar Claire ta burge ta. <> When Claire delivered the books, the doctor explained how impressed she was by Claire’s faith.
    5. 11:3-10) Sa’ad da ’yar’uwa ta ɗaura ɗankwalin da ya dace a irin wannan yanayin, hakan alama ce ta miƙa kai ga tsarin Allah a cikin ikilisiyar Kirista.—1 Tim. <> 11:3-10) When a sister wears a modest and appropriate head covering in such situations, it is a sign of submission to the theocratic arrangement in the Christian congregation.—1 Tim.
    6. • Waɗanne halaye ne ke kawo haɗin kai tsakanin Kiristoci? <> • What attitudes promote unity among Christians?
    7. Manzo Bulus ya gaya wa Timoti cewa: “Ka lizima kai a cikin al’amuran da ka koyo.” <> The apostle Paul told Timothy: “Continue in the things that you learned.”
    8. Littafin nan Questions Young People Ask—Answers That Work, Volume 1, ya bayyana cewa: “Muddin ɗanka matashi yana zama a cikin gidanka, kana da ikon gaya masa cewa wajibi ne ya yi bauta iri ɗaya da kai.” <> The book Questions Young People Ask—Answers That Work, Volume 1, states: “As long as your adolescent lives under your roof, you have the right to require compliance with a spiritual routine.
    9. Domin sun ƙi, da yawa cikinsu an kai su ba ga sansanin fursuna ba kawai har ga mutuwarsu.—Matta 5:43-48. <> For their refusal, many of them were sent not only to concentration camps but to their death.—Matthew 5:43-48.
    10. Sai Jehoiada ya kai Jehoash wajen masu tsaron , kuma suka fahimci cewa shi ne ainihi ya kamata ya yi sarauta. <> Then Jehoiada showed Jehoash to those bodyguards, who realized that he was the rightful ruler.
    11. 9 Idan makiyayi Kirista yana da yara, yadda yake horonsu cikin ƙauna da kuma yaba musu a kai a kai na kafa wa wasu iyaye misali da za su bi. <> 9 If a Christian shepherd has children, the way he lovingly disciplines and regularly commends these little ones provides a model for other parents to follow.
    12. (1 Korantiyawa 15:45) Ba kamar Adamu wanda ya zama uba mai son kai ba, Yesu ne uba da ya dace. <> (1 Corinthians 15:45) Unlike Adam, who turned out to be a selfish, self-serving father, Jesus is the ideal father.
    13. Amma, rashin adalci iri-iri ne—ya hada da kabilanci, wariya, da kuma son zuciya—sau da yawa hakan na tasowa ne daga hadama da son kai, kishiyar kauna. <> But injustice in its many forms—including racism, discrimination, and partiality—often springs from greed and selfishness, the opposites of love.
    14. Ka tambayi ɗanka shawarar da zai ba ka a ce kai ne ɗansa. <> Ask your teen what advice he would give you if you were his child.
    15. Sa’ad da yaro ya kai mutum, a kan hukunta kowanne domin halinsa da kuma laifinsa. <> After reaching an age of responsibility, each individual is judged on the basis of his own conduct and attitude.
    16. 4 Kamar Mikah, mu ma muna zama ne tsakanin mutane masu son kai. <> 4 Like Micah, we have to live among selfish people.
    17. Yaya ne taro mai girma suka nuna cewa cikin haɗin kai suna “tsaye gaban kursiyi” na Jehovah? <> How do the great crowd demonstrate that they are unitedly “standing before the throne” of Jehovah?
    18. 17 A bayyane yake cewa dattawa ba kamiltattu ba ne kuma za su iya faɗin wani abu da za su yi nadama a kai. <> 17 Of course, elders are imperfect and may say things that they later regret.
    19. Yayin da yana kai su zuwa bauta mai tsarki na Allah, suna samun salama da ke kama da wadda aka kwatanta cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki: “Mutanena za su zauna a cikin mazauni na salama, a cikin tabbatattun mazaunai, da cikin mahutaye masu-lafiya.” <> As he guides them to the pure worship of God, they experience peace similar to that described in the Bible: “My people must dwell in a peaceful abiding place and in residences of full confidence and in undisturbed resting-places.”
    20. Fitowa daga cikin ruwa alamar an dawo da kai rai don ka yi nufin Allah ne. <> Being raised out of the water symbolizes your being made alive to do God’s will.

[17-08-25 01:45:54:144 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kambi[change]

  1. kambi. <> a crown, crown, crowned, crowns.
    1. Littafi Mai Tsarki ya ce: “Marasa-wayo su kan gāji wauta: Amma ana yi ma masu-hankali kambi da ilimi.”—Mis. <> As the Bible says, “the naive will inherit foolishness, but the shrewd are crowned with knowledge.”—Prov.
    2. Amma, wannan ayar cikin annabci tana nufin kambi na sarauta da Yesu ya karɓa a hannun Jehobah a shekara ta 1914. <> However, this verse prophetically points to the crown of kingship that Jesus received from Jehovah in 1914.
    3. * A Isra’ila ta dā, Babban Firist Haruna ya naɗa rawaninsa ‘kambi mai tsarki, alamar keɓewa,’ wanda allo ne na ɗamara na zinariya tsantsa wanda aka haƙa rubutun Ibrananci a kai ‘Tsarki ya tabbata ga Jehovah.’ <> * In ancient Israel, High Priest Aaron wore on his turban “the holy sign of dedication,” which was a shining plate of pure gold engraved with the Hebrew words for “Holiness belongs to Jehovah.”
    4. Ru’ya ta Yohanna 4:4 ta kwatanta cewa waɗannan da aka ta da daga matattu suna zaune a kan kursiyi da kambi na zinariya a kansu. <> Revelation 4:4 describes these resurrected ones as seated upon thrones with golden crowns upon their heads.
    5. 21:3—Menene ma’anar “kambi na zaɓaɓɓiyar zinariya”? <> 21:3—What is significant about “a crown of refined gold”?
    6. 3. Daga wannan hoton, wanene zai shugabancin yaƙin, me ya sa ya saka kambi, menene takobinsa yake nufi? <> From the picture, who is the One who will take the lead in the fighting, why does he wear a crown, and what does his sword mean?
    7. Na farko shi ne Yesu a kan farin doki kuma an ɗora masa kambi a matsayin Sarki. <> The first is Jesus on a white horse and crowned as King.
    8. Yin haka zai kawo kambi na samaniya mai tamani ga shafaffu da rai madawammi a duniya ga abokansu masu aminci. <> Doing this will result in a priceless heavenly crown for anointed ones and everlasting earthly life for their loyal companions.
    9. 2:18) Hakika, mace Kirista da ta ba da haɗin kai ga wannan tsarin “kambi” ce ga mijinta.—Mis. <> 2:18) A Christian wife who willingly cooperates with that arrangement is truly “a crown” to her husband.—Prov.
    10. Littafin Ru’ya ta Yohanna ta nuna Yesu yana kan farin doki kuma an ɗora masa kambi. <> The book of Revelation portrays Jesus as riding on a white horse and being given a crown.

[17-08-25 01:45:54:539 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kan batun shafi[change]

  1. kan batun shafi. <> it, on page, the matter, the subject, the.
    1. Ka yi tunani a kan yadda ya shafi batun da ake tattaunawa da kuma rayuwarka. <> With every other illustration, think of how it relates to the subject under discussion and to your own life.
    2. Shin ka taɓa tunani a kan wannan batun da kuma yadda ya shafi yadda kake ɗaukan wasu? <> Have you reflected on this accomplishment and how it has benefited you personally in dealing with others?
    3. Ka ba shi Hasumiyar Tsaro ta Yuli-Satumba sai ku tattauna tambaya ta farko da ke shafi na 24 da kuma aƙalla nassi ɗaya a kan batun. <> Hand the householder the August 1 Watchtower, and consider together material under the first subheading on page 16 and at least one of the scriptures.
    4. Ka tattauna batun da ke ƙarƙashin kan magana nan “Bearing Witness to Jesus” da ke shafi na 275 zuwa ƙarshen shafi na 278 a littafin nan Benefit From Theocratic Ministry School Education. <> Enthusiastic talk based on the Ministry School book, from the subheading on page 275 to the end of page 278.
    5. GWADA WANNAN: Maimakon ku yi wa ɗanku matashi tambayoyi kai tsaye game da wani batu da ya shafi jima’i, ku tambayi shi ko ita ra’ayin abokan ajinsu a kan batun. <> TRY THIS: Instead of confronting your adolescent with direct questions about a particular matter regarding sex, ask how his or her classmates view the matter.

[17-08-25 01:45:54:664 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kati[change]

  1. kati. <> A card, a card, a, card, cards, placards, wore placards.
    1. Shekaru da yawa bayan hakan, Carol ta karɓi kati daga ’yar ajinta, wadda ta rubuta: “Ina sa zuciya kullum in tuntuɓe ki kuma na gode miki. <> Many years later, Carol received a card from a former classmate, who wrote: “I have always hoped to contact you and to thank you.
    2. Ikilisiyar da ke yaren kurame tana iya tura wa kowane rukuni na masu wa’azi na ikilisiyar da ke wani yare dabam aƙalla mai shela ɗaya, sai kuma a ba wa masu shelan kati da ke ɗauke da taswirar unguwar da za su je neman mutane a yankin. <> Each car group can be assigned at least one publisher from the sign-language congregation and be given a map showing a specific area to search.
    3. Da farko, mutanen Jehovah suna rataya kati da yake sanar da jawabi ga jama’a. <> At first, Jehovah’s people wore placards that announced public talks.
    4. Wata rana, da nake gida da yaronmu, wata mata ta ƙwanƙwasa ƙofarmu kuma ta ba ni kati mai ɗauke da saƙon Littafi Mai Tsarki. <> One day, while I was at home with our baby, a lady knocked on our door and handed me a card with a Bible message on it.
    5. Kati, wasiƙa da “manufar da aka bayyana sosai”—dukan waɗannan za su nuna ƙauna. <> A card, a letter, and “a word spoken at the right time”—all of these can express deep affection.
    6. A wani lokaci ana buga sabon kati kuma a canja saƙon da ke ciki. <> From time to time, a new card containing a new message was issued.
    7. Daga baya, suna ɗaukan kati da yake ɗauke da furci kamar su “Addini tarko ne kuma ruɗu” da kuma “Ka bauta wa Allah da Kristi Sarki.” <> Later, they carried placards with such slogans as “Religion is a snare and a racket” and “Serve God and Christ the King.”
    8. Na gane cewa yayin rayuwata ta dā tare da abubuwanta masu tsada tana kama da ginin kati da zai faɗi a kowane lokaci. <> I realize that my former life-style with all its expensive trappings was just like a house of cards waiting to collapse at any moment.

[17-08-25 01:45:54:809 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kufai[change]

  1. kufai. <> city, crumbling, desolate waste, desolated, devastated, waste.
    1. An mai da biranensu kufai.” <> Their cities were laid waste.”
    2. (Ezekiel 34:23) Edom za ta zama kufai, amma ƙasar da ke gabanta wato Yahuda za ta zama “kamar gonar Eden.” <> (Ezekiel 34:23) Edom is to be desolated, but that land yonder, Judah, is to become “like the garden of Eden.”
    3. Allah ya annabta cewa wani birni zai zama kufai: “Ka maida birni tudun ƙasa; birni mai-ganuwa kuma ka maishe shi kufai: fadar baƙi ta zama ba birni ba ce: ba za a gina ta ba daɗai.” <> God foretold that a city would become a ruin: “You have made a city a pile of stones, a fortified town a crumbling ruin, a dwelling tower of strangers to be no city, which will not be rebuilt even to time indefinite.”
    4. 29:8-12—Yaushe ne Masar ta zama kufai har tsawon shekaru 40? <> 29:8-12—When was Egypt desolated for 40 years?
    5. Annabcin ya ce: “Za a bar Gaza ba kowa, Ashkelon za ta zama kufai, za a kori mutanen Ashdod da tsakar rana, Ekron kuwa za a tumɓuke ta.” <> Says the prophecy: “As regards Gaza, an abandoned city is what she will become; and Ashkelon is to be a desolate waste.
    6. “Tun da ba ku ji maganata ba, ga shi, sai in aike in ɗauki dukan kabilan arewa, in ji Ubangiji, da Nebuchadrezzar sarkin Babila, bawana, in kawo su su yi yaƙi da wannan ƙasa da mazaunanta, da dukan al’ummai na wajen nan; in halaka su sarai, in maishe su abin al’ajibi, abin reni, kufai har abada kuma.” <> “‘For the reason that you did not obey my words, here I am sending and I will take all the families of the north,’ is the utterance of Jehovah, ‘even sending to Nebuchadrezzar the king of Babylon, my servant, and I will bring them against this land and against its inhabitants and against all these nations round about; and I will devote them to destruction and make them an object of astonishment and something to whistle at and places devastated to time indefinite.’”
    7. 14 Misalin gargaɗi na Allah an samu a cikin Ishaya 25:2, inda muka karanta: “Ka mai da birane kufai ka lalatar da kagaransu, Wuraren da maƙiya suka gina kuwa, An shafe su har abada.” <> 14 An example of God’s counsel is found at Isaiah 25:2, where we read: “You have made a city a pile of stones, a fortified town a crumbling ruin, a dwelling tower of strangers to be no city, which will not be rebuilt even to time indefinite.”
    8. Allah ya furta fushinsa da la’anarsa bisa irin wannan bautar ta Isra’ilawa ta bakin annabi Ezekiel, yana cewa: “Dukan inda ku ke zaune za a maida birane kangaye, za a bar masujadansu kufai; domin a yi kufai da bagadanku, su zama kangaye, a parpashe gumakanku su ƙare, a sassare sifofinku na rana, ayukan da kuka yi a shafe su sarai.” <> God expressed his indignation and denunciation of the Israelites’ debased form of worship through his prophet Ezekiel, saying: “In all your dwelling places the very cities will become devastated and the high places themselves will become desolated, in order that they may lie devastated and your altars may lie desolated and be actually broken and your dungy idols may be actually made to cease and your incense stands cut down and your works wiped out.”
    9. Duk da yadda aka annabta a cikin annabcin Zafaniya, za a halaka Assuriya da kuma babban birninta, Nineba, za ta zama “busasshen kufai marar amfani.”—Zafaniya 2:13. <> As foretold in Zephaniah’s prophecy, though, Assyria was to be destroyed and its capital city, Nineveh, would become “a desolate waste.”—Zephaniah 2:13.

[17-08-25 01:45:54:928 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kuge[change]

  1. kuge. <> cymbals, stringed.
    1. Littafin 2 Labarbaru 29:25 ya ce: ‘Ya sa [wato, Hezekiya] Lawiyawa cikin gidan Ubangiji, da kuge da molaye, da giraya, bisa ga umurnin Dauda, da na Gad mai-gani na sarki, da Nathan annabi kuma: gama umurni daga wurin Ubangiji ne ta wurin annabawansa.’ <> At 2 Chronicles 29:25, we read: “He [that is, Hezekiah] had the Levites stationed at the house of Jehovah, with cymbals, with stringed instruments and with harps, by the commandment of David and of Gad the king’s visionary and of Nathan the prophet, for it was by the hand of Jehovah that the commandment was by means of his prophets.”
    2. (1 Tarihi 12:38) Bayan haka, Isra’ilawa suka ɗauki akwatin alkawari zuwa Urushalima “suna ta sowa, suna ta busa ƙaho, suna kaɗa kuge da molaye, da garayu.”—1 Tarihi 15:28. <> Later, the Israelites bring the ark of the covenant to Jerusalem “with joyful shouting and with the sounding of the horn and with . . . playing aloud on stringed instruments and harps.”—1 Chronicles 15:28.
    3. Daga baya sa’ad da aka kai akwatin alkawari zuwa Urushalima, “Dauda . . . ya yi magana da manya na Leviyawa su sanya ’yan’uwansu mawaƙa, tare da kayan musika, su molo da giraya da kuge, suna kiɗi da ƙarfi, suna tada murya da murna.”—1 Laba. <> Later, when the ark of the covenant was brought up to Jerusalem, “David . . . said to the chiefs of the Levites to station their brothers the singers with the instruments of song, stringed instruments and harps and cymbals, playing aloud to cause a sound of rejoicing to arise.”—1 Chron.

[17-08-25 01:45:55:117 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kuma[change]

  1. kuma. <> , and, , too,, And, also, and, other.
    1. Wannan yana nufin cewa Jehobah ba ya amsa addu’arka kuma ruhunsa ba ya taimakonka ne? <> Does that mean that Jehovah did not respond to your prayers and that his spirit is not helping you?
    2. Saboda haka, Allah ya yi mata da miji na farko masu suna Adamu da Hauwa’u ya kuma sa su a lambu mai kyau. <> So God made the man and woman named Adam and Eve and put them in a beautiful garden.
    3. Kuma muhimmin aiki na dukan ayyuka masu kyau shi ne a yabi Jehovah ta wurin yin wa’azin bisharar Mulkinsa. <> And the most important of all fine works is to praise Jehovah by preaching the good news of his Kingdom.
    4. A wani ɓangare kuma, Lidiya Kirista ce a Fillibi na farko, wadda Littafi Mai Tsarki ya yaba mata don halinta na karimci. (A. <> Lydia, on the other hand, was an early Christian of Philippi whom the Bible commends for her hospitality.
    5. Idan da gaske muke, ba da haƙuri zai haɗa da yarda da laifinmu, neman gafara, da kuma ƙoƙarin mu gyara abin da muka ɓata yadda zai yiwu. <> If we are sincere, our apology will include an admission of any wrong, a seeking of forgiveness, and an effort to undo damage to the extent possible.
    6. Ka ba masu sauraro dama su faɗi labarai masu daɗi da suka samu a watan Agusta, kuma ka gana da wani mai shela da ya daɗa ƙwazo a wa’azi ko kuma ya soma amfani da wasu hanyoyin yin wa’azi. <> Invite the audience to relate any good experiences they had during August, and interview a publisher who expanded his ministry.
    7. Ina bugun matata, Kustriyah, kuma in buga ta da ƙasa cikin fushi. <> I also beat my wife, Kustriyah, knocking her to the ground in a rage.
    8. 2 A ƙarni na farko A.Z., manzo Bulus ya gaya wa Timotawus dattijo cewa ikilisiyar Kirista ita ce “jama’ar Allah” da kuma “jigon gaskiya da kuma ginshiƙinta.” <> 2 In the first century C.E., the apostle Paul told the Christian elder Timothy that the Christian congregation was “God’s household” and “a pillar and support of the truth.”
    9. 6 Abin da ya faru ke nan kuma Isra’ilawa suna bukatar su riƙa tunawa da wannan ranar da aka ’yantar da su daga ƙasar Masar. <> 6 That is what happened, and the Israelites were to remember their liberation in the years to come.
    10. Muna da tabbaci cewa sa’ad da muka ba da kanmu da son rai a hidimar Allah kuma muka yi iya ƙoƙarinmu mu bauta masa da dukan zuciyarmu, a koyaushe za mu kasance da hakki a tsarinsa. <> We can be confident that when we offer ourselves willingly in God’s service and do our best to serve him whole-souled, there is always a place for us in his arrangement.
    11. Izabela tana samun ƙarfafa da ra’ayin cewa Jehobah yana ƙaunarta da kuma ɗaukanta da tamani. <> Izabela is strengthened by the thought that Jehovah loves and values her.
    12. ‘Ka gina shi mai hawa uku’ in ji Allah, kuma ‘ka gina ɗakuna a ciki.’ <> ‘Make it three floors high,’ God said, ‘and put rooms in it.’
    13. Hadaya ce ta ƙauna daga Jehovah, kuma ta buɗe hanya domin cetonmu. <> It was a loving sacrifice on Jehovah’s part, and it opened the way for our salvation.
    14. Za mu kuma koya yadda za mu nuna ɗaukaka. <> Learn, too, how we can display dignity.
    15. Kuma sa’ad da muka kafa makasudai da za mu iya cim ma, ayyukanmu na ruhaniya zai kawo mana ƙarin gamsuwa da farin ciki. <> And when we have balanced expectations and set reachable goals, our spiritual activities will bring us more satisfaction and joy.
    16. Muna amfana daga hikimarsu kuma muna son mu yi koyi da bangaskiyarsu. <> We benefit from their wisdom and are inspired by their example of faith.
    17. Littafi Mai Tsarki ya ce ya kamata mata da miji su ƙaunace kuma daraja juna. <> The Bible says that husband and wife should love and respect each other.
    18. Waɗannan masoyan sun nuna kamun kai, ɗabi’a mai kyau, da kuma aminci. <> The young couple display admirable self-control, chasteness, and loyalty.
    19. Babu shakka, ka shaida cewa sa’ad da ka nemi ra’ayin Jehobah game da wani batu kuma ka yi ƙoƙari ka bi shawarar, za ka yi nasara. <> Doubtless you have seen that when you seek Jehovah’s will in a matter and strive to work in harmony with it, the results are excellent.
    20. (Yusha’u 1:4; 4:9) Wannan gargaɗin yana da ma’ana a gare mu domin Jehobah zai hukunta waɗanda suke yin lalata kuma suke saka hannu a bauta marar tsarki a yau. <> (Hosea 1:4; 4:9) This warning has significance for us because Jehovah will hold an accounting against those practicing immorality and engaging in unclean worship today.

[17-08-25 01:45:55:270 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kuskure[change]

  1. kuskure. <> Mistakes, error, imperfection, infallible, judgment, make mistakes, mistake, mistaken, mistakenly, mistakes, wrong.
    1. Ta yaya kuskure game da tsarkakar Jehovah take sa mutane su guji Allah maimakon su yi kusa da shi? <> How do mistaken views of Jehovah’s holiness lead many to turn away from God instead of drawing close to him?
    2. Aka gane cewa yana da lambar bankin da ya yi daidai da na wani ɗan kasuwa mai arziki da ya yi kuskure ya ajiye kuɗi a lamba da ba ta yi daidai ba. <> It was discovered that he had an account number that was similar to that of a rich businessman who had mistakenly deposited funds in the wrong account.
    3. (b) Wane kuskure ya kamata matasa su kauce masa? <> (b) What mistake should young ones avoid?
    4. Shin sa’ad da wani ɗan’uwa ko ’yar’uwa ta yi kuskure, yaya kake bi da yanayin? <> How do you react when confronted with the imperfection of a brother or sister in the congregation?
    5. Wannan kuskure ne. <> That was a mistake.
    6. Hakan zai zama kuskure. <> That would be a mistake.
    7. Amma Abigail matar Nabal ta hana Dauda yin wannan kuskure. <> Recognizing Jehovah’s hand in the matter, David said to her: “Blessed be Jehovah the God of Israel, who has sent you this day to meet me!
    8. Har ila wasu kuma za su riƙa tsorata domin kuskure da suka yi a dā, suna shakkar idan Jehovah zai gafarta musu. <> Still others might be tormented over past mistakes, doubting that Jehovah can ever forgive them.
    9. 7 Amma kuma a wani lokaci lamiri yana iya yin kuskure. <> 7 However, the conscience may in some cases be wrong.
    10. Mene ne Ya Kamata In Yi Sa’ad da Na Yi Kuskure? <> How Can I Fix My Mistakes?
    11. Waɗanda ba su yarda da mala’iku ba domin ba sa ganinsu za su ga cewa lallai sun yi kuskure.—2 Tassalunikawa 1:6-8. <> Those who say they do not believe in angels because they cannot see them will find out how wrong they are.—2 Thessalonians 1:6-8.
    12. Ham, wanda aka haife shi a Asiya da yanzu yana zama a Turai, ya ce: “Na tabbata cewa Jehovah yana kula da dukan al’amari, kuma ba ya kuskure, domin haka ina farin cikin cewa na dogara gare shi.” <> Ham, who was born in Asia but who now lives in Europe, comments: “I am confident that Jehovah has all matters in hand, and he does not make mistakes, so I am happy to lean on him.”
    13. 14 Zai zama kuskure a kammala cewa baftisma kanta kawai tabbacin ceto ce. <> 14 It would be a mistake to conclude that baptism is in itself a guarantee of salvation.
    14. Littafi Mai Tsarki ya gaya mana game da mata masu ibada wadanda ba tare da taka dokar shugabanci ba, suka rinjayi mazansu zuwa hanya mai kyau ko kuma suka taimake su suka guje wa yin kuskure. <> The Bible tells of godly women who, within the framework of proper headship, took the initiative to influence their husbands in a positive way or to help them avoid errors in judgment.
    15. Halin jira zai taimake mu mu lura, ‘Shin da gaske ne ya yi kuskure, ko dai ni nake ganin haka? <> A waiting attitude will allow us to consider, ‘Was he really in error, or am I mistaken?
    16. 4 Mene ne Ya Kamata In Yi Sa’ad da Na Yi Kuskure? <> 4 How Can I Fix My Mistakes?
    17. Idan mutum ya mai da martani, hakan zai zama babban kuskure.” <> The worst thing that one can do is to return evil words or actions.”
    18. Sai da Abigail ta saka baki, Dauda ya dawo cikin hankalinsa, kuma hakan ya hana shi yin mugun kuskure.—1 Samuila 24:2-7; 25:9-13, 32, 33. <> Only when Abigail intervened did he regain his senses, narrowly avoiding a calamitous mistake.—1 Samuel 24:2-7; 25:9-13, 32, 33.
    19. 13:17) Wannan yana nufin cewa dattawan ikilisiya ba sa kuskure ne? <> 13:17) Does this mean that congregation elders are infallible?
    20. 17 Duk da ƙoƙarce-ƙoƙarcenmu na aikatawa cikin hikima da kuma kauce wa haɗarurruka, dukanmu mukan yi kuskure. <> 17 In spite of our best efforts to avoid dangers and act wisely, all of us make mistakes.

[17-08-25 01:45:55:526 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of lambu[change]

  1. lambu. <> [[A Beautiful Garden]], a beautiful garden, a garden, a park, ant, beautiful garden, garden, gardening, park, vegetables.
    1. Saboda haka, Allah ya yi mata da miji na farko masu suna Adamu da Hauwa’u ya kuma sa su a lambu mai kyau. <> So God made the man and woman named Adam and Eve and put them in a beautiful garden.
    2. Za su zauna ne a cikin lambu a duniya har abada ba tare da sun yi kaburbura ba. <> They would live forever in an earthly garden with no need for any cemeteries.
    3. Janusz, wanda yake da zama a Gabashin Turai ya shagala a sana’arsa na aikin lambu. <> Janusz, who lives in Eastern Europe, became engrossed in his gardening business.
    4. Dukan duniya za ta zama lambu. <> The whole earth will become like a park.
    5. Bashulamiya kama take da “lambu mai katanga” <> The Shulammite girl was like “a garden barred in”
    6. Adamu da Hauwa’u suka yi wa Allah rashin biyayya, abin da ya sa ke nan suka yi rashin kyakkyawan gidansu na lambu. <> Adam and Eve disobeyed God, and that is why they lost their beautiful garden home.
    7. Sa’ad da Allah ya halicci Adamu da Hauwa’u, ya saka su a cikin lambu mai kyau da ake kira Adnin. <> When God made Adam and Eve, he put them in a beautiful garden in a place called Eden.
    8. Ta yaya aka sami wannan lambu mai kyau? <> How did this beautiful garden come to be?
    9. Saboda haka suka ce a riƙa ba su kayan lambu da ruwa, kuma aka yi hakan. <> So they requested a diet of vegetables and water, and it was granted to them.
    10. 1 Irin da aka shuka a lambu yana bukatar a yi masa ban ruwa idan ana son ya girma. <> 1 Seeds planted in a garden must be watered in order to grow.
    11. Amma kamar aikin lambu, kasancewa da muradi kawai ba zai cim ma kome ba. <> But just as with gardening, desire alone will not yield results.
    12. Yar’uwar daga baya ta gane cewa wani ɗan’uwa a cikin ikilisiyarsu da ke da lambu ne ya kawo mata kayan miya da yawa. <> This sister soon learned that the bags had been left by a brother in the congregation who grew the vegetables in his garden.
    13. 15 Idan ba ka iya gini ba ko ba ka taɓa yin lambu ba, annabcin Ishaya ya nuna cewa ilimi yana jiranka. <> 15 If you have not yet gained building experience or done gardening, Isaiah’s prophecy suggests that an education awaits you.
    14. Lambu mai Kyau <> A Beautiful Garden
    15. Don ƙarin bayani game da tururuwa mai aikin lambu, ka duba Awake! <> For more information on the leaf-cutting ant, see the Awake!
    16. Littafi na ƙarshe ya nuna mana yadda dukan duniya za ta zama aljanna, ko kuma lambu. <> The last book shows that the whole earth will become a paradise, or garden.
    17. (Farawa 1:31) Allah ya saka mata da miji na farko, wato Adamu da Hauwa’u a cikin kyakkyawan lambu kuma ya cika shi da kyawawan abinci. <> (Genesis 1:31) God placed the first man and woman, Adam and Eve, in the lovely garden of Eden and supplied them with an abundance of good food.
    18. Allah ya ce musu su ci kowane ’ya’yan itace da suke so a cikin lambu. <> God told them they could eat food from the trees of the garden.
    19. Abin farin ciki ne a yi aiki cikin jituwa da dokokin halittar duniya, taimaka a mai da ita lambu, Adnin na dukan duniya cike da halittu iri-iri! <> What a pleasure it will be to work in harmony with the earth, helping to turn it into a gardenlike park, a global Eden of endless variety!
    20. Ta yaya Bashulamiya take kama da “lambu mai katanga”? <> How was the Shulammite like “a garden barred in”?

[17-08-25 01:45:55:706 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of lauya[change]

  1. lauya. <> ,, Law expert, Tertullus, a law, a lawyer, a, as a lawyer, expert lawyer, expert, lawyer, legal, solicitor’s.
    1. Wata rana da na je ofishin wani lauya a wani ƙaramin gari. <> One day, I visited a solicitor’s office in a small town.
    2. Wani shehun lauya ne ya yi wannan tambayar, da ya yi wani bincike shekarun baya. <> Some years ago, a law professor conducted a survey by asking that question.
    3. Mario, lauya ne kuma yana da yara biyu, ya ce: “Ka nuna wa yara kana ƙaunarsu, kuma ka yi masu karatu.” <> Mario, a father of two, similarly recommends: “Give children lots of love, and read to them.”
    4. A lokacin, “wani lauya” mai suna Tartulus ne ya shigar da ƙarar da Yahudawa suke yi game da Bulus, ya zargi Bulus cewa shi ne shugaban ɗarika kuma yana da laifin ta da zaune tsaya. <> On that occasion, Tertullus, “a public speaker” who presented the Jews’ case against Paul, accused him of being the leader of a sect and guilty of sedition.
    5. Wolfgang, wani lauya, ya bayyana: “Abu ne mai daɗi ka dangana ga wanda yake sonka sosai, wanda zai iya—kuma da zai yi—abu mafi kyau dominka!” <> Wolfgang, a legal adviser, explains: “It’s wonderful to be able to lean on someone who has your best interests at heart, someone who can—and actually will—do what’s best for you!”
    6. Har ila wani kuma lauya ne, masani ne na dokar addinin Yahudawa. <> Still another had been a lawyer, an expert in Jewish religious law.
    7. Sa’ad da wani lauya Bayahude ya tambayi Yesu abin da ake bukata domin a samu rai na har abada, Yesu ya mai da shi ga Dokar Musa, wadda ta umurci kaunar Allah da kuma ta makwabci. <> When a Jewish lawyer asked Jesus what was required to gain everlasting life, Jesus referred him to the Mosaic Law, which commands love of God and neighbor.
    8. Wani lauya wanda ɗan’uwanmu ne ya miƙa wa alƙalin da kuma lauyar gwamnatin Littafi Mai Tsarki. Sai ya karanta littafin Afisawa 4:5, wanda ya ce: “Ubangiji ɗaya, imani ɗaya, baftisma ɗaya.” <> A lawyer, one of our brothers, handed a copy of the Bible to the judge and a copy to the prosecutor and read Ephesians 4:5: “One Lord, one faith, one baptism.”
    9. “Bayan wasu ’yan shekaru da gama makaranta, na sami aikin babban magatakarda na wani sanannen lauya a Landan,” in ji Jean. <> “Within a few years after leaving school, I got a job as an executive secretary for a prominent London solicitor,” says Jean.
    10. Wata jarida a ƙasar Faransa ta yi ƙaulin wata lauya daga Indiya mai suna Chandra Rami Chopra cewa: “Dukan addinai suna goyon bayan nuna bambanci ga mata.” <> A French daily quoted Indian lawyer Chandra Rami Chopra, who noted: “All religious laws have something in common: They support discrimination against women.”
    11. Alal misali, lauya Bature na ƙarni na 18, William Blackstone ya rubuta cewa bai kamata a ƙyale dokar ’yan adam ta saɓa wa “dokar da aka bayyana” da yake cikin Littafi Mai Tsarki ba. <> For example, the noted 18th-century English jurist William Blackstone wrote that no human law should be allowed to contradict “the law of revelation” as found in the Bible.
    12. Za a iya warware kowace matsala da ’yan sanda ta ƙwarerren lauya, wanda ya san hanyar guje wa yin shari’a, ko kuma ta ba da cin hanci ga mutumin da ya dace. <> Any problems with the police could be solved either by an expert lawyer, who had ways of getting around the justice system, or by a bribe to the right person.
    13. Ita lauya ce, amma ba ta samun gamsuwa duk da cewa tana samun kuɗi sosai a aikinta. <> She worked as a lawyer, but despite her lucrative profession, she did not feel truly satisfied.
    14. Wani lauya, Arnaud Montebourg a Paris ya furta baƙin ciki da cewa: “Rashawa tana kama da gurɓacewa da ta yi nauyi cikin halayen mutane.” <> “Corruption is like a heavy pollution that weighs on people’s spirits,” laments Arnaud Montebourg, a Paris lawyer.
    15. Maigidana ya yi hidima a matsayin lauya, ni kuma na yi hidima a Sashen Mujallu. <> Paolo was to care for legal matters, and I was assigned to the Magazine Department.
    16. Shi kuma Bulus, sananne ne ba a matsayin Lauya ba, amma a matsayin mai wa’azi a ƙasashen waje, wato, “manzon Al’ummai.”—Romawa 11:13. <> For his part, Paul is known, not as a Law expert, but as a missionary, “an apostle to the nations.”—Romans 11:13.
    17. Lauya watau ya yi tambaya ne: ‘Waye ya kamata ya zama abin kaunata?’ <> The lawyer had, in effect, asked: ‘Who should be the object of my neighborly love?’
    18. Gamaliel wanda ƙwararren Lauya ne, ya tashi tsaye, ya yi wa abokansa gargaɗi kada su yi garaje. <> Gamaliel, an expert in the Law, stood up and warned his colleagues not to act hastily.

[17-08-25 01:45:55:835 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of littafin rubutu[change]

  1. littafin rubutu. <> book, notebook, notes, publication, the.
    1. Ƙila zai yi kyau kana da wani littafin rubutu ko kuma takarda sa’ad da kake karatun Littafi Mai Tsarki. <> You may find it helpful to have a notebook or some paper handy when you read the Bible.
    2. Yanzu na gama kofe Nassosin Yini cikin littafin rubutu na. <> I just finished copying the daily text into my notebook.
    3. An hana Shaidun Jehobah yin wa’azi a Kanada, saboda haka, ’yar’uwa Huntingford tana yin amfani da Littafi Mai Tsarki kaɗai da kuma wani ƙaramin littafin da ta yi rubutu a ciki don ta yi nazari da iyalinmu. <> Since the work of Jehovah’s Witnesses was then under ban in Canada, Sister Huntingford conducted a study with our family, using only the Bible and some notes she had in a little black book.
    4. Wannan rubutu na makokin ya zama sashen littafin Samuila na Biyu na Littafi Mai-Tsarki daga bisani. <> This mournful composition eventually became part of the written record of the Bible book of Second Samuel.
    5. A wani lokacin ana amfani da rubutu na sama domin bayyana wanda ya rubuta littafin ko kuma a yi bayani akan yanayin da ake ciki sa’ad da aka shirya Zaburar, alal misali Zabura ta 3. <> The heading sometimes identifies the writer and/or provides information about the circumstances under which the psalm was composed, as is the case with Psalm 3.
    6. A wannan littafin an yi amfani da hotuna masu kyau da ɗan rubutu da ake yi don a bayyana su da kuma kwatanci don a taimaki ɗalibin ya fahimci sabon batun. <> Fine pictures and captions as well as written illustrations in this publication will help the student to grasp new ideas.
    7. Littafin ya ci gaba: “Ga yara ƙanana da suke ƙoƙarin su koyi karatu da rubutu, tattauna batutuwa masu ma’ana da su yana da muhimmanci.” <> “For young children whose developing minds are striving to become literate,” continues the same source, “talk is essential—the more meaningful . . . the better.”
    8. Sa’ad da mai kula da makaranta ya yi nuni ga littafin bayan kowanne ɗalibi ya ba da jawabi, ka ja layi a ƙarƙashin muhimman darussa da kake son ka yi amfani da su, kuma ka yi amfani da gefen littafi don rubutu. <> When the school overseer refers to it after each student talk, underline key points that you want to apply, and use the margins to make notes.

[17-08-25 01:45:55:984 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of lokacin aiki tare[change]

  1. lokacin aiki tare. <> Whenever, an, during, the, time with, time, times, to, together with, with, work, working at.
    1. Zan fi son na ƙara lokacin aiki ko kuwa na kasance tare da abokiyar aureta ko yarana? <> Would I prefer to work overtime on my job or to spend time with my mate or my children?
    2. Erich Frost ya ce: “A lokacin da ake nuna bidiyon, na ƙarfafa ’yan’uwa da muke aiki tare, musamman waɗanda ke sashen waƙa su yi amfani da lokacin hutu don rarraba littattafai da ƙasidu ga waɗanda suka halarta. <> Erich Frost explained: “At the Drama presentations, I encouraged my colleagues, particularly those in the orchestra, to use the intermission to go from row to row and offer the audience our wonderful books and booklets.
    3. A duk lokacin da ya yiwu, ka yi aiki tare da ɗanka a hidimominka na yau da kullum. <> Whenever possible, include your son in your daily activities.
    4. Ƙari ga yin aiki tare da ɗanka, ka nemi lokacin yin wasa tare da shi. <> In addition to working with your boy, make time to play together with him.
    5. (Misalai 8:22) A matsayin “gwanin mai-aiki,” Yesu ya yi aiki sosai tare da Ubansa a lokacin halittar dukan abubuwa.—Kolossiyawa 1:15-17. <> (Proverbs 8:22) As “a master worker,” he actively worked with his Father during the creation of all things.—Colossians 1:15-17.
    6. Na fara aiki da shafaffu a lokacin da nake wa’azi tare da mahaifiyata tun da ita shafaffiya ce. <> Since Mother was an anointed Christian, the first ‘skirt of a Jew’ I held on to, as it were, was that of my mother.
    7. Ka tuna cewa, iyalin dattijon tana sadaukar da lokacin da ya kamata ta kasance tare da shi don dattijon ya yi aiki tuƙuru a cikin ikilisiya. <> Remember, for an elder to work hard in the congregation, his family is sacrificing time spent with him.
    8. Zuwa lokacin, ina aiki da kamfanin gine-gine sai wani abokin aikina mai suna Adel ya tare ni wata rana kuma ya tambaye ni dalilin da ya sa nake baƙin ciki haka. <> I had started working at a construction company, and one day a coworker by the name of Adel stopped me and asked why I looked so sad.
    9. Tare da taimakonta na ƙauna, musamman lokacin da yake ciwo, ya iya yin aiki sosai bayan shekaru da yawanci mutane suke yin murabus. <> With her loving support, especially as he experienced health problems, he was able to be productive long past the age at which most retire.
    10. Ba tare da ɓata lokaci ba Ruth ta fara aiki a gona, domin lokacin girbin alkama ya yi. <> Ruth right away begins working in the fields, because it is the time for gathering the barley.
    11. Ka kasance tare da yaranka sosai, wato, a lokacin da ka ke hutawa, a wurin aiki, a gida, sa’ad da kake yin tafiya, da safe sa’ad da ka tashi da kuma daddare kafin ka yi barci. <> Spend as much time as possible with your children—at rest and at work, at home and when traveling, in the morning when you get up and at night before you go to bed.
    12. A lokacin da iyaye suke aiki domin su biya bukatun iyalinsu, ta yaya ne za su iya kasancewa tare da ’ya’yansu? <> With many families needing two incomes to make ends meet, how can busy parents spend more time with their children?
    13. Haɗin kan da ke tsakaninmu a matsayin ƙungiya da kuma yadda muka ƙware saboda muna aiki tare, suna taimaka mana mu tara kayan agaji, kuma mu samu mutanen da za su taimaka a lokacin da bukata ta taso. <> The unity that we enjoy as an organization and the experience we have gained in working together enable us to mobilize quickly in times of need.

[17-08-25 01:45:56:150 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of mai sanyi[change]

  1. mai sanyi. <> Bible, a, breeze, cold, cool, cooling, inclement, the cold, the cool, the holy, the, up.
    1. Senegal ƙasa ce da iskar hamada take hurawa sosai da kuma sanyi, iska mai sanyi daga tekun Atlantika. <> Senegal is a land swept by the parching winds of the desert as well as by the cool, refreshing breezes of the Atlantic.
    2. Ya yi tanadin inuwa mai sanyi daga matsanancin zafi na tsanantawa kuma yana tsaye kamar garu ga hadarin ƙanƙara na hamayya. <> He provides cool shade from the burning heat of persecution and stands like a sturdy wall against the rainstorm of opposition.
    3. Waɗannan abinci da muke ɗumama suna sa mu farin ciki, musamman a lokacin sanyi da muke rawar ɗari cikin tirela mai sanyi sosai. <> Those warmed-over meals were a treat, especially in winter when we were shivering inside the icy trailer.
    4. Kowane safe har mako guda, nakan tafi wani kogi da ke kusa, na sa jikina daga wuya har kafa cikin ruwa mai sanyi don zafin ya ragu. <> Each morning for a week, I had to stand up to my neck in the cold water of a nearby river to ease the pain.
    5. A wani lokaci, tana kewaye ’yan kanananta da fukafukanta ta kāre su daga iska mai sanyi. <> At other times, she wraps her wings around her offspring to protect them from the cold wind.
    6. 4 Ka hangi annabin Jehovah yana zaune bisa deben jinkan gidansa, yana shan iska mai sanyi na maraice. <> 4 Envision Jehovah’s prophet Habakkuk sitting on the flat roof of his house, enjoying the cool evening breeze.
    7. A wannan yammar da ake iska mai sanyi, Sama’ila ya riƙa tattaunawa da “Saul a bisa bene,” har suka yi barci. <> In the cool evening breeze, Samuel “continued to speak with Saul on the housetop” until they went to sleep.
    8. Alheri da nagarta suna wartsake mutum kamar iska mai daɗi da shan ruwan sanyi a inda ana rana mai zafi. <> Like a gentle breeze and a cool drink on a hot day, kindness and goodness are refreshing.
    9. 18 Mutane irin na Lawudikiya a yau ba su da zafi sosai ko kuwa sanyi mai wartsakarwa ba. <> 18 Individuals of the Laodicean type today are neither stimulatingly hot nor refreshingly cold.
    10. (Matta 24:12) Ta yaya za ka kiyaye ƙaunarka ga Jehobah da kuma Littafi Mai Tsarki daga yin sanyi? <> (Matthew 24:12) How can you prevent your love for Jehovah and for Bible truths from cooling off?
    11. Idan ƙaunarmu ga Kirista mai bi ta yi sanyi, za a iya somawa kuma. <> If our love for a fellow Christian has grown cold, it can be rekindled.
    12. Hiyarabolis da ke kusa suna da rafi mai zafi, kuma Kolossi suna da ruwan sanyi. <> Nearby Hierapolis had hot springs, and Colossae had cold water.
    13. Hakika, ruhu mai tsarki ya sa gwiwarsa ta yi sanyi “dukan yini da dukan dare”—hakan ya ba Dauda isashen lokaci na tserewa.—1 Sama’ila 19:20-24. <> In fact, the holy spirit immobilized him “all that day and all that night”—giving David sufficient time to flee.—1 Samuel 19:20-24.
    14. Littafi Mai Tsarki ya ce: “Kada mu yi sanyi da yin aiki nagari, don za mu yi girbi a kan kari, in ba mu karai ba. <> The Bible says: “Let us not give up in doing what is fine, for in due season we shall reap if we do not tire out.
    15. Idan “iskar gabas mai ƙarfi” da aka ambata a Fitowa 14:12 ta yi sanyi da za ta iya daskare ruwan, da wasu majiya sun yi nazarinsa kuma sun ga yawan sanyin. <> If the “strong east wind” mentioned at Exodus 14:21 had been cold enough to freeze the waters, doubtless some reference would have been made to the extreme cold.
    16. (1 Timothawus 1:17; 1 Korinthiyawa 15:50-54; 2 Timothawus 1:10) Lada mai girma kuwa ne ƙaunarsu ga Allah da bai yi sanyi ba da kuma bangaskiyarsu cikin kalmomin annabcinsa! <> (1 Timothy 1:17; 1 Corinthians 15:50-54; 2 Timothy 1:10) What a grand reward for their undying love of God and unwavering faith in his prophetic word!
    17. (f) mai gidan yana aiki ko kuma ana ruwa ko rana ko kuma sanyi? <> (f) the householder is busy or the weather is inclement?
    18. Marubucin Littafi Mai Tsarki Ezra ya nuna cewa wannan watan Chislev wata ne na sanyi da ruwan sama. <> The Bible writer Ezra shows that Chislev was indeed a month known for cold and rainy weather.
    19. A wannan lokacin, bangaskiyata ta riga ta yi sanyi, don haka sai na ce ta tabbatar mini cewa Littafi Mai Tsarki Kalmar Allah ce. <> By this time, I had lost much of my faith, so I asked her to prove to me that the Bible really is God’s Word.
    20. A shekara ta 1934, Hidimarmu ta Mulki ta ba da fasalin yadda za a iya gina wannan gidan tare da saka masa bayan gida mai amfani da ruwa da rasho da gadon da ake naɗewa da kuma abin kāre sanyi. <> In 1934, the Bulletin supplied detailed plans for a compact but comfortable abode with such practical features as a water system, a cooking stove, a fold-up bed, and insulation against the cold.

[17-08-25 01:45:56:312 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of maita[change]

  1. maita. <> [[15 5 The Truth About Magic, Sorcery, and Witchcraft]], [[The Truth About Magic, Sorcery, and Witchcraft]], Witchcraft, bewitched, sorcery, witchcraft.
    1. 11 Mun kuma sani cewa waɗanda suke da hannu cikin kowanne irin sihiri—duba, maita, ko kuma ƙoƙarin yin magana da matattu—abin ƙyama ne ga Jehovah. <> 11 We are also aware that those who indulge in any form of spiritism—practicing divination, employing witchcraft, or trying to communicate with the dead—are detestable to Jehovah.
    2. Mutane da yawa a yau suna ɗaukan maita addini mara lahani <> Many today view witchcraft as a harmless nature religion
    3. Littafi Mai-tsarki ya hana waɗannan abubuwa, yana cewa: “Daga cikinka ba za a iske wanda yana . . . yin istihara, ko mai-yin duba, ko mai-waibuwa, ko mai-sihiri, ko mai-arwa, ko mai-magana da mai-mabiya, ko mai-maita, ko mai-sha’ani da matattu. <> The Bible condemns these things, saying: “There should not be found in you anyone . . . who employs divination, a practicer of magic or anyone who looks for omens or a sorcerer, or one who binds others with a spell or anyone who consults a spirit medium or a professional foreteller of events or anyone who inquires of the dead.
    4. Amma wannan yana nufin cewa babu dalilin damuwa ke nan ne game da aikin maita? <> But does this mean that there is no reason to be concerned about the practice of witchcraft?
    5. Wata majiya ta rubuta: “Zaɓe da ke da muhimmanci a Maita shi ne zaɓenka na alloli (Alloli/Allaniya) da za ka yi aiki da shi. . . . <> Another authority writes: “One of the most pivotal choices in Witchcraft is your choice of the deities (Gods/Goddesses) you will work with. . . .
    6. Webster’s Ninth New Collegiate Dictionary ya ba da ma’anar maita cewa “yin magana da iblis.” <> Webster’s Ninth New Collegiate Dictionary defines witchcraft as “communication with the devil.”
    7. YANA da wuya a ba da ma’anar maita ta zamanin yau. <> MODERN-DAY witchcraft is hard to define.
    8. Da irin wannan iko mai yawa da aka ba maita, ba abin mamaki ba ne da ta yi fice haka. <> With such sweeping powers being attributed to witchcraft, it is not surprising that it has become so popular.
    9. Alal misali, wani littafi game da addinin Afirka ya ce: “Gaskatawa da ayyukan mugun sihiri da kuma haɗarinsa, duba da kuma maita, sun yi katutu cikin rayuwar ’yan Afirka sosai . . . <> For example, a book about African religion states: “Belief in the function and dangers of bad magic, sorcery and witchcraft is deeply rooted in African life . . .
    10. “A AFIRKA, ɓata lokaci ne a fara da tambayar nan, da akwai mayu ko babu,” in ji littafin nan African Traditional Religion, ya daɗa cewa “ga mutanen Afirka na kowane matsayi, maita gaskiya ce mai muhimmanci.” <> “IN Africa, it is idle to begin with the question whether witches exist or not,” states the book African Traditional Religion, adding that “to Africans of every category, witchcraft is an urgent reality.”
    11. Gaskiya Game da Sihiri, Bokanci, da Kuma Maita <> The Truth About Magic, Sorcery, and Witchcraft
    12. Don ya zama mai gabagaɗi a yaƙi, ya juya ga maita. <> To make himself brave in battle, he turned to witchcraft.
    13. Ga wasu kuma, maita ba abin wasa ba ce. <> To others, witchcraft is no laughing matter.
    14. Bari mu gwada koyarwar Littafi Mai-Tsarki game da wasu abubuwa da waɗanda suke gabatar da maita suke furtawa. <> Let us compare the Bible’s teachings with some common beliefs currently expressed by those who promote witchcraft.
    15. 15 Musamman a ƙasashen da ke Yammacin duniya, mutane da yawa suna ɗaukan rukunin asiri, maita, da sauran fasalolin sihiri abu mai kyau. <> 15 Especially in the Western world, occultism, witchcraft, and other forms of spiritism are taken more and more lightly.
    16. Duba, maita, sammu, da kuma tuntuɓar matattu suna cikin sihiri. <> Divination, sorcery, binding with spells, and inquiring of the dead are some forms of spiritism.
    17. 15 5 Gaskiya Game da Sihiri, Bokanci, da Kuma Maita <> 15 5 The Truth About Magic, Sorcery, and Witchcraft
    18. Suna tsoron kada a kama su da maita kuma a bige su da aradu . . . <> They fear being bewitched and struck with lightning . . .
    19. Waɗanda suka yi imani da sihiri, bokanci, da kuma maita sun haɗa da jahilai da kuma masana. <> Those who believe in magic, sorcery, and witchcraft include both the illiterate and the highly educated.
    20. Maganin bisa yardar cewa allolin da aka yi wa laifi (ko kuwa ruhohin kakanni) ko maƙiyan da suka yi amfani da maita ne suke jawo rashin lafiya da mutuwa? <> Is the treatment based on the belief that sickness and death are caused either by offended gods (or ancestral spirits) or by enemies who employ witchcraft?

[17-08-25 01:45:56:462 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of miya[change]

  1. miya. <> Soup, red, soup, stew, vegetables.
    1. Hakika, Isuwa ya zaɓi jan miya maimakon gādonsa na haihuwa! <> Yes, Esau chose a bowl of stew over his right as firstborn!
    2. Jar miya mai guba ta zama tana ciwuwa.—2 Sarakuna 4:38-41 <> A poisonous stew becomes edible.—2 Kings 4:38-41
    3. Yar’uwar daga baya ta gane cewa wani ɗan’uwa a cikin ikilisiyarsu da ke da lambu ne ya kawo mata kayan miya da yawa. <> This sister soon learned that the bags had been left by a brother in the congregation who grew the vegetables in his garden.
    4. Na tsaya wurin ina kallon kayan miya, amma ba ni da isashen kuɗi da zan saye su. <> I stood and looked at the vegetables, but I did not have enough money to buy any.
    5. Sunan nan Edom (ma’anarsa “Ja”) an bai wa Isuwa ne bayan ya sayar da gadōnsa na ɗan fari mai tamani ga Yaƙub domin jar miya. <> The name Edom (meaning “Red”) was given to Esau after he sold his precious birthright to Jacob for some red stew.
    6. Ka yi la’akari da wannan: Idan ka ci wani abinci mai daɗi kuma kana son ka san kayan miya da aka dafa abincin da su, wane ne za ka tambaya? <> Consider: If you were enjoying a tasty meal and wanted to learn its ingredients, whom would you ask?
    7. Akwai shaguna da yawa kuma masu talla sun jera kayan sayarwa a kan titi, kamar su kayan miya, kuɓewa da kuma rediyo, laima, sandunan sabulu, gashin doki, abubuwan da ake dahuwa da su, da kuma gwanjon takalma da kayan sawa. <> Hundreds of stalls and vendors line the streets with their goods: heaps of red and green chilies, baskets of ripe tomatoes, mounds of okra, as well as radios, umbrellas, bars of soap, wigs, cooking utensils, and piles of secondhand shoes and clothes.
    8. Sai mu ci burodi da miya kuma mu shiga barci cike da gajiya. <> Then we ate some soup and bread and went to sleep—exhausted.
    9. Don a ba shi gurasa da jar miya kawai! <> In exchange for one meal of bread and lentil stew!
    10. In ji littafin nan Health and Medicine in the Evangelical Tradition, ɗaya daga cikin kirarinsu na farko shi ne: “Sabulu, Miya, da Ceto.” <> According to the book Health and Medicine in the Evangelical Tradition, one of their earliest slogans was: “Soap, Soup, and Salvation.”
    11. Saboda haka, kowannenmu zai iya tambayar kansa: ‘Wani lokaci ana jaraba ni ne na sayar da gadōna na Kirista—rai madawwami—domin abu mai shigewa da sauri kamar jar miya? <> Hence, each of us might ask: ‘Am I sometimes tempted to barter my Christian inheritance—everlasting life—for something as transient as a bowl of lentil stew?
    12. Wani masani da ke yawan ba wa labaran Littafi Mai Tsarki ƙarin ma’ana ya ce, sayan matsayin Isuwa na ɗan fari da Yakubu ya yi da jan miya yana wakiltar yadda Yesu ya fanshi ’yan Adam da jininsa don su sami gatan zuwa sama ne. <> Another scholar fond of looking for types and antitypes asserted that Jacob’s purchase of Esau’s birthright with a bowl of red stew represented Jesus’ purchase of the heavenly inheritance for mankind with his red blood!
    13. Alal Misali, ana iya yin amfani da wuƙa a yanka nama, amma za ka yi amfani da ita ka sha miya ne? <> For example, a knife might be perfect for cutting meat, but would you use it for eating soup?
    14. Sa’ad da na koma gida, na ga an cika mini zaure da kayan miya. <> When I returned home from the store that day, my back porch was filled with bags of all kinds of vegetables.
    15. Yin jima’i ko da menene sakamakonsa, ya zama musu jar miya. <> A desire for sexual satisfaction at any price has become their bowl of lentil stew.

[17-08-25 01:45:56:589 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of mujiya[change]

  1. mujiya. <> only, owls, pelicans, turn.
    1. Amma Sama’ila ya gaya wa Isra’ilawa cewa reshe zai juye da mujiya idan suka komo ga Jehobah. <> But Samuel assured the people that things would change if only they returned to Jehovah.
    2. Masu bincike suna nazarin ƙahon wata dabba da nufin su yi kwalkwali mai ƙwari; suna binciken ƙudaje iri-iri da suke da fasalin jin abubuwa sosai don su kyautata abin jin magana; kuma suna binciken fukafukan mujiya domin su kyautata jirgin sama da rada ba ta gani. <> Researchers are studying antlers, with the goal of building stronger helmets; they are looking at a species of fly that has acute hearing, with a view toward improving hearing aids; and they are examining the wing feathers of owls, with the idea of improving stealth airplanes.
    3. (Zafaniya 2:14, 15) Manya-manyan gine-ginen Nineba za su zama wurin zaman bushiya da mujiya. <> (Zephaniah 2:14, 15) Nineveh’s stately buildings would be fit only as a dwelling place for porcupines and pelicans.
    4. Matarsa da kuma abokansa sun gaya masa cewa abin da ya faru alama ce cewa reshe ya kusan juye da mujiya.—Esther 6:12, 13. <> His wife and friends said that this turn of events could only bode ill; he was bound to fail in his fight against Mordecai the Jew.—Esther 6:12, 13.
    5. Yayin da al’amuran suka bayyana, sai reshe ya juye da mujiya. <> As the events unfold, the tables turn.

[17-08-25 01:45:56:764 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of murmushi[change]

  1. murmushi. <> She, Sukhi smiles and, faces, smile, smiled, smiles back, smiles, smiling, warm smile, warm.
    1. Amma bayan da ya yi aiki da Shaidun Jehovah a wani taronsu na ƙasashe, mutumin ya ce: “Yanzu na ga mutane ne da suke murmushi, . . . <> But after working with Jehovah’s Witnesses in connection with an international convention, the same official observed: “Now I see normal, smiling people . . .
    2. “Na sani” ya ce da murmushi. <> “I know,” I say with a smile.
    3. María Isabel tana murmushi sa’ad da ta ce, “Matar tana zato za ta ga babban mutum.” <> “She was expecting someone older,” María Isabel says with a grin.
    4. Ta yi murmushi ta ce: “Jehobah yana cewa, ‘Ku gwada ni haka nan yanzu, ko ba zan zuba muku albarka ba.’ <> Sukhi smiles and says: “Jehovah tells us, ‘Test me out, whether I shall not empty out upon you a blessing.’
    5. Amsar da tsofaffi amintattu masu bi suke ba da yana motsa mu; kulawan dattijo mai ƙauna yana ƙarfafa mu; kuma muna murmushi sa’ad da ƙaramin yaro farat ɗaya ya yi kalami da ya nuna yana ƙaunar Jehobah. <> We are touched by a heartfelt answer expressed by an elderly, faithful fellow believer; we feel uplifted by an insightful observation made by a caring elder; and we cannot help but smile when a child blurts out a spontaneous comment that expresses genuine love for Jehovah.
    6. Mai tuƙa jirgin ya yi murmushi sa’ad da ya gan ni ina shigowa jirgin da ’yan mata guda goma. <> Can you imagine the amused look on the sailors’ faces when they watched me coming aboard with ten young women in tow?
    7. Ta yi murmushi kuma ta ce: “Mun yi godiya sosai da yadda ’yan’uwa a ikilisiya suka ƙarfafa mu don mu kasance da dangantaka mai kyau da Jehobah. <> With a big smile, she adds: “We really appreciated having our spiritual needs cared for so abundantly through the congregation.
    8. Muna murmushi kuma mu gai da su. <> We smile and greet them.
    9. Wata rana, wata yarinya mai kirki ta yi min murmushi kuma ta nuna min ‘ya’yan itatuwa da take sayarwa. <> One day, a nice young girl smiled at me as she passed out advertisements for a fruit stand.
    10. 8 A yawancin ƙasashe, muna nuna cewa muna kula da ’yan’uwanmu ta wajen yin murmushi da shan hannu da kuma gai da su da kyau. <> 8 Customs may vary from land to land, but usually when we give our brothers and sisters a warm smile, a welcoming handshake, a relaxed greeting, we are signaling that we are genuinely interested in them.
    11. Ni da mijina muna ƙarfafa juna da begen tashin matattu, a wasu lokatai mukan yi tunanin lokacin da za mu sake ganin Lucía, da idanunta dara-dara da kuma kumatunta da ke shigewa ciki sa’ad da ta yi murmushi. <> My husband and I comfort each other with the wonderful hope of the resurrection, even imagining the time when we will see Lucía again—her expressive, round eyes and her cheeks dimpled with a smile.
    12. Idan shi ma ya yi murmushi, sai su soma taɗi da shi. <> If the person smiles back, they try to start a conversation.
    13. Ku haɗa ido ta ita kuma ku yi murmushi. <> Make eye contact and smile.
    14. A Majami’ar Mulki ’yan’uwa suna yi min murmushi, maimakon kallon da mutane suke min a waje. <> What a contrast the loving smiles I received inside the Kingdom Hall were to the stares I got outside!
    15. Na tambaye ta me ya sa take murmushi. <> I ask her why she is smiling.
    16. Da farko wasu masu shela sukan kalli mutumin da suke so su yi masa magana, sa’an nan su yi murmushi. <> Some publishers first make eye contact with the person and then smile.
    17. A wani lokaci, yin murmushi, shan hannu, ko kuma yin godiya don aiki tuƙuru da mutum ya yi a tsari na Allah zai iya zama abin da ake bukata don ku yi farin ciki. <> At times, a warm smile, a handshake, or a sincere thank-you for someone’s hard work in a theocratic assignment may be all that is needed to bring joy to both of you.
    18. MANOMI ya dubi gonarsa ya yi murmushi domin hadari ya haɗu kuma ruwan fari yana saukowa a kan irinsa da suke da bukatar ruwa. <> BATHED in the warm light of sunset, a few longtime friends enjoy an outdoor meal together, laughing and talking as they admire the view.
    19. Sa’ad da aka tambaye su yaya suke, suka yi murmushi kuma suka ce: “Muna lafiya, mun gode wa Jehobah!” <> When asked how they were faring, everyone, with a broad smile, answered: “All is well, thanks to Jehovah!”
    20. Zai dace ka yi murmushi kuma ka furta kalmomi masu daɗi sosai sa’ad da ka fara tattaunawa da shi. <> Your sincere smile and a few reassuring words may have a good effect.

[17-08-25 01:45:56:950 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of mutane[change]

  1. mutane. <> Many, common people, humankind, humans, mankind, men, millions, people, world.
    1. Da gaske, da akwai kaito da yawa ga mutane, musamman ma tun daga shekara ta 1914. <> Truly, there has been much woe for mankind, particularly since 1914.
    2. Mutane da yawa suna sane da tarihin Littafi Mai Tsarki game da abin da ma’aurata na farko suka yi, kamar yadda yake rubuce a Farawa sura 3. <> Most people are familiar with the Bible’s account of what the first human couple did, as recorded in Genesis chapter 3.
    3. Waɗanne halaye da aka faɗa a 2 Timoti hawus 3:1-5 kake gani a mutane a yau? <> What traits foretold at 2 Timothy 3:1-5 do you see in people today?
    4. Mutane biyu da suke zama tare kawai ba tare da yin aure ba ba za su taɓa more kāriya ta ainihi ba, yaransu ma haka. <> Two people who merely live together without getting married can never enjoy real security; neither can their children.
    5. Kamar mutane a wurare da yawa a duniya, mutanen Tsibiren Solomon sun gaskata cewa ruhohi suna iya taimaka masu ko kuma su cuce su. <> As is the case of people in numerous other parts of the world, inhabitants of the Solomon Islands believe that spirits can either help or harm a person.
    6. Wajibi ne mu koyar da mutane kuma mu sa su zama almajirai, ba kawai mu yi musu wa’azi ba.—Mat. <> Not only are we to preach to people but we are to teach them and make disciples.—Matt.
    7. Amma ta yaya mutane za su amfana daga Nassosi da yake yawanci a yaren Latin ne? <> But how would the common people benefit from the Scriptures at a time when those sacred writings were mostly in Latin?
    8. Allah yana son mutane su yi farin ciki yanzu da kuma har abada <> God wants humans to be happy now and forever
    9. Mutane da yawa suna ji cewa wannan Nassin yana samun cikawa. <> Many feel that this scripture is being fulfilled.
    10. Mutane da yawa da muka tattauna da su suna mamakin dalilin da ya sa Allah mai ƙauna ya ƙyale shan wahala sosai a duniya. <> Many that we’ve talked to wonder why a loving God would allow so much suffering in the world.
    11. 3 Idan muka yi tunani a kan yadda aikinmu na wa’azi zai ceci rayukan mutane hakan zai sa mu ga cewa muna bukatar mu yi wa wa’azi da gaggawa. <> 3 When you consider what stands to be gained or lost as a result of our preaching, you probably feel an urgent need to speak to others about the good news.
    12. Yaya mutane suka aikata ga alherin Yesu? <> How did people react to Jesus’ generosity?
    13. 6 Ɗabi’a Mai Kyau Tana Wartsakewa: A lokacin da mutane da yawa suna “son kansu” kuma ba sa kula da yadda wasu suke ji, yana da ban wartsakewa sosai mu kasance cikin ’yan’uwanmu Kiristoci waɗanda suke ƙoƙarin nuna ɗabi’a mai kyau! <> 6 Good Manners Refresh: At a time when many people are “lovers of themselves” and show a lack of regard for the feelings of others, how refreshing it is to be around fellow Christians who endeavor to display good manners!
    14. Jehovah ya furta cewa “kowane abin da ya yi,” har da mutane, “yana da kyau kwarai.” <> Jehovah had pronounced “everything he had made,” including humankind, “very good.”
    15. 4 Kamar Mikah, mu ma muna zama ne tsakanin mutane masu son kai. <> 4 Like Micah, we have to live among selfish people.
    16. Dattawa, kuna koyi da misalin Jehovah wajen gina dangantaka mai kyau da mutane da kuke koyar da su? <> Elders, are you following Jehovah’s example by cultivating a warm personal relationship with the men you are training?
    17. Yoh. 12:12) Idan ambaliyar ruwa ta faru, abin da mutane sukan yawan yi shi ne su gudu zuwa kan tsauni ko kuma su hau kan rufin gini mai tsayi. <> 12:12) When literal flooding occurs, a common reaction is to run to higher ground or to climb onto the roof of a building—anywhere of higher elevation.
    18. Gwamnatin da za ta iya tabbatar da zaman lafiya a duniya ita ce wadda za ta yi mulki a dukan duniya kuma ta koya wa mutane nagarta da ƙaunar juna.—Ka karanta Ishaya 32:17; 48:18, 22. <> Only a world government that can teach people to love what is right and care for one another will bring world peace.—Read Isaiah 32:17; 48:18, 22.
    19. Hakanan, biyan bashin Adamu ya kawo amfani ga miliyoyin mutane. <> Similarly, the cancellation of Adam’s debt benefits untold millions.
    20. Ɗan’uwa Guy Pierce, yana da tabbaci cewa ba abin da zai hana Jehobah ya cika alkawuransa, kuma burinsa ne ya sanar da wannan gaskiyar ga dukan mutane. <> To Guy Pierce, there was a greater possibility that the sun would not rise than that Jehovah’s promises would go unfulfilled, and he wanted to share that truth with the whole world.

[17-08-25 01:45:57:114 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of nono[change]

  1. nono. <> Milking, breasts, mammal, milk, milking.
    1. Yawancinsu na mace ce tsirara mai manyan nono. <> Most were depictions of a nude female with exaggerated breasts.
    2. 3 Ta wurin annabinsa Ishaya, Jehovah ya nuna cewa uwa za ta iya “manta” jaririnta mai shan nono, amma shi ba zai manta da mutanensa ba. <> 3 Through his prophet Isaiah, Jehovah pointed out that a mother could “forget” her nursing infant, but he would not forget his people.
    3. 4:11—Menene ma’anar laɓɓan ’yar Shulem da ke ɗigar da saƙar zuma da kuma ‘zuma da nono da ke ƙarƙashin harshenta’? <> 4:11—What is significant about the Shulammite’s ‘lips dripping with comb honey’ and ‘honey and milk being under her tongue’?
    4. Tatsar nono da kuma ciyar da aladu da kaji a kowane yanayi ba irin rayuwar da na saba da ita ba. <> Milking cows and feeding pigs and chickens in all kinds of weather was far from the world I knew.
    5. Bulus kuma, ya yi amfani da nono ya ba da misalin irin cin abinci da bai dace ba da wasu da suka kira kansu manya a ruhaniya suke yi. <> Paul, on the other hand, uses the need for milk to illustrate the poor feeding habits on the part of some who claim to be spiritual adults.
    6. ‘Zuma da nono suna ƙarƙashin harshenta’ hakan yana nufin cewa furucinta yana da daɗin ji kamar zuma da madara. <> “Honey and milk are under [her] tongue,” meaning that like honey and milk, her speech is pleasant and good.
    7. (b) Ta yaya Bulus ya yi amfani da nono a hanyar da ta bambanta da na Bitrus? <> (b) How does Paul use the illustration of milk differently from Peter?
    8. Mene ne ma’anar laɓɓan ’yar Shulem da ke ɗigar da saƙar zuma da kuma ‘zuma da nono da ke ƙarƙashin harshenta’? (W. <> What is significant about the Shulammite’s ‘lips dripping with comb honey’ and ‘honey and milk being under her tongue’?
    9. Ai, duk wanda yake nono ne abincinsa, bai ƙware da maganar adalci ba, kamar jariri yake. <> For everyone that partakes of milk is unacquainted with the word of righteousness, for he is a babe.
    10. Rawar da ta haɗa da hali marar kyau, gwatso da girgiza nono wadda ke iya tayar da sha’awa, ba ta dace da Kirista ba.—1 Timothawus 2:8-10. <> A dance that involves immodest behavior, emphasizing erotic movements of the hips and breasts, would obviously not be proper for a Christian.—1 Timothy 2:8-10.
    11. Me ya sa mai jego take ba jaririnta nono kuma take kula da dukan bukatunsa? <> Why does a mother nurse her child and care for its every need?
    12. Littafin nan All Things in the Bible ya ce: “Makiyaya suna kuma ware tumaki daga awaki sa’ad da suke tatse nono da yanke gashinsu da kuma sa’ad da suka haihu.” <> The shepherd also separated the sheep from the goats when “breeding, milking, and shearing,” says the book All Things in the Bible.
    13. Ta yaya wannan sha-nono ke tsira ma irin wannan nitso? <> How does this mammal survive such a dive?
    14. A wasiƙarsa zuwa ga Kiristoci Ibraniyawa, Bulus ya rubuta: “Ko da ya ke kamar yanzu kam, ai, ya kamata ku zama masu koyarwa, duk da haka, ashe, ba ku wuce wani ya sāke koya muku jigajigan farko na Maganar Allah ba, har ya zamana sai an ba ku nono, ba abinci mai tauri ba. <> In his letter to Hebrew Christians, Paul wrote: “Although you ought to be teachers in view of the time, you again need someone to teach you from the beginning the elementary things of the sacred pronouncements of God; and you have become such as need milk, not solid food.
    15. Da taimakon Gwen ba mu taɓa fasa halartan taro ba, kuma a kowace ranar Lahadi da safe bayan mun tatse nono, mukan fita wa’azi da yaranmu. <> However, with Gwen’s help we never missed a meeting; nor did we miss taking our girls out with us in the ministry every Sunday morning—after milking the cows.
    16. (1 Korantiyawa 2:10; Matiyu 24:45) Ajin bawan suna ba da abinci na ruhaniya da ƙwazo ga dukan mutane—“nono” ga sababbi amma “abinci mai tauri” ga “manya ne.”—Ibraniyawa 5:11-14. <> (1 Corinthians 2:10; Matthew 24:45) The slave class diligently provides spiritual nourishment for all—“milk” for new ones but “solid food” for “mature people.”—Hebrews 5:11-14.
    17. Ga jariri sabon haihuwa, nono yana ɗauke da dukan abin gina jiki da yake bukata. <> For a newborn baby, milk meets its full nutritional needs.

[17-08-25 01:45:57:257 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of rufi[change]

  1. rufi. <> facility, houses with, roof, with.
    1. Ko kuma dai yanayin zai sa ka yi rufi da ke shimfiɗe—irin waɗanda suke a Gabas ta Tsakiya—rufin da za ka iya tara iyalinka don abinci mai daɗi da kuma taɗi?—Kubawar Shari’a 22:8; Nehemiah 8:16. <> Or will the local climate suggest a flat roof—like one of those in the Middle East—a roof where you can gather with your family for delightful meals and conversation?—Deuteronomy 22:8; Nehemiah 8:16.
    2. Yanzu suna yin tafiyar awa takwas don su halarci taron Turanci mafi kusa, kuma ana taron ne a filin wasa marar rufi. <> Now they had to travel eight hours to attend the nearest assembly in English, held in an open-air facility.
    3. Gidaje masu rufi irin na rumbu <> Houses with domed roofs
    4. Amma dai, Haran a yau, tarin gidaje ne masu rufi irin na rumbu. <> Present-day Haran, however, is only a collection of houses with domed roofs.
    5. Za ka gina gidanka, da rufi mai gangara don ya tare ruwan sama da kuma dasƙararriyar iska? <> Will you design a house with a slanted roof to shed rain and snow?
    6. Alal misali, ya bukaci a ja wa rufi na gidan Isra’ilawa dangarama domin ya hana mutane faɗuwa, tun da ana yawan ayyuka a wajen. <> For example, he required that Israelite houses have a parapet around the roof to prevent accidents, since roofs were places of considerable activity.

[17-08-25 01:45:57:447 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of ruwan sama[change]

  1. ruwan sama. <> downpour, floods, of, rain falls, rain, rains, the rains, was, water.
    1. Idan aka yi ruwan sama sai ruwan kogin ya cika kwarin. <> After a winter downpour, the river floods the plain.
    2. Amma yayin da mutanen suka zo kusa da kogin, sai suka ga cewa ruwan sama da aka yi a lokacin ya sa ruwan kogin ya ƙaru. <> However, as the people made their approach, they could see that the spring rains had caused the river to swell to flood stage.
    3. Idan babu ruwan sama, duniya za ta yi ƙarfi kamar tagulla. <> Without rain, the earth would have a copper-colored, metallic brightness.
    4. Sun gaskata cewa yana bayyana kansa a cikin iska, ruwan sama, walƙiya, da kuma tsawa. <> He was thought to manifest himself in wind, rain, lightning, and thunder.
    5. Kamar yadda ruwan sama a lokacinsa a kan itatuwa suke sa a yi girbi mai kyau, ruhun Allah na iya haifa cikin mutane masu zuciyar kirki halaye da Littafi Mai Tsarki ya kwatanta su da “ ’yar Ruhu.” <> Just as timely rain on an orchard contributes to a good harvest, God’s spirit can produce in receptive individuals qualities that the Bible describes as “the fruitage of the spirit.”
    6. Ya dangana ga inda ka ke da zama, dusar ƙanƙara da kuma ruwan sama suna shafan ayyukanmu ma. <> Depending on where we live, snow and rain may interrupt our activities too.
    7. Ka tuna tabbacin da Jehovah ya ba mutanen ta wurin Musa: “Ƙasar da za ku haye ku mallaka, ƙasa ce ta tuddai da kwarurruka wadda ruwan sama ke shayar da ita. <> Recall what Jehovah assured the people through Moses: “The land to which you are crossing to take possession of it is a land of mountains and valley plains.
    8. Wannan ruwan da ya zama tacacce kuma mai tsabta, ya sauko ta ruwan sama, dusar kankara, da kuma kankara, ya cika tushen samun ruwa. <> This water, now filtered and purified, falls as rain, snow, and ice, replenishing water supplies.
    9. Ba shi da amfani mu sa rai a mutane su ba mu raɓa ko ruwan sama. <> It is futile to hope in men for either dew or rain.
    10. A farkon shekaru biyu da rabi muna zuwa wurare a bisa keke, muna hawan duwatsu, ko ana ruwan sama ko rana. <> The first two and a half years, we traveled by bicycle, up and down the hills, rain or shine.
    11. Ba za mu kasance manoma ba, amma ruwan sama da kuma dusar ƙanƙara wataƙila su shafe mu. <> We may not be farmers, but rain and snow may affect us.
    12. Kalmomin dattawan suna iya zama kamar ruwan sama da ke kawo sanyi kuma ke ta’azantarwa a lokatan wahala ta rayuwa. <> The words of the elders can be like a gentle rain that cools and comforts our spirit during hard times in life.
    13. Domin ba a taɓa yin ruwan sama a lokacin rani ba. <> Why, such a thing was unheard of!
    14. Dutsen Karmel yana da dausayi a koyaushe, domin iska mai lema daga teku tana hurowa daga tundansa, kuma tana sa a yi ruwan sama da kuma raɓa a kai a kai. <> Mount Carmel is usually lush and green, as moisture-laden winds from the sea rise along its slopes, frequently depositing rains and plentiful dew.
    15. Mai wa’azi ya ce rana, iska, da kuma shirin da Allah ya yi don a yi ruwan sama a ko’ina a duniya, sune abubuwa uku na musamman da suke sa a rayu a duniya. <> The congregator mentions only three of the basic operations that make life on earth possible—the sun, the wind pattern, and the water cycle.
    16. In ji Francisco: “A wasu lokatai ba ma samun amfanin gona domin rashin ruwan sama ko kuma saboda ɓarayin da ke sace amfanin gonarmu, ina samun ’yan kuɗaɗe ne ta wajen saro da sayar da icen gora da ake gini da shi. <> Says Francisco: “Sometimes the rain fails to come or thieves steal the crop, so I make a little money by cutting and selling bamboo slats for construction.
    17. Bayan taron, an sake yin ruwan sama. <> At the end of the convention, there was yet another downpour.
    18. (1 Sarakuna 18:30) Abin baƙin ciki, Isra’ilawa da suka halarci taron ba su tabbata ba ko Jehobah ne ko kuwa Ba’al ne zai iya kawo ruwan sama da suke matuƙar bukata. <> (1 Kings 18:30) Sadly, the Israelites in attendance were not sure who—Jehovah or Baal—was in the best position to produce the much-needed rain.
    19. Domin ana ruwan sama sosai a wannan lokaci na shekara, kogin ya cika sosai ’yan mintoci da suka wuce. <> Because lots of rain falls at that time of year, the river was very full just a few minutes before.
    20. (Mai Hadishi 9:12) Alal misali, miliyoyin mutane, suna aiki tuƙuru su yi noma domin samun abinci ga iyalansu, sai kawai “mugun lokaci” ya faɗa musu, sa’ad da ruwan sama ya yanke, fari ya halaka gonakinsu. <> (Ecclesiastes 9:12, NE) Millions of people, for example, work tirelessly to cultivate the ground to get food for their families, only to find themselves trapped in “bad times” when the rains fail and drought destroys their crops.

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of sa[change]

  1. sa. <> When, Why is, Why, appointed time, as, do, drove, help, put, when, why is.
    1. Ta yaya ajin bawa ya ba da abinci na ruhaniya a kan lokaci ta Hukumar Mulki, me ya sa biyayya ga ajin bawa ta dace? <> How has the slave class provided timely spiritual food through its Governing Body, and why is submission to the slave class fitting?
    2. Za ka zama kamar Sama’ila, sa’ad da ka girma? <> Will you be like Samuel as you grow up?
    3. Saboda haka, Allah ya yi mata da miji na farko masu suna Adamu da Hauwa’u ya kuma sa su a lambu mai kyau. <> So God made the man and woman named Adam and Eve and put them in a beautiful garden.
    4. Ta yaya motsawar ƙauna take sa mu jimre? <> How does being motivated by love help us to endure?
    5. Me ya sa yake da muhimmanci mu nuna ƙauna ba tare da son kai ba a yau? <> Why is it important to cultivate Christlike love today?
    6. Me ya sa yake da haɗari ka bi zuciyarka da idanunka? <> Why is it dangerous to follow an impulse?
    7. Muna da tabbaci cewa sa’ad da muka ba da kanmu da son rai a hidimar Allah kuma muka yi iya ƙoƙarinmu mu bauta masa da dukan zuciyarmu, a koyaushe za mu kasance da hakki a tsarinsa. <> We can be confident that when we offer ourselves willingly in God’s service and do our best to serve him whole-souled, there is always a place for us in his arrangement.
    8. Kuma sa’ad da muka kafa makasudai da za mu iya cim ma, ayyukanmu na ruhaniya zai kawo mana ƙarin gamsuwa da farin ciki. <> And when we have balanced expectations and set reachable goals, our spiritual activities will bring us more satisfaction and joy.
    9. Me ya sa wasu suke gani kamar ba a amsa addu’o’insu? <> Why, then, do some people feel that their prayers are not answered?
    10. Babu shakka, ka shaida cewa sa’ad da ka nemi ra’ayin Jehobah game da wani batu kuma ka yi ƙoƙari ka bi shawarar, za ka yi nasara. <> Doubtless you have seen that when you seek Jehovah’s will in a matter and strive to work in harmony with it, the results are excellent.
    11. (Ishaya 63:9; Litafi Mai-Tsarki) Da yake kai bawan Jehobah ne mai aminci, ka tabbata cewa sa’ad da ka ƙuntata Jehobah ma ya ƙuntata. <> (Isaiah 63:9) As a faithful servant of Jehovah, you can be sure, then, that when you are pained, Jehovah is pained.
    12. Hakika, ma’aikacin Habasha da aka ambata a littafin Ayyukan Manzanni yana karanta ɗaya cikin waɗannan annabce-annabcen sa’ad da ruhu mai tsarki ya ja-gorance Filibbus mai wa’azi ya je ya same shi. <> Interestingly, the Ethiopian official mentioned in the book of Acts was reading one of these prophecies when Philip the evangelizer was directed by the spirit to approach him.
    13. 7:4) Hakazalika, Fitowa 14:21 ta ce: “Ubangiji kuma ya sa teku ya koma baya saboda iskan gabas mai-ƙarfi.” <> 7:4) Similarly, at Exodus 14:21, we read: “Jehovah drove the sea back with a strong east wind.”
    14. Sa’ad da abubuwa ba su faru ba yadda suke tsammani, wasu cikinsu suka soma tunani cewa Yesu ya makara. <> When things did not take place as they expected, it could have looked as if the Bridegroom were delaying.
    15. Sa’ad da yake yin addu’a ga Allah, Yesu Kristi ya ce: “Maganarka ita ce gaskiya.” <> Jesus Christ said in prayer to God: “Your word is truth.”
    16. Wajibi ne mu koyar da mutane kuma mu sa su zama almajirai, ba kawai mu yi musu wa’azi ba.—Mat. <> Not only are we to preach to people but we are to teach them and make disciples.—Matt.
    17. Sa’ad da Claire ta kai waɗannan littattafan, likitar ta bayyana yadda bangaskiyar Claire ta burge ta. <> When Claire delivered the books, the doctor explained how impressed she was by Claire’s faith.
    18. Domin “sa’a [ta hukuncin Allah a kan duniyar Shaiɗan] ta kusa,” ana bukatar a fahimci saƙon da ke cikin littafin Ru’ya ta Yohanna da gaggawa kuma a yi abin da ya ce. <> Because “the appointed time [for the execution of God’s judgments upon Satan’s world] is near,” there is an urgent need to understand the message of the book of Revelation and to act on it.
    19. A ƙarshe, sanannen ma’aikacin birnin ya sa taron suka yi shuru, kuma Gayus da Aristarkus suka tsira, ba abin da ya same su.—Ayyukan Manzanni 19:35-41. <> Finally, the city recorder succeeded in calming the crowd, and Gaius and Aristarchus escaped unharmed.—Acts 19:35-41.
    20. 11:3-10) Sa’ad da ’yar’uwa ta ɗaura ɗankwalin da ya dace a irin wannan yanayin, hakan alama ce ta miƙa kai ga tsarin Allah a cikin ikilisiyar Kirista.—1 Tim. <> 11:3-10) When a sister wears a modest and appropriate head covering in such situations, it is a sign of submission to the theocratic arrangement in the Christian congregation.—1 Tim.

[17-08-25 01:40:27:360 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of saiwa[change]

  1. saiwa. <> into, large root, root, rooted, roots.
    1. 3:6) Wajibi ne mu sake komawa ziyara kuma mu yi ban ruwa ga waɗannan iri na alama ta wajen yin amfani da Kalmar Allah idan muna son su yi saiwa, kuma su girma. <> 3:6) We must make return visits and water these figurative seeds using God’s Word if we want them to take root, grow, and flourish.
    2. Kamar ƙasa mai kyau, ƙasa mai ƙayoyi tana ƙyale irin ya yi saiwa ya tsiro. <> Like the fine soil, the thorny soil lets the seed take root and sprout.
    3. Ko da tunanin banza ya yi saiwa a zuciyarmu kuma hakan yana sa ba ma iya tunanin abin da ya dace, Jehobah zai iya ja-gorarmu don mu bi dokokinsa kuma za mu yi nasara. <> Even if wrong desires are deeply rooted and tend to crowd out our chaste thoughts, Jehovah can guide our steps so that we can obey his commandments and succeed in living by them.
    4. Fadarsa tana cike da buhunan da akwatunan saiwa da ganye da aka ɗaura da igiya, da kuma bawon itatuwa duka na innar Luke ce, wadda take ba da maganin gargajiya. <> His place is stuffed with bags and boxes of dried herbs and roots, leaves tied together with strings, and thick chunks of bark—all belonging to Luke’s elderly aunt, who is an herbalist.
    5. Saiwa mai zurfi na sa itace ya samu isashen ruwa da abinci daga cikin ƙasa. <> A large root system also enables a tree to obtain sufficient water and nutrients from the soil.
    6. Me ya sa Littafi Mai Tsarki ya sa waɗannan mutanen da kuma wasu suka yi nasara wajen kawar da ƙiyayya da nuna bambanci da suka yi saiwa a zukatansu? <> Why has the Bible been able to help these and many others to overcome deep-seated hatred and prejudice?
    7. Duk da haka, wasu iri suna faɗi a kan ƙasa mai kyau, su yi saiwa su tsiro, kamar yadda Yesu ya faɗa. <> Even so, some seeds still fall on fine soil, take root, and sprout, just as Jesus foretold.
    8. Kowanne cikin wadannan kwayayen yana yin saiwa mai dubban nasaba da wasu kwayayen. <> Each of those cells branches off into thousands of connections with other cells.
    9. Masu yin shuni suna amfani da saiwa na yin sanannen launi jar zur, ko kuma shunayya. <> Its dye makers used madder root as a source for their celebrated scarlet, or purple.
    10. 21 Albarkar ta ci gaba: “A wannan rana jama’ar Isra’ila, zuriyar Yakubu, za su yi saiwa kamar itace, za su yi toho, su yi fure. ’Ya’yan da suka yi za su cika duniya.” <> 21 The blessings continue: “In the coming days Jacob will take root, Israel will put forth blossoms and actually sprout; and they will simply fill the surface of the productive land with produce.”

[17-08-25 01:40:27:530 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of sarauniya[change]

  1. sarauniya. <> Queen, Solomon’s, jurisdictional, queen, queens, royal.
    1. Alal misali, Sarauniya Yezebel ta kashe annabawan Jehobah da yawa. <> For example, Queen Jezebel murdered many prophets of Jehovah.
    2. Sarauniya Vashti gwanar kyau, ta gamu da fushin sarkin kuma aka cizge ta daga maƙaminta. <> Queen Vashti, renowned for her loveliness, incurs the king’s great displeasure and is deprived of her rank.
    3. Alal misali, Sarauniya Esther, ta so mijinta, Sarki Ahasuerus, ya daidaita wani rashin adalcin da aka yi. <> Queen Esther, for example, wanted her husband, King Ahasuerus, to correct an injustice.
    4. Wata rana matar sarki mai suna Vashti ba ta yi masa biyayya ba, saboda haka sarkin ya zaɓi sabuwar mace ta zama sarauniya. <> Well, one day the king’s wife Vashʹti does not obey him, so the king chooses a new wife to be his queen.
    5. (Irmiya 38:7, 8) Kuma an kwatanta Bahabashen a matsayin ma’ajin sarauniya da ya je “Urushalima . . . garin yin sujada.”—Ayyukan Manzanni 8:27. <> (Jeremiah 38:7, 8) And the Ethiopian is described as a royal treasurer who “had gone to Jerusalem to worship.”—Acts 8:27.
    6. Mai-girma a dā cikin al’ummai, sarauniya a cikin ƙasashe, Tana biya gandu!” <> How she that was a princess among the jurisdictional districts has come to be for forced labor!”
    7. (Esther 4:1-3) Sarauniya Esther ta damu ƙwarai. <> (Esther 4:1-3) Queen Esther was greatly distressed.
    8. 1:10-12—Me ya sa Sarauniya Vashti ta riƙa ƙin zuwa wajen sarki? <> 1:10-12—Why did Queen Vashti keep refusing to come to the king?
    9. Wani babban dalili shi ne matarsa, muguwar Sarauniya Jezebel ce. <> One big reason is his wife, wicked Queen Jezʹe·bel.
    10. Nehemiah yana aiki a fadan sarki, saboda haka abokin Mordekai da kuma sarauniya Esther. <> Ne·he·miʹah worked in the king’s palace, so he may have been a good friend of Morʹde·cai and Queen Esther.
    11. A tsakaninsu akwai “macen nan Izabil”—wataƙila rukunin mata ne masu halaye kamar na muguwar Sarauniya Izabil na ƙabila goma ta Mulkin Isra’ila. <> In their midst was “that woman Jezebel”—perhaps a group of women with traits like those of wicked Queen Jezebel of the ten-tribe Kingdom of Israel.
    12. Amma, an samu wani mahani a ranar 1 ga Maris, a shekara ta 1835, sa’ad da Sarauniya Ranavalona ta ɗaya ta haramta Kiristanci kuma ta ba da umurni a miƙa wa masu mulki dukan littattafai na Kirista. <> However, another impediment came on March 1, 1835, when Queen Ranavalona I declared Christianity illegal and ordered that all Christian books be turned in to the authorities.
    13. Yaya wata sarauniya na zamaninsa ta kwatanta sarautar Sulemanu? <> How was Solomon’s reign described by a contemporary ruler?
    14. Tururuwa sun kasu gidaje dabam dabam, kuma a yawancin gidajen za a iya samun tururuwa kala uku: sarauniya, maza, da kuma ma’aikata. <> Ants are organized into colonies, and in most colonies three types of ants can be found: queens, males, and workers.
    15. 14 Sarauniya Esther ta nuna bangaskiya sosai da kuma gaba gaɗi sa’ad da Haman mugu ya ƙulla ya kashe dukan Yahudawa da ke Fasiya a ƙarni na biyar K.Z. <> 14 Queen Esther displayed great faith and courage when a genocide plot hatched by wicked Haman imperiled the Jews throughout the Persian Empire in the fifth century B.C.E.
    16. Ta yaya Sarauniya Esther ta nuna bangaskiya da kuma ƙarfin zuciya kuma da wane sakamako? <> How did Queen Esther display faith and courage, and with what result?
    17. WATAƘILA ba za ka taɓa tunanin gwada kanka da sarki ko sarauniya ba. <> YOU may hardly think of yourself as a king or a queen.
    18. Wannan ya cika a kan mutane kamar Daniel, wanda yake da babban matsayi a Babila a ƙarƙashin ’yan Midiya da ’yan Fasiya; da Esther wadda ta zama sarauniya a Fasiya; da kuma Mordecai wanda aka naɗa firayim minista na Daular Fasiya. <> This was fulfilled in the case of such individuals as Daniel, who held a high office in Babylon under the Medes and the Persians; Esther, who became a Persian queen; and Mordecai, who was appointed prime minister of the Persian Empire.
    19. 11 Wataƙila Jehoiada yana da shekaru fiye da ɗari sa’ad da Sarauniya Athaliah ta ƙwace mulkin ƙasar Yahuda ta wajen karkashe dukan jikokinta. <> 11 Jehoiada was probably over a hundred years old when ambitious Queen Athaliah seized control of Judah by murdering her own grandchildren.
    20. Ko da yake babu wani littafin tarihi da ke ɗauke da sunan nan Sarauniya Esther, amma akwai sunayen sarauniya da kuma sarakuna da yawa ma da aka soke daga littattafan tarihi. <> True, no mention of Queen Esther has been found in surviving secular documents, but Esther would hardly be the only royal personage who was erased from public records.

[17-08-25 01:40:27:949 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of sarƙa[change]

  1. sarƙa. <> a, chain, chains, glasses, prison chains, prison, prisoner, prisoners, stocks.
    1. 6 Menene matsayin addini a lokacin wannan bala’i na Afirka sa’ad da maza, mata, da yara an raba su da gidajensu da iyalansu, an ɗaure su da sarƙa, an yi musu lamba da ƙarfe mai ƙuna, an saya an kuma sayar kamar shanu? <> 6 What stand did religion take during this time of turmoil in Africa when men, women, and children were torn away from their homes and families, bound in chains, branded with hot irons, and bought and sold like cattle?
    2. Sau da yawa, akan soma faɗa da wuƙaƙe, sarƙa, kwalabe, da kujeru. <> Often fights broke out, with knives, chains, glasses, and stools used as weapons.
    3. Menene mala’ikan da ke “riƙe da makullin rami mara-matuƙa, yana kuwa da babbar sarƙa a hannunsa” zai yi wa Shaiɗan da aljanunsa? <> What action will the angel “with the key of the abyss and a great chain in his hand” take against Satan and his demons?
    4. A cikin ƙasashe da yankuna 235, Shaidun Jehovah sun fita su “yi shelar bishara ga matalauta . . . [su] warkadda masu-karyayyen zuciya, [su] yi ma ɗaurarru shela ta sāki, da buɗewar kurkuku ga waɗanda su ke a sarƙa; [su] yi shelar shekara ta alherin Ubangiji, da ranar sakaiya ta Allahnmu: [su] yi ma dukan masu-makoki ta’aziyya.” <> In 235 lands and territories, Jehovah’s Witnesses have gone out “to tell good news to the meek ones . . . , to bind up the brokenhearted, to proclaim liberty to those taken captive and the wide opening of the eyes even to the prisoners; to proclaim the year of goodwill on the part of Jehovah and the day of vengeance on the part of our God; to comfort all the mourning ones.”
    5. Domin yana riƙe tsakatsakinsa na Kirista, aka tura shi gidan sarƙa na shekara biyu. <> Because of maintaining his Christian neutrality, he went to prison for two years.
    6. Maimakon haka, ya yi fushi kuma ya jefa Hanani cikin gidan sarƙa. <> Instead, he became offended and put Hanani in the house of the stocks.
    7. Ya ce: “Gama kuka yi juyayin waɗanda ke cikin sarƙa, har kuma da farin ciki kuka sha wason dukiyarku, kuna sane ku da kanku kuna da dukiya mafiya kyau, matabbaciya kuwa.” <> He said: “You both expressed sympathy for those in prison and joyfully took the plundering of your belongings, knowing you yourselves have a better and an abiding possession.”
    8. • Shekaru daga baya, Bulus ya zaɓi ya ɗaukaka roƙo zuwa wurin Kaisar, ko da Gwamna Fastos da Sarki Agaribas ba su gan shi da wani laifi ba “abin da ya isa mutuwa ko sarƙa” ba.—Ayukan Manzanni 25:10-12, 24-27; 26:30-32. <> • Years later, Paul chose to appeal to Caesar, even though both Governor Festus and King Agrippa found “nothing deserving death or bonds” in him.—Acts 25:10-12, 24-27; 26:30-32.
    9. A wani lokaci, wani mutumi mai aljanu sosai da babu wanda zai iya riƙe shi da sarƙa ya fuskance shi. <> On one occasion, he was confronted by a demon-possessed man so strong that no one could bind that man with a chain.
    10. 21 Yohanna ya kuma ga “wani mala’ika kuma yana saukowa daga sama, yana riƙe da makullin rami mara-matuƙa, yana kuwa da babbar sarƙa a hannunsa.” <> 21 John also “saw an angel coming down out of heaven with the key of the abyss and a great chain in his hand.”
    11. Wata rana da take komawa gida bayan ta yi aiki a wurin da ake gina Majami’ar Mulki, ta samu sarƙa na zinariya da ta kai dalla ɗari takwas a ƙasa kusa da tashar safa. <> One day while returning home from working on a Kingdom Hall construction project, she found on the ground near a bus station a gold chain worth eight hundred dollars (U.S.).
    12. Na kuwa tarar da wani abu da ya fi mutuwa ɗaci, wato mace wadda zuciyarta azargiya ce, da koma,hannuwanta kuma sarƙa ne.—M. Wa. <> More bitter than death is the woman who is like a hunter’s net, whose heart is like dragnets, and whose hands are like prison chains.—Eccl.
    13. Cikin wata ru’ya daga Allah, manzo Yohanna ya ce: “Na ga wani mala’ika kuma yana saukowa daga sama, yana riƙe da maƙublin rami mara matuƙa, yana kuwa da babbar sarƙa a hannunsa. <> In a vision from God, the apostle John said: “And I saw an angel coming down out of heaven with the key of the abyss and a great chain in his hand.
    14. Da yake tafiya zuwa Roma a cikin sarƙa, Bulus ya bi babban hanyar Roma da ake kira Hanyar Abiyus. <> While en route to Rome as a prisoner, Paul traveled along the Roman highway known as the Appian Way.
    15. (Ayukan Manzanni 24:5; 25:11, 12) Bulus ya ambata Kiristoci biyar da suka tallafa masa: Tikikus, wakilinsa daga gundumar Asiya kuma “abokin bauta cikin Ubangiji”; Unisimus, “ɗan’uwa mai-aminci, ƙaunatace” daga Kolosiya; Aristarkus, mutumin Makidoniya daga Tassaluniki wanda a wani lokaci “abokin sarƙa” ne na Bulus; Markus, ɗan uban Barnaba, abokin wa’azi na ƙasashen waje na Bulus, marubucin Lingila mai sunansa; da kuma Yustus, ɗaya cikin abokin aiki na manzon zuwa “mulkin Allah.” <> (Acts 24:5; 25:11, 12) Paul singles out for mention five Christians who stood by his side: Tychicus, his personal envoy from the district of Asia and a “fellow slave in the Lord”; Onesimus, a “faithful and beloved brother” from Colossae; Aristarchus, a Macedonian from Thessalonica and at one time a “fellow captive” with Paul; Mark, the cousin of Paul’s missionary companion Barnabas and the writer of the Gospel bearing his name; and Justus, one of the apostle’s fellow workers “for the kingdom of God.”
    16. 13 Daidai da wannan alkawarin, zaɓaɓɓen Bawan Jehobah zai “buɗe idanun makafi,” zai “fito da yan sarƙa daga cikin duhu,” kuma zai ceci “mazauna a cikin duhu.” <> 13 In harmony with this pledge, Jehovah’s chosen Servant would “open the blind eyes,” “bring forth out of the dungeon the prisoner,” and deliver “those sitting in darkness.”
    17. Alal misali, a 1920 da yawa cikin Ɗaliɓan Littafi Mai-Tsarki suna saka sarƙa mai ɗauke da alamar giciye, kuma suna bikin Kirsimati da wasu bikin arna. <> For example, in the 1920’s many Bible Students wore a pin featuring a cross-and-crown emblem, and they celebrated Christmas and other pagan holidays.

[17-08-25 01:40:28:089 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of sashi[change]

  1. sashi. <> of.
    1. Saboda haka, sa’ad da muke fuskantar matsala, yana da kyau mu tuna da wahalar da Bulus ya sha da kuma kalamansa masu ban ƙarfafa: “Mun matsu ga kowane sashi, amma ba mu ƙuntata ba; mun damu, amma ba ya kai fid da zuciya ba; ana binmu da tsanani, amma ba a bar mu yasassu ba: an fyaɗa mu a ƙasa, amma ba a halaka mu ba.”—2 Kor. <> Thus, it is helpful when going through some anguish that we bear in mind Paul’s experience and encouraging words: “We are pressed in every way, but not cramped beyond movement; we are perplexed, but not absolutely with no way out; we are persecuted, but not left in the lurch; we are thrown down, but not destroyed.”—2 Cor.
    2. Idan mun ba da kanmu gare shi, za mu iya mu “matsu ga kowane sashi, amma ba mu ƙuntata ba; mun damu, amma ba ya kai fidda zuciya ba; ana binmu da tsanani, amma ba a bar mu yasassu ba: an fyaɗa mu a ƙasa, amma ba a halaka mu ba.” <> If we are wholly devoted to him, we may be ‘pressed in every way, but not cramped beyond movement; perplexed, but not with no way out; persecuted, but not left in the lurch; thrown down, but not destroyed.’
    3. 9 Hakanan ma, waɗanda suke da aminci ga Allah sashi na sabuwar duniya, tarayyar masu bautar gaskiya a cikin sabuwar duniya, za su ci gaba da tsayawa kowannensu, domin suna yi wa Mahaliccin dukan abubuwa bauta mai tsarki. <> 9 Similarly, those faithful to God as part of the new earth, the society of true worshipers in the new world, will keep standing individually because they will be rendering pure worship to the Creator of all things.
    4. 3 Ka lura cewa mutane da yawa a yau da ƙauna da kuma juyayin Yesu ya motsa su, sun ƙyale wani muhimmin sashi na nufin Kristi? <> 3 Have you observed, though, that today many of those touched by Jesus’ love and compassion overlook a key feature of the mind of Christ?
    5. 3:20) Ta yin dogara ga ikon, in ji manzo Bulus, za mu samu “mafificin girman iko,” ko da “mun matsu ga kowane sashi.” <> 3:20) By relying on it, said the apostle Paul, we receive “power beyond what is normal,” even though we are “pressed in every way.”

[17-08-25 01:40:28:204 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of shaho[change]

  1. shaho. <> hawk.
    1. ‘YAN tsaki masu launin rawaya na saran abinci cikin gajeriyar ciyawa, ba su da labari shaho na jewa a sama. <> THE fluffy, yellow hatchlings are busily pecking for food in the short grass, totally unaware of a hawk hovering high above.

[17-08-25 01:40:28:360 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of shinkafa[change]

  1. shinkafa. <> hot rice, malt, mystical, rice.
    1. Idan babu garin alkama, za a iya yin amfani da garin shinkafa ko dawa ko gero ko masara ko kuma makamantansu. <> Or Jewish matzoth may be used, a type without added malt, eggs, or onions.
    2. Da akwai manoma, da suke nomar gyaɗa, auduga, da kuma shinkafa. <> There are also farmers, cultivating peanuts, cotton, and rice.
    3. Wannan ita ce ziyarar mu ta farko a wannan wurin, saboda haka, muka fara wa wasu mutane da ke aiki a gonakin shinkafa wa’azi kuma muka tambaye su inda ’yan’uwanmu suke zama a ƙauyen. <> That was our first visit to the area, so we decided to witness to some who were working in the rice fields and to ask for directions to where the local Witnesses lived.
    4. (Ishaya 65:11, Littafi Mai Tsarki) Ɗaya daga wannan al’adar ya ƙunshi jefa shinkafa ko wasu abubuwa. <> (Isaiah 65:11) One such tradition involves the throwing of rice or its substitutes.
    5. Sa’ad da muka fita hidima da farko, muna ta faman gaya wa mutane cewa, “Mun kawo muku shinkafa mai kyau” maimakon mu ce “labari mai daɗi.” <> So when we were out in field service, we at first were busy telling people, “I bring you good rice” instead of “good news”!
    6. Farin ya halaka gonakin shinkafa, wake, da na masara, wannan ya kawo yunwa a ko’ina, wanda ya fi muni a cikin shekara 15. <> The drought destroyed the rice, bean, and maize crops, leading to widespread famine—the worst in 15 years.
    7. Shugaban ’yan sandan ya ce: “Ga shinkafa ka ci da yake an ɗaure ka don wa’azin bishara da kake yi. <> The chief of police said: “Here is a plate of rice because you have been bound on account of God’s Word.
    8. (b) Game da al’adun nan kamar su jefa shinkafa da wasu abubuwa, menene ya kamata Kiristoci su yi la’akari da shi? <> (b) In regard to such customs as throwing rice or its substitutes, what should Christians take into consideration?
    9. Sa’ad da wani mai wa’azi a ƙasar waje mai suna Harold King yake cikin kurkuku a keɓe a ƙasar Sin, ya rubuta waƙoƙi game da taron Tuna Mutuwar Yesu kuma ya yi isharorin daga wani ’ya’yan itace kamar ɗinya da kuma shinkafa. <> While in solitary confinement in a prison in China, missionary Harold King wrote poems and songs about the Memorial and made the emblems from black currants and rice.
    10. Hakika, sanannen abincin ƙasar shi ne ceebu jën, shinkafa, kifi, da kuma ganyaye. <> In fact, the famous national dish is ceebu jën, a tasty meal of rice, fish, and vegetables.
    11. Alal misali, idan za a ambata kalmar nan khaù da take nufi “shinkafa” a kan ɗaga murya sannan a sauke ta, amma idan aka ambata wannan kalmar da murya mai zurfi, tana nufin “labari.” <> For example, the word khaù spoken with a tone starting high and then dropping means “rice,” but the same word spoken with a deep tone means “news.”
    12. Muka bar hanya, muka ci gaba da tafiya cikin gonakin shinkafa da ke cikin fadama mai ruwan lakar da ya kai kwankwasonmu, muka ci gaba da tafiya zuwa ƙauyen da za mu je ziyara. <> Leaving the main road, we continued on foot through rice paddies, waist-deep in muddy water, toward our destination.
    13. Hakan ya sa su riƙa cin shinkafa da wake dare da rana har tsawon makonni, da yake abincin da ya fi araha ke nan a ƙasar. <> Lacking funds, they ate rice and beans twice a day, week after week.
    14. Bugu da ƙari, tun da daɗewa shinkafa tana da dangantaka da haihuwa, farin ciki, da tsawon rai. <> Additionally, rice has a long mystical association with fertility, happiness, and longevity.
    15. Za mu iya sayan wannan abin da kake so, ko kuma mu sayi ɗan nama ko ganye da za mu dafa shinkafa da shi wannan mako. <> We can buy this thing that you like, or we can buy a little meat or vegetables to go along with our rice for this week.
    16. Ma’auratan suna shuka shinkafa da dankali ne a cikin ’yar ƙaramar gonarsu don samun abincin da za su ci har tsawon wata uku. <> The couple grow enough rice and sweet potatoes on their small plot to provide food for three months.
    17. Daga cikin kicin da mamarsa ta ji shigowar Max sai ta kawo masa shinkafa da wake da ɗuminsa. <> Mother, who is in the kitchen, hears Max come in and brings a plate of hot rice and beans for him.
    18. Wasu daga wurare masu nisa sun zo da ɗan abinci, shinkafa da aka gauraya da man alade. <> Some from distant communities brought with them just a little food—rice flavored with pork fat.

[17-08-25 01:40:28:487 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of soro[change]

  1. soro. <> Siloam, railing.
    1. Ya ce: “Ko kuwa waɗannan ashirin biyu babu, da soro ya auko musu cikin Silwami, ya kashe su, kuna tsammani su masu-alhaki [masu zunubi] ne gaba da dukan mazauna cikin Urushalima?” <> He said: “Those eighteen upon whom the tower in Siloam fell, thereby killing them, do you imagine that they were proved greater debtors [sinners] than all other men inhabiting Jerusalem?”
    2. Alal misali, an bukaci Ba’isra’ila da ke gina gida ya ja rawani soro a saman gidan. <> For example, an Israelite who was building a house had to install a parapet, a low wall or railing built at the edge of the roof.

[17-08-25 01:40:28:618 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of sunkuyar da[change]

  1. sunkuyar da. <> bow your head, bowed down, bows his head and, breast, head bowed, head, heads to, his, to the.
    1. Ka lura da yadda ya yi zaman tawali’u a nan, Iliya yana zaune a ƙasa ya sunkuyar da kansu kusa da gwiwowinsa. <> Note the humble posture described here—Elijah on the ground with his head bowed so low that his face was near his knees.
    2. Da ya miƙa ruhunsa wa Allah, ya sunkuyar da kansa ya mutu. <> Entrusting his spirit to God, he bows his head and dies.
    3. Na sunkuyar da kaina, kuma na tafi ina tunanin abin da mai kula da da’irar ya gaya mini. <> With my head down, I walked away to think about what he had said.
    4. Yadda Iliya ya zauna a ƙasa kuma ya sunkuyar da kansa kusa da gwiwoyinsa ya nuna cewa shi mai tawali’u ne. <> Note the humble posture described here—Elijah on the ground with his head bowed so low that his face was near his knees.
    5. Wasu lokatai yana da kyau mu sunkuyar da kanmu kuma mu rufe idanunmu. <> Sometimes it is good to bow your head and close your eyes.
    6. 6 Littafi Mai Tsarki ya ce: “Iliya ya hau ƙwanƙolin Karmel; ya sunkuyar da kansa a ƙasa, ya sa fuskatasa tsakanin guwawunsa.” <> 6 “As for Elijah, he went up to the top of Carmel and began crouching to the earth and keeping his face put between his knees.”
    7. A lokacin da dabbobin ke sunkuyar da kansu suna cin ciyawa, Dauda yana ɗaga kansa ya kalli sama. <> The sheep lowered their heads to graze, but he raised his eyes to the heavens.
    8. (Zabura 18:35) Sa’ad da yake kwatanta cewa Jehovah mai tawali’u ne, Dauda ya yi amfani da kalmar Ibrananci da aka samo daga wani tushe da yake nufin “sunkuyar da kai.” <> (Psalm 18:35) In describing Jehovah as humble, David drew on a Hebrew root word that means “be bowed down.”
    9. Sun sunkuyar da kansu saboda kunya da baƙin ciki.—Luka 15:18, 19, 21. <> As if beating their breast, they also felt disgraced and cast down.—Luke 15:18, 19, 21.

[17-08-25 01:40:28:733 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of tafarnuwa[change]

  1. tafarnuwa. <> garlic.
    1. Kusan ganyaye talatin dabam-dabam ne suke da su a lokacin, kamar su albasa, tafarnuwa, karas, da kabeji, da sauran su, suna kuma shuka ’ya’yan itace iri-iri fiye da ashirin da biyar a wannan yankin, kamar su (1) ɓaure, (2) dabino, da (3) ruman. <> About 30 kinds of vegetables were available at the time—onions, garlic, radishes, carrots, and cabbage, to name a few—and more than 25 varieties of fruits, such as (1) figs, (2) dates, and (3) pomegranates, were grown in the area.

[17-08-25 01:40:28:903 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of talata[change]

  1. talata. <> [[Tuesday]], Tuesday, thousand, three thousand.
    1. A ranar Talata, sa’ad da muka kintsa don mu ziyarci wata ikilisiya, nakan hawa da sauka sau da yawa don in kai kayanmu ƙasa! <> On Tuesday, when we packed up to start our visit to a congregation, I had to go down and up the 54 steps several times to take our luggage down!
    2. Duk da haka, ranar wata Talata da safe na fara tafiya ta na halarci taron Kiristoci a Wanblan wani ƙaramin gari a arewacin Nicaragua. <> Nonetheless, one Tuesday morning, I began my journey to attend a Christian assembly in Wamblán, a small town in northern Nicaragua.
    3. WANI memban Hukumar da Ke Kula da Ayyukan Shaidun Jehobah, mai suna Guy Hollis Pierce, ya gama rayuwarsa a duniya a ranar Talata ta 18 ga Maris, 2014. <> GUY HOLLIS PIERCE, a member of the Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses, finished his earthly course on Tuesday, March 18, 2014.
    4. Yanzu ranar Talata ne. <> It is Tuesday.
    5. ▪ Za a Tuna Mutuwar Yesu a ranar Talata, 30 ga Maris, 2010. <> ▪ The Memorial will be held on Tuesday, March 30, 2010.
    6. 12 Ranar Talata 11 ga watan Nisan, Yesu ya je haikali ya koyar. <> 12 On Tuesday, Nisan 11, Jesus once again goes into the temple to teach.
    7. Idan ikilisiyarku ta saba yin taro a ranar Talata, ku tura taron zuwa wata rana dabam a makon idan wasu ba za su yi amfani da Majami’ar Mulki a ranar ba. <> If your congregation normally has a meeting on Tuesday, it should be switched to another day of the week if the Kingdom Hall is available.
    8. Idan ikilisiyarku tana yin taron ta ne a ranar Talata, a ƙoƙarta a tura taron zuwa ɗaya daga cikin ranaku a makon. <> If your congregation normally has its meeting on Tuesday, efforts should be made to switch the meeting to another day of the week.
    9. Talata <> Tuesday
    10. Ranar Talata, 11 ga watan Nisan, yaya shugabanan addinai suka yi ƙoƙarin su kama Yesu, kuma da wane sakamako? <> On Tuesday, Nisan 11, how do the religious leaders try to trap Jesus, and with what result?
    11. ▪ Za a Tuna da Rasuwar Yesu na shekara ta 2013 a ranar Talata, 26 ga Maris. <> ▪ The Memorial for the year 2013 will be on Tuesday, March 26.
    12. A ranar Talata da yamma, 17 ga Yuli shekara ta 2007, misalin ƙarfe bakwai, wani jirgin sama da ke ɗauke da mutane ya kauce daga kan hanya a filin jirgin sama mafi girma da ke tsakiyar birnin São Paulo. <> On Tuesday evening, July 17, 2007, about seven o’clock, a passenger plane skidded off the runway at Brazil’s busiest airport, in the heart of São Paulo.
    13. A ranar Talata ta makon da ya biyo baya, jikinsa ya yi tsanani, sai da ƙarfe 4:26 na asuba, likitansa ya ce ya mutu. <> The following Tuesday his condition worsened, and at 4:26 a.m., March 14, he was pronounced dead by his doctor.
    14. RANAR talata da rana, 11 ga Nisan, shekara ta 33 A.Z., almajiran Yesu sun yi tambaya da take da ma’ana sosai a gare mu a yau. <> ON Tuesday afternoon, Nisan 11, 33 C.E., Jesus’ disciples raised a question that has profound meaning for us today.
    15. Domin ba mu da masauƙi na kanmu, mukan kasance da su har ranar Litinin, kuma mu ziyarci wata ikilisiya a ranar Talata da safe. <> Because we did not have a place of our own to go to between congregations, we stayed through Monday, traveling to the next congregation on Tuesday morning.
    16. ▪ Za a yi Taron Tuna da Mutuwar Yesu na shekara ta 2017 a ranar Talata, 11 ga Afrilu, 2017. <> ▪ The Memorial for 2017 will be Tuesday, April 11, 2017.
    17. “Waɗannan fa da suka karɓi maganatasa, aka yi musu baftisma: a cikin wannan rana fa aka ƙara musu masu-rai wajen talata.”—Ayukan Manzanni 2:38, 41. <> “Those who embraced his word heartily were baptized, and on that day about three thousand souls were added.”—Acts 2:38, 41.
    18. SARKI SULEMANU na zamanin Isra’ila ta dā ya yi “karin magana guda talata.” <> KING SOLOMON of ancient Israel “could speak three thousand proverbs.”
    19. Labarin ya ce: “Waɗannan fa da suka karɓi maganatasa, aka yi musu baftisma: a cikin wannan rana fa aka ƙara musu masu-rai wajen talata.” (A. <> The historical record says: “Those who embraced his word heartily were baptized, and on that day about three thousand souls were added.”
    20. RANAR Talata ce, 11 ga watan Nisan. <> IT WAS Tuesday, Nisan 11.

[17-08-25 01:40:29:031 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of tambari[change]

  1. tambari. <> a, branded, stamp, tambourine, tambourines.
    1. Idan aka yi wa mutum tambari saboda waɗannan dalilan, za a ɗauki tambarin a matsayin abin kunya. <> When used on humans in this way, the brand mark was considered dishonorable.
    2. (2 Korintiyawa 11:23-27) Wataƙila kuma, Bulus yana nufin cewa hanyar rayuwarsa, ba tambari na zahiri ba, ce ta bayyana shi a matsayin Kirista. <> (2 Corinthians 11:23-27) Perhaps, though, Paul meant that his way of life—not any literal marks—identified him as a Christian.
    3. Alal misali, in ji littafin Theological Dictionary of the New Testament, “Suriyawa sun keɓe kansu ne ga alloli Hadad da Atargatis ta wajen zana tambari a wuyan hannunsu ko wuyansu . . . <> According to the Theological Dictionary of the New Testament, for example, “the Syrians consecrated themselves to the gods Hadad and Atargatis by signs branded on the wrist or neck . . .
    4. Alal misali, ana amfani da ƙarfe mai zafi a zamanin dā don yin tambari a jikin bayin da aka kamo a lokacin yaƙi, ɓarayin cikin haikali, da kuma bayin da suke gudun hijira. <> For instance, a red-hot iron was used in ancient times to identify prisoners of war, robbers of temples, and fugitive slaves.
    5. (Fitowa 14:31) Mutanen Isra’ila suka bi Musa a rera waƙar nasara ga Jehovah, Maryamu da sauran matan suka bi suna kada tambari da rawa. <> (Exodus 14:31) The men of Israel joined Moses in a victory song to Jehovah, and Miriam and other women responded by playing tambourines and dancing.
    6. Maryamu yayar Musa ta ɗauki tambari, sai dukan matan suka bi ta da nasu tamburan. <> Moses’ sister Mirʹi·am took her tambourine, and all the women followed her with their tambourines.
    7. (Ayuba 38:12-14) Saboda ƙarin hasken rana, abubuwan duniya suna yin kyau, kamar yadda yumɓu yake sake kamani bayan an buga masa tambari. <> (Job 38:12-14) With increasing light from the sun, earth’s features take shape and become clearer, just as soft clay undergoes a transformation upon receiving an imprint from an emblem on a seal.
    8. 18 Za a iya aika wasu naɗin ta wajen wasiƙa da aka buga mata tambari daga hukuma ta ƙasa. <> 18 Certain appointments may be transmitted by a letter bearing an official stamp from a legal entity.

[17-08-25 01:40:29:197 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of tarayya[change]

  1. tarayya. <> Associated, Wholesome association with, associate with, associated with, associating with, association with, association, close association with, membership, sharing with, ties with, with.
    1. (Alƙalawa 2:7; 2 Bitrus 1:16-19) Idan ka fara tarayya da ƙungiyar Jehovah na shekaru da yawa, kana iya tuna lokacin da masu shelar Mulki suke ɗan kaɗan a ƙasarka ko kuma a yankinka ko kuma sa’ad da aikin wa’azi yake fuskantar hamayya mai tsanani. <> (Judges 2:7; 2 Peter 1:16-19) If you have been associated with Jehovah’s organization for many years, you may recall the time when there were very few Kingdom proclaimers in your region or country or when the preaching work faced stiff opposition.
    2. Ko da yake matasan sun yarda kuma sun ji daɗinsa, rinjayarsu a kan juna ya sa suka daina tarayya da ikilisiyar. <> Though the youths readily complied and enjoyed such sessions, their influence on one another eventually led them to cut their ties with the congregation.
    3. 13 Alal misali, wataƙila muna tattauna Ibraniyawa 10:24, 25, wadda ta ƙarfafa Kiristoci su taru da ’yan’uwansu masu bi don samun ƙarfafa daga Nassi da kuma tarayya mai kyau. <> 13 For example, we may be considering Hebrews 10:24, 25, which encourages Christians to gather with fellow believers for Scriptural encouragement and loving association.
    4. Domin suna baƙin ciki cewa sun kasa yin canje-canje cikin cocinsu, ’yan mishan ɗin sun daina bin al’adunsu kuma suka soma tarayya da shugabannin Asiya da Afirka don su kawo hidimar addini wa Amirka.” <> Frustrated with failed efforts to change their church from within, the new mission broke with tradition and joined Asian and African leaders to begin “a missionary outreach to the United States.”
    5. 13, 14. (a) Ban da yin sha’ani da mutane, mecece tarayya ta ƙunsa? <> 13, 14. (a) Besides direct contact with people, what does association include?
    6. Saboda haka, mutane da yawa sun ɗauki mataki sun daina tarayya da addinan ƙarya. <> As a result, millions have taken decisive action to end their membership in false religion.
    7. SA’AD da muka ware kanmu daga wannan muguwar duniyar kuma muka soma tarayya da mutanen Jehobah, wataƙila mun yi farin cikin shaida ƙauna da kulawar da Shaidun Jehobah suke nuna wa juna. <> WHEN we first came out of the wicked world and began associating with Jehovah’s people, we were likely delighted to experience the warm love and care that exist among them.
    8. (b) Ta yaya za ka iya taimaka wa waɗanda suka daina zuwa taro su fahimci cewa suna fuskantar matsaloli ne domin sun daina tarayya da mutanen Allah? <> (b) How may you be able to help inactive ones to see that not associating with God’s people has been detrimental to them?
    9. Suna tarayya da Isra’ila na Allah, suna ci a teburi ɗaya na ruhaniya da kuma yin aiki tare da waɗanda suke ciki, suna yaba wa Allah a fili kuma suna miƙa hadayu na ruhaniya da suke faranta masa rai.—Ibraniyawa 13:15. <> They associate with the Israel of God, feeding at the same spiritual table and working along with its members, praising God publicly and offering spiritual sacrifices that are pleasing to him.—Hebrews 13:15.
    10. (Kolosiyawa 3:9, 10) A yau, daraja ne a gare ni in yi tarayya da mutanen Jehobah masu tsabta kuma in taimaka wa mutane su san Allahnmu maɗaukaki, Jehobah. <> (Colossians 3:9, 10) Today, I am honored to associate with Jehovah’s clean people and to help others learn about our almighty God, Jehovah.
    11. Yin tarayya da su da kuma ’yan’uwa maza da mata na ikilisiyar ta taimaka mini na more aljanna ta ruhaniya da muke ciki yanzu. <> The association with them and with the dear local brothers and sisters has helped me to enjoy the spiritual paradise in which we live right now.
    12. 8 Zambar ɗari da zambar arba’in da huɗu da “aka fanshi . . . daga cikin mutane” suna tarayya da Kristi a wannan Mulki, za su yi sarauta na sarakuna da firistoci da shi. <> 8 Associated with Christ in this Kingdom government are 144,000 others, “bought from among mankind” to rule with him as kings and priests.
    13. Yin tarayya kud da kud da ’yan’uwan ya taimaka mana mu saba da sabon gidanmu.” <> Close association with the local brothers helped us to adjust to our new surroundings.”
    14. 10 Bayan Fentakos na shekara ta 33 A.Z., an sami bukatar kula da sababbi masu bi da suka kasance a Urushalima don su amfana ta wajen yin tarayya da manzannin. <> 10 After Pentecost 33 C.E., the need arose to provide materially for new believers who remained in Jerusalem to benefit from association with the apostles.
    15. Yin tarayya mai kyau da ’yan’uwa yana sa mu san yadda rayuwa a sabuwar duniya za ta kasance (Ka duba sakin layi na 19) <> Wholesome association with fellow believers gives us a taste of new world living (See paragraph 19)
    16. ‘Neman Jehovah’ a yau ya ƙunshi gina da kuma riƙe dangantaka da shi tare da yin tarayya da ƙungiyarsa ta duniya. <> ‘Seeking Jehovah’ today involves developing and maintaining a warm personal relationship with him in association with his earthly organization.
    17. Hakika, ya dace su guji yin tarayya da irin waɗannan mutanen don hakan yana da haɗari sosai, kuma hakan ma yake a yau.—Mis. <> Yes, close association with such individuals back then was especially dangerous and was to be avoided—and that is also true today.—Prov.
    18. (Luka 20:25) Dabam da shugabanan addinai da wasu Kiristoci da suke tarayya da cocin Kiristendam, bayin Jehovah sun dage, sun ƙi su taka mizanan Littafi Mai Tsarki. <> (Luke 20:25) In contrast with religious leaders and nominal Christians associated with the churches of Christendom, Jehovah’s servants stood firm, refusing to violate Bible principles.
    19. “In kuwa muna zaune a haske kamar yadda shi yake cikin haske, muna tarayya da juna ke nan, jinin Yesu Ɗansa kuma yana tsarkake mu daga dukkan zunubi.”—1 Yahaya 1:7. <> “If we are walking in the light as he himself is in the light, we do have a sharing with one another, and the blood of Jesus his Son cleanses us from all sin.”—1 John 1:7.
    20. Haka nan ma, mutum yana bukatar ya zama mai aminci don ya daina tarayya da aboki ko dangi da aka yi wa yankan zumunci.—1 Kor. <> Likewise, it takes loyalty to discontinue association with a friend or relative who is disfellowshipped.—1 Cor.

[17-08-25 01:40:29:395 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of tattaunawa[change]

  1. tattaunawa. <> Discussion, communicate with, communication, conversing between, discuss, discussion, discussions, reason, talk, talked, talking, with.
    1. Sa’ad da suke tattaunawa bayan sun fita daga gidan mutane, matashiyar ta soma faɗa wa ’yar’uwar abin da ke nauyaya ta. <> As they are conversing between doors, the younger sister begins sharing what is troubling her.
    2. “Muna ɗan tattaunawa da mutane game da Allah. <> “It seems as if corruption in government has always been a problem.
    3. A maimakon haka, muna jin daɗin tattaunawa game da Littafi Mai Tsarki. <> Our arguments were replaced with lively Bible discussions.
    4. Tattaunawa. <> Discussion.
    5. Me ya sa tattaunawa yake yi wa iyalai da yawa wuya a yau? <> Why is communication a problem in many families today?
    6. KA GWADA WANNAN: Idan ɗanka ba ya da niyar tattaunawa, ku yi wasu abubuwa tare, kamar su, fita yawo, fita tuki, ko kuma ku yi wasu Ayukan gida. <> TRY THIS: If your adolescent seems reluctant to talk, do something together—take a walk, go for a drive, play a game, or perform a chore around the house.
    7. Littafin nan, Young People Ask, Littafi na 2, ya ƙarfafa matasa su riƙa tattaunawa da iyayensu. <> Young People Ask, Volume 2, encourages youths to communicate with their parents.
    8. (1 Korintiyawa 7:1-5) Hakan yana bukatar tattaunawa. <> (1 Corinthians 7:1-5) That requires communication.
    9. Ƙari ga tattaunawa da juna, yana da muhimmanci ku yi amfani da ’yan mintoci a kowace rana ku yi addu’a tare. <> In addition to talking to each other, it is vital that you spend a few minutes each day praying together.
    10. Ta yaya za ka iya bin wannan misalin yayin da kake tattaunawa da matarka? <> How could you follow the same pattern when you consult with your spouse?
    11. A ƙarshen tattaunawarku, ka gaya masa cewa za ka so ku sake tattaunawa kuma ka yi masa tambayar da ka shirya don ka amsa ta a gaba. <> When concluding your conversation with a person who shows interest, let him know of your desire to talk to him again and then share the follow-up question you prepared.
    12. Wace matsala ce nake bukatar tattaunawa da matata cikin gaggawa? <> What is the most urgent problem that I want to discuss with my mate?
    13. 1:28-30) Amma kamar yadda tarihin mutane na farko ya nuna, ana iya yin amfani da baiwar tattaunawa a hanyar da ba ta dace ba. <> 1:28-30) As made evident by what happened early in human history, however, the gift of communication can be misused.
    14. Domin tattaunawa game da kalmar nan “kurwa” ko kuma “ruhu,” don Allah ka dubi Rataye, shafi na 208-211. <> For a discussion of the words “soul” and “spirit,” please see the Appendix article “‘Soul’ and ‘Spirit’—What Do These Terms Really Mean?”
    15. Kuma kamar suna da matsala wajen tattaunawa da juna. <> And there seems to be a breakdown in communication.
    16. Wane irin murya ne kuke amfani da shi sa’ad da kuke tattaunawa da ɗanku game da jima’i? <> What tone of voice do you use when talking to your child about sex?
    17. “Ajin suna tattaunawa game da yadda mutane suke talla. <> “The class talked about how people try to sell you things.
    18. Tattaunawa da aka ɗauko daga littafin nan Benefit From Theocratic Ministry School Education, shafi na 223, sakin layi na 1 zuwa 5. <> Discussion based on the Ministry School book, page 223, paragraphs 1-5.
    19. 12 Ta yaya za ku iya tattaunawa da mutane game da halitta da kuma Littafi Mai Tsarki? <> 12 How can you be effective when you reason with others about creation and the Bible?
    20. Ta yaya za ka guji sa tattaunawa ta zama na fushi? <> How can you prevent a discussion from becoming heated?

[17-08-25 01:40:29:711 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of tawada[change]

  1. tawada. <> [[Brother Swingle served some 25 years in the ink room]], ink room, inkhorn, writer’s inkhorn.
    1. Ɗan’uwa Swingle ya yi hidima ta shekara 25 a yin tawada <> Brother Swingle served some 25 years in the ink room
    2. Hakika, Ɗan’uwa Swingle ya yi shekara 25 a wajen yin tawada. <> In fact, Brother Swingle spent about 25 years in the ink room.
    3. A cikin bayani mai kyau na Ezekiel 9:1-11, ya nuna cewa mutum da ya rataye gafaka ta tawada da aka ambata a waɗannan ayoyin yana nufin ringin shafaffu ne. <> In a fine explanation of Ezekiel 9:1-11, it showed that the man with the writer’s inkhorn mentioned in those verses represents the anointed remnant.
    4. (Matta 24:21) Shafaffun Kiristocin da suke wakiltar mutumin da yake da ƙaho na ajiyar tawada, suna ja-gorar aikin sa shaida, wato aikin wa’azin Mulki da almajirantarwa. <> (Matthew 24:21) Anointed Christians, represented by the man with the secretary’s inkhorn, are taking the lead in doing the marking work, that is, the Kingdom-preaching and disciple-making work.
    5. A cikar annabcin nan a zamaninmu, mutumin da yake riƙe da ƙaho na ajiyar tawada yana wakiltar Yesu Kristi. Shi ne yake saka wa mutanen da za su tsira shaida <> In the modern-day fulfillment, the man with the secretary’s inkhorn represents Jesus Christ, the one behind the scenes who marks those who will survive
    6. Wane ne mai riƙe da ƙaho na ajiyar tawada da kuma mutane shida masu makami da aka ambata a littafi Ezekiyel sura ta 9 suke wakilta? <> Whom do the man with the secretary’s inkhorn, mentioned in Ezekiel chapter 9, and the six men with weapons symbolize?

[17-08-25 01:40:29:867 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of tsami[change]

  1. tsami. <> [[.]], [[13 Do not neglect your relationship with Jehovah.]], [[13 Once you become a friend of God, you need to work hard to keep your friendship strong.]], Dustin, alive, asleep, beyond, decay, ferment, given vinegar, vinegar.
    1. 13 Da zarar ka zama aminin Allah, kana bukatar ka yi ƙoƙari don kada dangantakarka da Shi ta yi tsami. <> 13 Once you become a friend of God, you need to work hard to keep your friendship strong.
    2. Jassa ta ce: “Sa’ad da muka soma gajiya da cin abinci iri ɗaya, sai ɗalibanmu suka soma ba mu mangwaro da ayaba da gwanda da kuma lemun tsami sur a farin leda.” <> “But just when our diet seemed to become unbearable,” says Jassa, “our Bible students began to give us mangoes, bananas, papayas and, of course, bags full of lemons!”
    3. (b) Me za mu iya yi don kada dangantakarmu da Jehobah ta yi tsami? <> (b) How can we keep our love for Jehovah alive?
    4. 13:5) Jehobah zai yi mana alheri, idan ba mu ƙyale dangantakarmu da shi a matsayin tsarkakku ta yi tsami ba. <> 13:5) If we maintain our sanctified relationship with Jehovah, he will remember us “for good.
    5. 13 Kada ka sa dangantakarka da Jehobah ta yi tsami. <> 13 Do not neglect your relationship with Jehovah.
    6. Annabcin ya ce: “Suka ba ni matsarmama domin abincina; cikin ƙishina kuma suka ba ni ruwa mai-tsami in sha.” <> “For food they gave me a poisonous plant,” said the psalmist, “and for my thirst they tried to make me drink vinegar.”
    7. Dustin ya ce: “Yanzu inda muke akwai zafi sosai, kuma abin da muke gani kawai shi ne itatuwan lemun tsami.” <> “Instead of a cool breeze and mountain views, we have blistering heat and lemon trees as far as the eye can see,” says Dustin.
    8. Kafin dangantaka ta yi tsami, ’yan’uwa suna bukatar ja-gora cikin ƙauna. <> Long before strained relations occur, brothers need loving guidance.
    9. Da daɗewa, mutumin ne ainihi yake sayar da ruwan rake zalla da ya yi tsami, ruwan da ake amfani da shi a yi abubuwa masu yawa, amma a wannan yankin ana haɗa shi ne da lemun kwalba don a sha a bugu. <> For some time, the man had been the town’s main distributor of pure cane alcohol—a product having many uses but in that region commonly mixed with soft drinks and consumed for the sole purpose of getting drunk.
    10. Shin dangantakarsa da Allah ta yi tsami ne gabaki ɗaya? <> Were matters beyond repair?
    11. Mai yiwuwa ana sa a hadayu domin kada hadayun su lalace ko kuma su yi tsami. <> It was likely presented with offerings because it represents freedom from corruption and decay.
    12. Ta yaya annabce-annabce game da tufafin Almasihu da kuma ba shi ruwan tsami suka cika? <> Show how specific prophecies were fulfilled regarding the Messiah’s clothing and his being given vinegar.
    13. Yayin da ƙarshen wannan mugun zamanin da ke ƙarƙashin ikon Shaiɗan yake kusatowa, ya wajaba mu yi hankali don kada dangantakarmu da Jehobah ta yi tsami. <> As the end of Satan’s wicked system of things nears, it is imperative that we not fall asleep spiritually.
    14. 15 Za su ba Almasihu ruwa matsarmama da mai tsami ya sha. <> 15 The Messiah would be given vinegar and gall.
    15. A Amos 3:3-8, Amos ya yi jerin tambayoyi da kwatanci ya nuna cewa ruwa ba ya tsami a banza. <> According to Amos 3:3-8, Amos used a series of questions and illustrations to show that every effect has a cause.
    16. Daga baya, wani daga cikinsu ya gudu, ya ɗauki soso, ya cika shi da ruwan tsami, ya sa shi a kan gora, ya ba shi domin ya sha.”—Mat. <> Later, “one of them ran and took a sponge and soaked it with sour wine and put it on a reed and went giving him a drink.”—Matt.
    17. Da yake zai iya tsami, ba a yarda a miƙa shi a kan bagadi ba. <> Since it could ferment, it was unacceptable as an offering upon the altar.

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of tsoro[change]

  1. tsoro. <> [[David Was Not Afraid]], [[How to Overcome Fear]], afraid, appalling, awe, become, brave, deep, dreadful, fear, fearsome, scared.
    1. 16 Tsoro irin na ibada ba firgita ba ce ko kuma ba ya ba da sukuni. <> 16 Godly fear is never morbid or unduly restrictive.
    2. 21 I fa, abubuwa masu ban-al’ajibi, halittu masu ban-mamaki cikin jikin yan-Adam yana cika mu da tsoro. <> 21 Yes, the many amazing, intricate creations in the human body fill us with awe.
    3. 2 Hakika, abubuwa masu ban tsoro suna faruwa kullum. <> 2 Yes, dreadful things are happening every day.
    4. (Ayukan Manzanni 10:34, 35) Muna da misalai da yawa na Nassi yadda tsoro irin na ibada ya motsa mutane suka yi abin da yake nagari a yanayi masu wuya. <> (Acts 10:34, 35) We have many Scriptural examples that show how godly fear moved individuals to do what was right in various trying circumstances.
    5. Dauda Bai Ji Tsoro Ba <> David Was Not Afraid
    6. Ku Ƙarfafa, kada ku ji tsoro.” <> Do not be afraid.’”
    7. Yadda Za a Sha kan Tsoro <> How to Overcome Fear
    8. Hakan ya sa Filistiyawa suka ji tsoro sosai kuma suka gudu. <> The Philistines got so scared that they all ran away.
    9. A duk lokacin da muke yi wa mutane magana game da Jehobah, muna bukatar mu nuna cewa ba ma jin tsoro. <> We need to be brave when we talk to others about Jehovah.
    10. 17 Dattawa suna bin wannan umurnin: “A yi jinƙai tare da tsoro.” <> 17 The elders gladly comply with this counsel: “Continue showing mercy . . . , doing so with fear.”
    11. Sura 7 tana ɗauke da bayani na sarai na kwatancin “manyan bisashe guda huɗu”—zaki, damisa, kura, da kuma bisa mai ban tsoro mai manyan haƙoran ƙarfe. <> Chapter 7 contains a vivid tableau of “four huge beasts”—a lion, a bear, a leopard, and a fearsome beast with big teeth of iron.
    12. (Luka 5:10, 11) Wannan ba lokaci ba ne na yin shakka ko tsoro. <> (Luke 5:10, 11) This was no time for doubt or fear.
    13. Sa’ad da yake annabci game da kwanaki na ƙarshe, Yesu ya ce mutane za su “suma don tsoro, da kuma fargabar al’amuran da ke aukuwa ga duniya, don za a girgiza manyan abubuwan da ke sararin sama.” <> In his prophecy regarding the time of the end, Jesus said that people would become “faint out of fear and expectation of the things coming upon the inhabited earth, for the powers of the heavens will be shaken.”
    14. A hankali, Yunana ya cika da tsoro. <> Slowly, Jonah became filled with awe.
    15. Jehovah ya ba mutanensa waɗannan dokoki domin yana ƙaunarsu kuma ba ya so su za ma bayin tsoro da kuma camfi. <> Jehovah gave these laws to his people because he loved them and did not want them to become enslaved by fear and superstition.
    16. Muna nuna “ladabi da tsoro” ga waɗanda ba masu bi ba ne <> We display “a mild temper and deep respect” toward those who do not share our beliefs
    17. Musa bai ji tsoro ba. <> Moses was not afraid.
    18. Yanayin rayuwa da ban tsoro suke cikin ƙasashe da yawa. <> Living conditions are appalling in many countries.
    19. Jehovah ya bai wa mutanensa dokar domin yana ƙaunarsu kuma ba ya so su zama bayi ga tsoro da kuma camfi. <> Jehovah gave these laws to his people because he loved them and did not want them to become enslaved to fear and superstition.
    20. Gaskatawa da kuma nuna bangaskiya ga Allah za su iya taimaka mana mu sha kan tsoro.—Karin Magana 3:5, 6; 29:25. <> Trust and faith in God can help us overcome fear.—Proverbs 3:5, 6; 29:25.

[17-08-25 01:36:27:525 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of tun[change]

  1. tun. <> As, Because, Commencing, Since, advance, an, earlier, from, since.
    1. Da gaske, da akwai kaito da yawa ga mutane, musamman ma tun daga shekara ta 1914. <> Truly, there has been much woe for mankind, particularly since 1914.
    2. Jehobah ya gaya masa: “Tun da ka bada gaskiya gareni.” <> Jehovah told him: “Because you have trusted in me.”
    3. YESU KRISTI ya ba da gargaɗi tun da wuri game da ƙarshen zamanin Yahudawa da cibiyarsa yake haikalin Urushalima. <> JESUS CHRIST gave advance warning of the end of the Jewish system of things that was centered at the temple in Jerusalem.
    4. Ko da yake ya ci gaba da ‘yin sarauta a Isra’ila har tsawon shekaru uku,’ ya mutu tun bai tsufa ba. <> Though he ‘played the prince over Israel three years,’ he met an untimely death.
    5. Tun da yake ba mu da isashen lokaci a rayuwa, muna bukatar mu kafa makasudai. <> Since we can do only so much in life, we need to establish priorities.
    6. 7 Tun lokacin da aka yi tawaye a Adnin, dukan ’yan Adam suna bāre ko a ware daga Jehobah. <> 7 Since the Edenic rebellion, all mankind has been alienated and estranged from Jehovah.
    7. Haka nan ma, “waɗansu tumaki” suna ɗokin jin kalmomin Yesu: “Ku zo, ya ku da Ubana ya yi wa albarka, sai ku gāji mulkin da aka tanadar muku tun daga farkon duniya.” <> Likewise, the “other sheep” eagerly anticipate hearing Jesus’ words: “Come, you who have been blessed by my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the founding of the world.”
    8. (Ayukan Manzanni 8:4) Lallai suna da ra’ayin manzo Bitrus da ya ce tun farko: “Dole sai mu fi biyayya ga Allah da mutane.” <> (Acts 8:4) They must have felt as the apostle Peter did when he stated earlier: “We must obey God as ruler rather than men.”
    9. Waɗannan kalmomi sun sa wasu suna tambaya, tun da Littafi Mai Tsarki ya ce Jehobah shi ne mai “amsa addu’o’i.” <> Those words have raised questions in the mind of some, since the Bible says that Jehovah is the “Hearer of Prayer.”
    10. Tun ziyararmu na ƙarshe, wataƙila wasu sun yi mugun rashin lafiya, sun rasa aikinsu, ko kuma sun yi rashin wani wanda suke ƙauna. <> Since our last visit, some may have been affected by serious illness, loss of a job, or the death of a loved one.
    11. 4 Yesu yana da iko a kan ikilisiyarsa, kuma tun shekara ta 1914 yana da iko a kan sabon Mulki na Allah da aka kafa. <> 4 Jesus has authority over his congregation, and since 1914 he has had authority over God’s newly established Kingdom.
    12. Ghana ta bada rahoto: “Tun da sabon yawan sa’o’i da ake bukata daga majagaba ya fara aiki, yawan majagabanmu ya ci gaba da ƙaruwa.” <> Ghana reports: “Since the new pioneer hour goal went into effect, the ranks of our regular pioneers have steadily gone up.”
    13. “Ya soma kuwa tun daga Musa da dukan annabawa, cikin dukan littattafai yana fasalta musu al’amura na bisa kansa.” <> “Commencing at Moses and all the Prophets he interpreted to them things pertaining to himself in all the Scriptures.”
    14. 3:15-17; 5:10) Hakika, tun da yake an sami hatsi mai yawa, hakan ya nuna cewa, kamar yadda Littafi Mai Tsarki ya ambata, sojojin Isra’ilawa sun kewaye birnin Yariko na ɗan lokaci ne kafin su halaka birnin. <> 3:15-17; 5:10) The fact that much grain remained in Jericho indicates that the Israelite siege was of short duration, just as the Bible describes it.
    15. (Ishaya 48:17) Tun da Allah ne tushen rai, daidai ne da suke zuba masa ido domin ja-gora game da yadda za su yi amfani da jikinsu, musamman ma a wannan batu da yake da alaƙa da ba da rai ga wasu. <> (Isaiah 48:17) Since God is the Source of life, it is reasonable that they should look to him for guidance in how they use their bodies, especially in this matter that is so closely linked to the transmission of life.
    16. 11 Tun da yake mu Kiristoci ne, ya kamata mu guji yin abin da zai sa mu ɓata wa Allah rai. <> 11 As Christians, we need to resist pressure to do things that would displease God.
    17. Bada daɗewa ba zata zo ga ƙarshenta a lokaci mai-wuya wanda Yesu ya ce: “Gama sa’annan za a yi ƙunci mai-girma, irin da ba a taɓa yi ba tun farkon duniya har yanzu, ba kuwa za a yi ba daɗai.”—Matta 24:21. <> Soon it will come to its end in a time of trouble of which Jesus said: “Then there will be great tribulation such as has not occurred since the world’s beginning until now, no, nor will occur again.”—Matthew 24:21.
    18. (2 Korinthiyawa 4:6; Farawa 1:2-5) Tun da yake an danƙa mana gata da babu na biyunta na zama masu hidima na Allah, bari mu ci gaba da tsabtace kanmu domin mu walƙa ɗaukakar Jehovah kamar madubi. <> (2 Corinthians 4:6; Genesis 1:2-5) Since we have been granted the inestimable privilege of being God’s ministers, let us keep ourselves clean so that we like mirrors can reflect Jehovah’s glory.
    19. Tun da Mahaliccinmu ne, ya san abin da muke bukata fiye da yadda muka sani. <> As our Creator, he knows our needs better than we do.
    20. Tun a shekara ta 1990, Shaidun sun nemi ta doka a karɓe su a zamansu na ƙungiya. <> Since 1990, the Witnesses have sought to attain legal recognition as a corporation of public law.

[17-08-25 01:36:27:687 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of wartsakewa[change]

  1. wartsakewa. <> [[By taking Jesus’ yoke upon us, we find many sources of refreshment]], Refreshment, a, refreshed, refreshing, refreshment.
    1. 6 Ɗabi’a Mai Kyau Tana Wartsakewa: A lokacin da mutane da yawa suna “son kansu” kuma ba sa kula da yadda wasu suke ji, yana da ban wartsakewa sosai mu kasance cikin ’yan’uwanmu Kiristoci waɗanda suke ƙoƙarin nuna ɗabi’a mai kyau! <> 6 Good Manners Refresh: At a time when many people are “lovers of themselves” and show a lack of regard for the feelings of others, how refreshing it is to be around fellow Christians who endeavor to display good manners!
    2. Muna kuma samun wartsakewa da muka ɗauki “karkiya” ta almajiranci. <> We also find refreshment in taking on the “yoke” of discipleship.
    3. (b) Wace bishara mai wartsakewa ce Yesu ya sanar? <> (b) What refreshing good news was proclaimed by Jesus?
    4. Yin haka zai kawo yardan Allah ban da wannan ma zai kawo farin ciki, domin “dokokinsa fa ba su da ban ciwo ba”; suna “wartsakewa.” <> Doing so brings not only God’s approval but also great joy, for “his commandments are not burdensome”; they are “a refreshment.”
    5. Ka Sami Wartsakewa ta Wurin Cuɗanya na Kirista <> Find Refreshment Through Christian Association
    6. 16:17, 18) Hakazalika, lokacin da Titus ya tafi Koranti don ya yi hidima ga ’yan’uwa da ke wajen, Bulus ya rubuta zuwa ga ikilisiyar, yana cewa: “Ruhunsa ya sami wartsakewa daga gare ku duka.” <> 16:17, 18) Similarly, when Titus went to Corinth to minister to the brothers there, Paul wrote back to the congregation, saying: “His spirit has been refreshed by all of you.”
    7. Hakika, shafaffu Kiristoci a yau tushen wartsakewa ne daga Allah ga mutane. <> Yes, anointed Christians today are a blessing from God to the people.
    8. Idan mai zunubi ya tuba, Jehobah zai sa ya samu “wartsakewa.”—Karanta Ayyukan Manzanni 3:19. <> “Seasons of refreshing” come from Jehovah when sinners sincerely repent.—Read Acts 3:19.
    9. Hakika waɗannan kalmomi sun ba da ta’aziyya da kuma wartsakewa ga waɗanda suke da nauyin kaya kuma ake zaluntarsu! <> How those words brought comfort and refreshment to those who were downtrodden and oppressed!
    10. Idan abubuwa ne masu kyau masu wartsakewa, to ka san cewa nishaɗinka mai kyau ne. <> If they are pleasant, pure, and refreshing, then you know that your entertainment was wholesome.
    11. Wannan abinci na ruhaniya mai wartsakewa ba tabbacin aljannarmu ta ruhaniya ce ba? <> Does not that refreshing spiritual food give evidence of our spiritual paradise?
    12. (Galatiyawa 6:16) Ga “al’ummai dayawa” na duniya, suna kamar “rāɓa daga wajen Ubangiji” mai wartsakewa da kuma “ruwa a bisa ciyawa.” <> (Galatians 6:16) To “many peoples” of the earth, they are like refreshing “dew from Jehovah” and “copious showers upon vegetation.”
    13. Ya je wajen matalauta da kuma waɗanda ake zalunta su, ya taimake su suka ‘sami wartsakewa.’ <> He reached out to the poor and oppressed, helping them to ‘find refreshment for their souls.’
    14. A cika nufe-nufen Jehovah, waɗannan raguwar za su zama kamar ‘raɓa daga Jehovah,’ da ke kawo wartsakewa da kuma ni’ima. <> In the outworking of Jehovah’s purposes, this remnant would become like “dew from Jehovah,” which brings refreshment and prosperity.
    15. 7:13) Hakanan ma a yau, Shaidun Jehobah suna samun wartsakewa na ainihi ta wajen zumunci mai ƙarfafawa na ’yan’uwa Kirista. <> 7:13) Likewise today, Jehovah’s Witnesses find genuine refreshment through upbuilding Christian fellowship.
    16. (Zabura 23:2, 3) Tumaki kwance cikin salama da yalwar abinci, a nan Dauda yana kwatanta yanayi ne na wadatar zuci, wartsakewa, da kwanciyar hankali. <> (Psalm 23:2, 3) A flock lying down peacefully in the midst of abundance—David here paints a scene of contentment, refreshment, and security.
    17. Kiristoci na gaskiya ba sa ɗaukan cewa addu’a wata aba ce ta wartsakewa kawai ba. <> True Christians do not trivialize prayer by viewing it as just a feel-good therapy.
    18. Wace hanya guda za mu iya samun wartsakewa a lokacin hutu? <> What is one way we can find refreshment while on vacation?
    19. A kwana a tashi, wasu sukan ji hakkinsu na Kirista ya zama kaya maimakon ya zama abin wartsakewa daidai da alkawarin Yesu. <> With the passing of time, some may feel that their Christian responsibilities have become a burden rather than a refreshing load as Jesus promised.
    20. Ta wajen ɗaukan karkiyar Yesu a kanmu, muna samun tushen wartsakewa masu yawa <> By taking Jesus’ yoke upon us, we find many sources of refreshment

[17-08-25 01:36:27:841 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of wasa[change]

  1. wasa. <> actors, amphitheaters, as, casual, granted, play with, play, playing, plays, serious, sharpened, sport, stadium, stadiums, star, take, together, toying, toys, with playing.
    1. Muna kuma daɗa fahimtar sananniyar gaskiya, kuma muna ƙara wasa hanyoyin da za mu yi amfani da su. <> Also, our appreciation of well-known truths grows, and our awareness of ways in which to use them is sharpened.
    2. • Me ya sa yin na’am da batun aure ba a bin wasa ba ne? <> • Why is accepting a marriage proposal so serious?
    3. Ya kamata lokacin ya zama na farin ciki da bege mai kyau, amma wasu da suke zawarci sun ɓata shi ta yin wasa da lalata. <> That period should be a joyful time, full of hope and anticipation, but some young couples mar it by toying with immorality.
    4. (1 Yahaya 2:3-5) Kada mu ɗauki aikin wa’azi da wasa, domin kada mu nuna cewa ba mu ɗauki hadayar Yesu a bakin kome ba.—Ibraniyawa 10:29. <> (1 John 2:3-5) We would never want to adopt a casual approach to the preaching work, as if we esteemed Jesus’ sacrifice as of ordinary value.—Hebrews 10:29.
    5. Ina kama abubuwa da wuri idan aka yi mini koyo, saboda haka ba da daɗewa ba, na zama gwani a wannan wasa mai kasada. <> I was a quick learner and soon became very successful in this fast and dangerous sport.
    6. Ban da zaɓan abokan kirki, menene kuma kake bukatar ka yi don ka ‘wasa kanka zuwa ibada’? <> Besides choosing the right associations, what must you do to ‘train yourself with godly devotion as your aim’?
    7. 1 A 1 Korintiyawa 7:31, Littafi Mai Tsarki ya kamanta duniya da dandali, inda akwai ’yan wasa da ke yawan canjawa. <> 1 At 1 Corinthians 7:31, the Bible compares the world to a stage with ever-changing scenes and actors.
    8. Wata malama ta soma yi mini wasa da hankali. <> One teacher began playing on my feelings.
    9. Jariri ma zai yi wasa kusa da maciji mai dafi kuma ba zai yi masa kome ba.’ <> Even a baby will not be harmed if it plays near a poisonous snake.’
    10. 6 A cikin ɗakunan wasa, mafāɗa suna fāɗa da juna har mutuwa, ko kuma su yi fāɗa da dabbobin daji, su kashe dabbobin ko dabbobin su kashe su. <> 6 In the amphitheaters, gladiators fought each other to the death or fought wild animals, either killing them or being killed by them.
    11. Alal misali, za ka je ka yi wasa da wasu yara a gidansu. <> For example, you may go to play with other children in their house.
    12. 103:2) Jehobah ya kyautata mana ma, kuma yana da kyau kada mu yi wasa da abin da ya yi a madadinmu. <> 103:2) Jehovah has dealt rewardingly with us too, and we are wise not to take for granted what he has done in our behalf.
    13. Idan ɗan wasa yana son ya cim ma burinsa sosai, wajibi ne ya riƙa cin abinci mai gina jiki. <> Professional athletes must take care of their bodies if they want to have a long career.
    14. Wani lokaci ba ka sonsa ma domin ba za ka iya fita waje ba ka yi wasa. <> Sometimes you may not like the rain because you can’t go outside to play when it rains.
    15. (1 Timothawus 2:8-10) Sa’ad da muka halarci manyan taro a filin wasa marar rumfa, ya kamata mu sa tufafi masu kyau da suka dace da yanayin. <> (1 Timothy 2:8-10) When we attend large conventions held in open-air stadiums, our dress can be appropriate to the weather conditions and still be dignified.
    16. Domin wannan, ta ba ni wani akwati mai ɗauke da abubuwan da zan iya harhaɗa motocin wasa da su da dai makamantansu. <> So she gave me a metal construction kit, which I loved to put together and then tear apart.
    17. Na tafi wurin wata ɗaya kafin wannan lokacin don mu shirya babban filin wasa da aka samu don taron. <> I arrived a month early to help prepare the large soccer stadium for the convention.
    18. Hakika, kana da wani abu wanda ya fi abin wasa tamani. <> Really, you have something that is much more precious than toys.
    19. Na samu zarafin zama fitaccen ɗan wasa.” <> I had an opportunity to become a star.”
    20. MENENE kake so sosai, wasa ko kuma aiki?— Babu laifi a yi wasa. <> WHAT do you like best, to work or to play?— Really, there is nothing wrong with playing.

[17-08-25 01:36:27:990 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of wauta[change]

  1. wauta. <> Foolishness, How foolish, act wisely, but, foolish act, foolish things, foolish, foolishness, irresponsible, senseless, stupidity.
    1. Sunansa, Nabal ya dace domin yana nufin “wauta,” ko “wawa.” <> Fittingly, his name, Nabal, means “senseless,” or “stupid.”
    2. Ya aririce Titus ya “guje ma tuhuma ta wauta . . . da jayayya a kan shari’a.”—Titus 3:9. <> He instructs Titus to “shun foolish questionings . . . and fights over the Law.”—Titus 3:9.
    3. Hakika zai yi nadama cewa ya yi wauta! <> Surely he will regret that he was so irresponsible!
    4. Littafi Mai Tsarki ya ce: “Marasa-wayo su kan gāji wauta: Amma ana yi ma masu-hankali kambi da ilimi.”—Mis. <> As the Bible says, “the naive will inherit foolishness, but the shrewd are crowned with knowledge.”—Prov.
    5. Ya daɗa, “Na yi shekaru huɗu ina wannan salon rayuwa na wauta.” <> He added, “My stupidity lasted for about four years.”
    6. Abubuwan da duniya take yi wa kallon wauta, raunanne, abin banza, Allah yana ɗaukansu da hikima, iko, da daraja. <> Things the world considers foolish, weak, and ignoble, God views as wise, powerful, and honorable.
    7. Game da wannan ka yi la’akari da kalmomin Misalai 12:11: “Manomin da ke aiki ƙwarai yana da isasshen abinci. Wauta ce a ɓatar da lokaci a aikin banza.” <> In this regard, consider the words of Proverbs 12:11: “The one cultivating his ground will himself be satisfied with bread, but the one pursuing valueless things is in want of heart.”
    8. Lokacin da sarkin ya yi wata wauta, annabin Jehovah ya gaya masa: “Domin wannan fushi daga wurin Ubangiji yana bisa kanka.” <> When the king committed a foolish act, Jehovah’s prophet told him: “For this there is indignation against you from the person of Jehovah.”
    9. (Zabura 101:2) Yayin da muke zama cikin gidanmu, muna kallon telibijin, muna da Intane, muna mai da hankali mu bi gargaɗin Nassi cewa: “Fasikanci, da dukan ƙazanta, ko sha’awa, kada a ko ambata a cikinku, gama haka ya kamata ga tsarkaka; ko dauɗa, ko kuwa zancen wauta, ko alfasha, waɗanda ba su dace ba”? <> (Psalm 101:2) While sitting in our house, watching television, or connected to the Internet, do we take care to comply with the Scriptural admonition: “Let fornication and uncleanness of every sort or greediness not even be mentioned among you, just as it befits holy people; neither shameful conduct nor foolish talking nor obscene jesting, things which are not becoming”?
    10. Ya kamata iyaye su kula da yaransu ƙanana da matasa a lokacin shakatawa da kuma a masaukinsu maimakon su ‘ƙyale’ su, domin “wauta tana nan ƙunshe a zuciyar yaro.”—Mis. <> “Foolishness is tied up with the heart of a boy,” so parents do well to supervise their children, including those in their teenage years, during the noon break and while at the hotel, rather than letting them be “on the loose.”—Prov.
    11. A zancen gaskiya, Littafi Mai Tsarki ya ce: “Wauta tana nan ƙunshe a zuciyar yaro.” <> Realistically, the Bible says: “Foolishness is tied up with the heart of a boy.”
    12. Shin wannan yana nufi ne cewa ba za su taɓa bari a cuce mu ba?— A’a, mala’iku ba sa hana a cuce mu ba idan muka yi wauta. <> Does this mean that they will never let us get hurt at all?— No, angels do not stop us from getting hurt if we do foolish things.
    13. Kalmar Allah ta ce: “Wanda ya mayar da magana tun ba ya ji ba, wauta ce gare shi da kunya.” <> “When anyone replies to a matter before he hears the facts, it is foolish.”
    14. Sun yi wauta ƙwarai da suka ƙi yi wa Allah biyayya! <> How foolish they were not to listen to God!
    15. Wauta ce mutum ya bugu.” (Karin Magana 20:1) Menene ma’anar yin maye? <> (Proverbs 20:1) What, though, constitutes going astray by alcohol?
    16. Misalai 18:13 ta ce: “Wanda ya mayar da magana tun ba ya ji ba, wauta ce gareshi da kunya.” <> “When anyone replies to a matter before he hears the facts, it is foolish and humiliating,” states Proverbs 18:13.
    17. Akasin mata mai wauta wadda take rashin biyayya ga tsarin shugabanci, mata mai hikima tana daraja wannan tsarin sosai. <> In contrast with a foolish woman, who shows disrespect for the headship arrangement, a wise woman has deep respect for this provision.
    18. Amma, a wasu lokatai abokansa sun yi wauta. <> Sometimes, though, his companions did not act wisely.
    19. Wauta ce su kauce masa su bauta wa gunki da aka ƙera da kuma al’amudi. <> How foolish they were to turn away from him and bow down before carved images and sacred pillars!
    20. “Wanda ya mayar da magana tun ba ya ji ba, wauta ce gareshi da kunya.”—MIS. <> “When anyone is replying to a matter before he hears it, that is foolishness on his part and a humiliation.”—PROV.

[17-08-25 01:36:28:124 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of wayar salula[change]

  1. wayar salula. <> [[Apple Telephone]], by texting, by, cell phone, cell phones, mobile device, phone.
    1. ▪ Waɗanne ƙa’idodin Littafi Mai Tsarki ne suka shafi yin amfani da wayar salula sa’ad da muke halartan taron Kirista da kuma sa’ad da muka fita wa’azi? <> ▪ What Bible principles apply to the use of cell phones while attending Christian meetings and sharing in the ministry?
    2. 9:23): A wasu lokatai, wayar salula tana taimakawa sa’ad da muka fita wa’azi. <> 9:23): At times, there are valid uses of a cell phone in the ministry.
    3. Ku nuna masa amsar nan take ta wajen amfani da kwamfuta ko kuma wayar salula mai Intane. <> Show him the answer on the spot, using a mobile device or a computer.
    4. Amma, bai kamata su yi shigar da ba ta dace ba ko su riƙa aika saƙo ta wayar salula ko su riƙa surutu ko kuma su riƙa cin abinci da dai sauransu sa’ad da ake gudanar da taro. <> At the same time, those in attendance would not want to detract from the meetings by being overly casual in their dress, by texting or talking during the meetings, by eating and drinking, and so on.
    5. Abokai na kud-da-kud suna magana da juna a kai a kai ko ta wayar salula ko ta imel ko ta wasiƙa ko kuma ta na’urar bidiyo, dangane da yanayinsu. <> Whether in person or by phone, e-mail, video, or a letter, close friends communicate with each other as often as their circumstances allow.
    6. Sa’ad da kuke tattauna shafi na 5, ka sa wani mai shela ya yi gwaji na minti uku. Mai shelar ya shiga dandalinmu ta wajen amfani da wayar salula don ya amsa tambayar da wani maigida ya yi masa a kan abubuwan da muka gaskata. <> When considering page 5, have a three-minute demonstration of a publisher with a mobile device using the site to answer a householder’s question about our beliefs.
    7. Littafi Wayar Salula <> Apple Telephone
    8. Amma, bai kamata waɗanda suka halarci taro su yi shigar da ba ta dace ba ko su riƙa aika saƙo ta wayar salula ko su riƙa surutu ko kuma su riƙa cin abinci da sauransu a lokacin da ake taro. <> At the same time, those in attendance would not want to detract from the meetings by being overly casual in their dress, by texting or talking during the meetings, by eating and drinking, and so on.

[17-08-25 01:36:28:275 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of wuta[change]

  1. wuta. <> a fire, burning, electrician, fiery furnace, fiery hell, fiery, fire, flaming fire, power outage, thornbush, with.
    1. “Idan ni mutumin Allah ne” in ji shi “bari wuta ta sauko daga sama, ta cinye ka duk da hamsin ɗin naka.” <> “Well, if I am a man of God,” he said, “let fire come down from the heavens and eat up you and your fifty.”
    2. Yesu ya yi gargaɗi: “Kowane itacen da ba ya fito da ’ya’yan kirki ba a kan sare shi, a jefa a wuta.” <> Jesus warned: “Every tree not producing fine fruit gets cut down and thrown into the fire.”
    3. Da akwai sanyi saboda haka mutanen suka hura wuta. <> It is a cold night, and so the people make a fire.
    4. KA TABA zama a bakin wuta a lokacin sanyin dare? <> HAVE you ever stood near a fire on a cold night?
    5. Hakika, “garkuwa ta bangaskiya” za ta taimaka mana mu “ɓice dukan jefejefe masu-wuta na Mugun.”—Afis. <> Indeed, ‘the large shield of faith will enable us to quench all the wicked one’s burning missiles.’—Eph.
    6. Masanin Turanci na ƙarni na goma sha tara, Charles Bridges ya ce: “Ana kewaye ƙarfen ta wajen zuba garwashin wuta a kansa da kuma a ƙarƙashinsa. <> The 19th-century English scholar Charles Bridges noted: “Surround the intractable metal beneath and above; not only putting it over the fire, but heaping coals of fire upon it.
    7. 10 Wace irin ‘kiban wuta’ ce Shaiɗan yake amfani da ita don ya yi wa bangaskiyarmu zagon ƙasa? <> 10 What “burning missiles” does Satan employ to undermine our faith?
    8. Alal misali, wani ɗan’uwa mai suna Way, da ke gyaran wuta da matarsa Debra, da suka ba shekara 50 baya da ke zama a Kansas sun sayar da gidansu da yawancin abubuwan da suka mallaka kuma suka ƙaura zuwa Wallkill don su riƙa hidima lokaci-lokaci a Bethel. <> For example, Way, an electrician, and Debra, both in their late 50’s, sold their home and most of their belongings in Kansas and moved to Wallkill to serve as commuter Bethelites.
    9. An gana wa Kiristoci azaba, a raye aka ƙone su a wuta, kuma an jefa su ga dabbobi masu kisa. <> Christians were tortured, burned alive, and thrown to wild animals.
    10. 28:19, 20) Idan ba ma koyarwa da kyau, wataƙila ɗalibanmu ba za su tsira daga gwaji na bangaskiyarsu ba, hakan zai sa mu yi hasara sosai har tsirarmu ta kasance kamar ta “wurin tsakiyar wuta.” <> 28:19, 20) If we do not teach well, our student may not survive tests of faith, and we may suffer a loss so painful that our salvation will be “as through fire.”
    11. Ƙari ga haka, ba ta amince da koyarwar wutar jahannama ba domin a ganinta azabtar da mutane a cikin wuta har abada ba adalci ba ne. <> What is more, she could not accept the doctrine of hellfire because she felt that to torture people in a fiery hell would be neither just nor loving.
    12. Da yake an jefa su cikin wuta a alamance, hakan yana nuna cewa za su fuskanci halaka na dindindin. <> Their being thrown symbolically into the fiery furnace indicates that they are headed for eternal destruction.
    13. (1 Bitrus 1:15, 16) Wata mace Kirista da ta yi fama da baƙin ciki da kasala ta sami ƙarfafa daga labarin Musu da kurmi mai cin wuta. <> (1 Peter 1:15, 16) One Christian woman who has struggled with depression and discouragement found comfort in the account about Moses’ experience at the thornbush.
    14. 8 Allah na gaskiya ya amsa ta wajen sa wuta daga sama ta faɗo ta cinye hadayar da bagadin. <> 8 The true God responded by consuming both sacrifice and altar with fire from heaven.
    15. Waɗanda suka jefa su cikin tanderun gagarumar wuta sun halaka amma Ibraniyawa uku masu aminci sun fito da rai—zafin wutar tanderun bai ma ƙone su ba! <> The guards who threw the young men into the fiery furnace perished, but the three faithful Hebrews stepped out alive—not even scorched by the heat of the furnace!
    16. 119:116) Luis, mai ƙera na’urorin kashe wuta da matarsa Quenia, sun yi hidima a Wallkill. <> 119:116) Luis, who designs fire suppression systems, and his wife, Quenia, serve at Wallkill.
    17. Littafi Mai Tsarki ya yi maganar bayyanuwar Ubangiji Yesu “daga sama tare da mala’ikun ikonsa cikin wuta mai-huruwa, yana ɗaukan ramako bisa waɗanda ba su san Allah ba, da waɗanda sun ƙi yin biyayya da bisharar Ubangijinmu Yesu.” <> The Bible speaks of the Lord Jesus coming “from heaven with his powerful angels in a flaming fire, as he brings vengeance upon those who do not know God and those who do not obey the good news about our Lord Jesus.”
    18. Sai lokacin da aka ɗauke wuta muke gane cewa in ban da ita, biranen ’yan Adam za su daina aiki. <> Only an unexpected power outage brings home to us that without power, man’s cities would practically shut down.
    19. Abin da za ka yi la’akari da shi a nan shi ne, a wani lokaci, Littafi Mai Tsarki yakan yi amfani da kalmomin nan, “sammai” da “duniya” da kuma “wuta” a alamance. <> Actually, the Bible sometimes uses the terms “heavens,” “earth,” and “fire” figuratively, as symbols.
    20. Bayan haka, suna zuba shi a cikin tukwane, su zuba ruwan teku kuma su rufe shi, sa’an nan su aza shi a kan wuta na ’yan kwanaki don ya riƙa dahuwa a hankali. <> Then they placed the mass in a covered vat and simmered it with seawater for several more days.

[17-08-25 01:36:28:432 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of yarda da[change]

  1. yarda da. <> accept, acceptable, accepted, accepts, acknowledge the, admitting, agreed with, agreement with the, agreement with, and admit, beliefs, believe, difficult to, disagree with, idea, is, own, to.
    1. 15 Gaskiya, yana da wuya wasu lokutta a yi juyayin waɗanda ba su yarda da abin da muka yarda da su ba, musamman ma lokacin da muka fuskanci rashin marmari, ƙi, ko kuma hamayya. <> 15 Granted, it is not always easy to feel compassion for those who do not share our beliefs, especially when we encounter apathy, rejection, or opposition.
    2. (Ibraniyawa 13:17) Wasu suna biyayya ne sa’ad da suka yarda da abin da masu kula suka faɗa, amma sai su ƙi miƙa kai sa’ad da ba su yarda da umurnin ko kuma ba su ga dalilinsa ba. <> (Hebrews 13:17) Some obey when they agree with the direction coming from those taking the lead but refuse to submit when they disagree with the direction or cannot see the reason for it.
    3. Bai kamata ba ne cewa Allah kansa yana da ikon ya faɗi abin da ya yarda da shi da kuma abin da bai yarda da shi ba? <> Should not God himself be the final authority on what is acceptable and what is not?
    4. Ba ma tsammanin dukan mutane su yarda da abin da muka gaya musu ba, domin ba duka suka yarda da abin da Yesu ya faɗa ba. <> We do not expect everyone to accept what we tell them, for not all accepted what Jesus said.
    5. Waɗannan miyagun mala’iku, ko kuma aljanu, sun yarda da Allah ne?— ‘Aljanu sun yarda da cewa da akwai Allah,’ in ji Littafi Mai Tsarki. <> Do these bad angels, or demons, believe in God?— ‘The demons believe God exists,’ the Bible says.
    6. Kuma da zarar an daina yarda da juna, zai iya zama da wuya a sake yarda da juna. <> And when trust has been broken, it can be very difficult to rebuild.
    7. Yadda za mu tattauna da mutanen da suka gaskata da Mahalicci amma ba su yarda da Littafi Mai Tsarki ba, zai bambanta da waɗanda ba su yarda da wanzuwar Allah ba. <> Our approach to people who believe in a Creator but not in the Bible will differ from that used to talk to those who believe that God does not exist.
    8. Kuma da shike mun yarda da wanzuwar yan-Adam waɗanda suka ƙera na’urori kamar jiragen sama, su telebijin, da kuma injina masu ƙwalƙwalwa, ashe bai kamata mu yarda da wanzuwar Wani wanda ya ba yan-Adam ƙwalƙwalwa na yin irin abubuwan nan ba? <> And since we acknowledge the existence of humans who invented devices such as airplanes, televisions, and computers, should we not also acknowledge the existence of the One who gave humans the brain to make such things?
    9. Amma, idan ya yarda da Bulus, zai kasance cikin matsayin da jama’a da suka yarda da manzon suke ciki kuma ba za a kira shi Kirista ba. <> But if he concurred with Paul’s reasoning, he would be taking a position of public agreement with the apostle and would risk being called a Christian.
    10. Game da babin na “Abin da Ya Sa Bai Kamata Mu Yi Ƙarya ba,” wasu ma’aurata daga Florida ta Amirka, suka ce: “Da tambayoyi da suke sa yara su buɗe zukatansu kuma su yarda da laifinsu da idan ba haka ba ba za su yarda ba.” <> Regarding the chapter “Why We Should Not Lie,” a couple in Florida, U.S.A., said: “It provides questions that invite children to open their hearts and admit errors they would otherwise not admit.”
    11. Bambancin yana da yawa sosai har wasu da suke bin wani addini ko kuma rukuni sun iske shi da wuya su fahimci ko su yarda da abin da wasu suke koyarwa ko yi imani da shi. <> The differences are so great that those belonging to one religion or group find it difficult to understand or accept what the others teach or believe.
    12. Littafin nan Ministry School ya ba da wannan gargaɗi: “Yana da wuya a yarda da maganar da ko da gaskiya ce amma da aka yi ta da rashin la’akari a fallasa imanin ƙarya da wani yake bi, ko idan ma an goyi bayanta da jerin Nassosi. <> The Ministry School book gives this word of caution: “A blunt statement of truth that exposes as false a cherished belief of another person, even when buttressed with the recitation of a long list of Scripture texts, is generally not well received.
    13. Duk da cewa a dā bai yarda da labarin da ta ba shi ba, ta ci gaba da yi masa biyayya a matsayin wanda zai zama shugaban iyali. <> Although at first he may have found her story difficult to comprehend, she waited on him to decide how to proceed, for he was the man who would be the family head.
    14. Ya ce yana ganin yana da hikima da yawa a ganinsa da zai yarda da misalai da yawa da suka goyi bayan hurewar Littafi Mai Tsarki. <> He admits that he was too clever in his own eyes to see the numerous examples in support of the Bible’s authenticity.
    15. Hukuncin Jehobah a kan Adamu da Hauwa’u don rashin biyayya da suka yi da gangan ya nuna cewa bai yarda da hujjoji da suka ba da ba. <> Jehovah’s judgment upon Adam and Eve for their willful disobedience made it apparent that their excuses were not acceptable to him.
    16. Yadda za mu tattauna da wanda yake ganin cewa dukan littattafai na addini hanyar yaɗa labaran ƙarya ne, zai bambanta da mutumin da ya yarda da abin da Littafi Mai Tsarki ke koyarwa. <> With someone who feels that all religious literature is an indoctrination tool, the presentation we use will be different from the one we use for a person who accepts what the Bible teaches.
    17. Sa’ad da muka ce “Amin”—ko a hankali ko da babbar murya—a ƙarshen addu’ar wani, muna nuna cewa mun yarda da abin da ya ce.—1 Korinthiyawa 14:16. <> When we say “Amen”—either silently or out loud—at the end of someone’s public prayer, we indicate that we are in agreement with the thoughts that were expressed.—1 Corinthians 14:16.
    18. A wasu wurare, dattawan da aka zaɓa ba su yarda da alkawarin da aka ɗauka ba, cewa dukan waɗanda suke cikin ikilisiya su yi aikin wa’azi. <> In some places, though, elected elders put up considerable resistance to the idea that everyone in the congregation should participate in the publi

[17-08-25 01:36:28:593 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of yarinya[change]

  1. yarinya. <> Girl With, Israelite girl, a girl, a little girl, a, girl, her, little Israelite girl, old.
    1. Annika wata yarinya ’yar shekara takwas daga ƙasar Finland ta rubuta wa ofishin reshe na Shaidun Jehobah a Poland, ta ce: “Taron ya yi kyau sosai fiye da yadda na yi zato. <> And eight-year-old Annika from Finland wrote to the branch office of Jehovah’s Witnesses in Poland: “The convention was even more wonderful than I could have imagined.
    2. Ƙaramar Yarinya Mai Karimci <> A Little Girl With a Big Heart
    3. Sai ya koma ya tsaya kusa da ƙofar, don kada a waye shi, amma sai wata yarinya ta waye shi sai ta nuna shi ta ce: “Wannan mutum kuma dā yana tare da Yesu Ba-nazarat.” <> He went to stand near the gateway, trying to be inconspicuous, but another girl noticed him and pointed out the same fact: “This man was with Jesus the Nazarene.”
    4. Wata yarinya mai suna Shannon ta ce, sa’ad da take ’yar shekara 11, da ita da kanwarta ’yar shekara 10 sun halarci wani Taron Gunduma na “Godly Devotion” (Ibada ga Allah) tare da iyayensu. <> Shannon relates that when she was 11 years old, she and her 10-year-old sister attended the “Godly Devotion” District Convention with their parents.
    5. “Mutane suna sa ka ji cewa makasudi da yarinya za ta biɗa kawai shi ne ta yi aure,” in ji Debby sa’ad da take shekarunta na ashirin da biyar. <> “People make you feel that the only goal for a girl is to get married,” said Debby when she was in her mid-20’s.
    6. 13 Ƙarni takwas bayan haka, wata yarinya Ba’isra’iliya ’yar bauta wadda ta zama baiwar janar na Suriya Na’aman, ba ta manta cewa ita baiwar Jehobah ba ce. <> 13 Eight centuries later, a captive Israelite girl who became a slave of the Syrian general Naaman did not forget her identity as a worshiper of Jehovah.
    7. A Suriname, wani kyakkyawan yaro ya nemi wata yarinya ’yar shekara 14 a makaranta, ya gayyace ta ya yi jima’i da ita. <> In Suriname, a 14-year-old girl was approached by a good-looking boy at school and invited to have sexual relations.
    8. Sonia da wata yarinya ’yar Sinigal a taron gunduma na shekara ta 2004 <> Sonia with a Senegalese girl at the 2004 district convention
    9. Har ila, ina son labarin Nuhu kamar yadda na yi sa’ad da nake ƙaramar yarinya. <> Deep down, I’m still that little girl so in love with the story of Noah.
    10. Amma ka sani cewa Allah ya ba wa Yesu iko ya ba wa yara rai idan suka mutu?— Bari mu yi magana game da lokacin da Yesu ya ta da yarinya ’yar shekara 12, ’yar mutumin da ake kira Yariyus. <> But did you know that God gave Jesus the power to bring young ones back from the dead?— Let’s talk about the time Jesus resurrected the 12-year-old daughter of a man named Jairus.
    11. Sa’ad da muka kai wajen, sai na soma soyayya da wata kyakkyawar yarinya mai suna Maxine Boyd da ke wa’azi a ƙasar waje. <> When we arrived, I met and fell in love with Maxine Boyd, a beautiful missionary sister.
    12. “Na yi ta neman Jehovah tun lokacin da ni ke ’yar yarinya. <> “I have been searching for Jehovah since I was a little girl.
    13. 14 Ƙarnuka bayan haka, wata ’yar ƙaramar yarinya ’yar Isra’ila wadda sojoji suka kama, ta zama baiwa a gidan Na’aman shugaban sojojin Suriya, wanda kuturu ne. <> 14 Centuries later, a little Israelite girl taken captive by a marauding band became a servant in the home of the Syrian army commander Naaman, a man afflicted with leprosy.
    14. Alal misali, a ce wani mutum yana neman wata yarinya da aure. <> Well, suppose a man has begun to court a woman.
    15. Idan yarinya ta yi abin da yake daidai, babanta zai yi farin ciki ya gaya wa wasu: “Wannan ’yata ce.” <> When a girl does something well, her father is glad to be able to tell others: “This is my daughter.”
    16. 8 A cikin Waƙar Waƙoƙi, wata yarinya da aka kira ’yar Shulem ta shiga zuciyar sarkin. <> 8 In the Song of Solomon, a simple country girl called the Shulammite attracts the attention of the king.
    17. A lokacin da guguwar Haiyan ta addabi wani sashen ƙasar Filifin a ƙarshen shekara ta 2013, wata yarinya mai suna Sheryl mai shekara sha uku a lokacin ta yi hasarar kusan kome. <> When Super Typhoon Haiyan hit the central Philippines in late 2013, Sheryl, who was only 13 years old at the time, lost virtually everything.
    18. Babu shakka, Hannatu tana farin ciki sosai a waɗannan bukukuwa tun tana yarinya. <> And no doubt Hannah, from her childhood on, had delighted in those festivals.
    19. Na haɗu da wata kyakkyawar yarinya mai suna Sussan, kuma muka soma zama tare. <> I met an attractive girl named Sussan, and we began living together.
    20. Ta yaya matasa za su bi misalin bangaskiya da kuma gaba gaɗin yarinya Ba’israliya da aka ambata a 2 Sarakuna 5:1-3? <> How can young ones imitate the faith and courage of the little Israelite girl mentioned at 2 Kings 5:1-3?

[17-08-25 01:36:28:745 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of yi dariya[change]

  1. yi dariya. <> just laugh at, laugh at, laugh, laughed, laughing at, laughs at, made fun, made, make fun, scorns, to laugh, with mockery.
    1. Amma suka yi dariya suka yi wa Yesu ba’a, domin sun sani ta mutu. <> But they laugh and make fun of Jesus, because they know she is dead.
    2. 6 An faɗa yadda Jehovah ya ji game da hamayya a kan Mulkinsa da aka kafa: “Mai-zama a cikin sammai za shi yi dariya: Ubangiji za ya yi musu ganin raini. <> 6 Jehovah’s reaction to the opposition to his established Kingdom was foretold: “The very One sitting in the heavens will laugh; Jehovah himself will hold them in derision.
    3. Suka yi dariya da Yesu ya ce musu: ‘Yarinyar ba macacciya take ba, amma barci take yi.’ <> They laughed when Jesus told them: “The young child has not died, but is sleeping.”
    4. Zabura ta biyu ta ci gaba: “Ubangiji ya yi dariya daga kan kursiyinsa can sama, ya mai da su abin dariya.” <> The second psalm continues: “The very One sitting in the heavens will laugh; Jehovah himself will hold them in derision.”
    5. Sun tsufa sosai lokacin da Jehovah ya gaya masu cewa jim kaɗan alkawarin zai cika, sai Saratu ta yi dariya. <> They were both very old when Jehovah told them that the promise was about to be fulfilled and Sarah laughed.
    6. “Ubangiji ya yi dariya daga kan kursiyinsa can Sama, ya mai da su abin dariya. <> “The very One sitting in the heavens will laugh; Jehovah himself will hold them in derision.
    7. “BA A taɓa ganin shi ya yi dariya ba.” <> “HE HAS never once been seen to laugh.”
    8. (Afisawa 5:28, 33) An ƙarfafa iyaye su kasance tare da ’ya’yansu, su yi dariya tare, kuma su koya musu abubuwa masu muhimmanci a rayuwa. <> (Ephesians 5:28, 33) Parents are encouraged to spend time with their children, to laugh with them, and to teach them about the important things in life.
    9. A lokacin hidimarsa a duniya, an yi wa Yesu Kristi ba’a, an yi masa dariya, an yi masa tsaki, an wulakanta shi, har ma an tofa ma shi yau. <> During his ministry on earth, Jesus Christ was ridiculed—laughed at, sneered at, made fun of, treated insolently, and even spit upon.
    10. Idan kana yi wa mutane magana game da Jehobah, za su iya yi maka dariya ko su yi fushi da kai. <> When you talk about Jehovah, people may make fun of you or get angry with you.
    11. (Matta 10:36, 37) Idan wasu suka yi maka dariya ko kuma suka yi maka barazana, ka tambayi kanka, ‘Waye na ke so na faranta wa rai—mutane ko kuma Allah?’ <> (Matthew 10:36, 37) If others laugh at you or threaten you, ask yourself, ‘Whom do I want to please—humans or God?’
    12. A wani lokaci, mutane sukan yi mana dariya ko kuma su yi fushi da mu don mun yi musu magana game da Jehobah. <> Sometimes people make fun of us or get angry with us when we talk to them about Jehovah.
    13. Shaidun ba su yi mini dariya ba kamar yadda sauran mutane suke yi. <> People in general made fun of me but not the Witnesses.
    14. Ka san abin da yake nufi a zolayi mutum?— Mutum zai iya zolayarka ta wajen yi maka dariya yana cewa ba za ka iya yin abin da ka ce za ka yi ba. <> Do you know what it means to taunt someone?— Well, a person may taunt you by laughing at you and saying that you are not able to do what you said you could do.
    15. Ya yi musu dariya don hamayyarsu na banza. <> He laughs at their futile opposition.
    16. Sa’ad da Irmiya ya gaya wa mutane cewa Allah zai yi musu hukunci domin muguntarsu, sai suka yi masa dariya. <> When Jeremiah tells the people that God will punish them for their badness, they just laugh at him.
    17. A shekara ta 1949, Kwamitin Tsaro na ƙasar Estoniya, wato KGB sun kama ta, sun tuɓe mata kaya kuma wasu ’yan sanda matasa suka yi ta kallonta suna yi mata dariya. <> In 1949, Ella was arrested in Estonia by the KGB, stripped naked, and then gawked at by young police officers.
    18. Sa’ad da matasa suka biɗi makasudai na ruhaniya, mutane sukan yi musu dariya. <> When young people pursue spiritual goals, the world often scorns them.
    19. To, kana iya cewa: ‘Idan suka yi mini dariya fa?’ <> ‘What if they laugh at me?’ you may ask.
    20. Amma na yi mamaki, sa’ad da suka soma yi mini dariya da kuma hamayya. <> To my surprise, I met with mockery and opposition.

[17-08-25 01:36:28:875 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of yi kwanciya[change]

  1. yi kwanciya. <> lie down, made up, made, managed, rebellion, shelter, sleep, stays, the, to lie.
    1. Wannan makon an yi mini wurin kwanciya a cikin baho, amma mun ƙarfafa juna sosai! <> That week my bed was made up in the bathtub, but what a spiritually joyful week we had together!
    2. Waɗanda suke hidima a Bethel ba sa hidima don samun kuɗi amma suna gamsuwa da tanadi da ake yi don abinci, wurin kwanciya, da ɗan guzuri don kashewa. <> Those at Bethel do not serve for material gain but are satisfied with the provisions made for food, lodging, and a modest reimbursement for personal expenses.
    3. Yana da sauƙi mutum ya damu da neman abinci, sa tufafi, da wurin kwanciya kuma ya yi watsi ko ya manta da abubuwan da suka fi muhimmanci. <> It is easy to become so concerned with food, clothing, and shelter that the more important things are neglected or even forgotten.
    4. Wannan zai ƙunshi kirar likita, taimakon mutum ya je asibiti, ko yin abin da zai yiwu a yi tanadin abinci da wurin kwanciya. <> This may involve calling a doctor, helping a person to get to a clinic, or doing whatever is possible to provide food and shelter.
    5. (Ru’ya ta Yohanna 17:3-5; Galatiyawa 6:16) Da haka, ya cika alkawarinsa: “Ni da kaina zan yi kiwon tumakina, in kai su wurin kwanciya, . . . <> (Revelation 17:3-5; Galatians 6:16) He thus fulfilled his promise: “I myself shall feed my sheep, and I myself shall make them lie down . . .
    6. domin wai kwanciya a kan gadonsa na yi masa zafi sosai. <> because he said that it was painful for him to lie in his own bed.
    7. Da yake shekara 80, ya nuna halin karimci sosai ga Dauda da rundunarsa, ya ba su abinci da wurin kwanciya a lokacin da Absalom ya yi tawaye. <> At 80 years of age, he showed extraordinary hospitality to David and his army, providing them with food and lodging during Absalom’s rebellion.
    8. Alal misali, ka yi la’akari da yanayin da Kiristoci da yawa suke kwanciya a gida ɗaya. <> For example, take the situation in which several Christians sleep in the same home.
    9. Jirginmu ƙarami ne, don haka babu isashen wurin kwanciya da dahuwa ko kuma wanki, amma mun yi maneji da hakan. <> Our small vessel had little space for sleeping, cooking, or washing clothes, but we managed.
    10. Wannan shi ne mafarin neman maganin cutar kansa da aka yi ta yi wa Lucía har na tsawon shekaru bakwai, wanda ya haɗa da kwanciya a asibiti na kwanaki masu yawa. <> Thus began Lucía’s seven-year battle against cancer, which included lengthy hospital stays.

[17-08-25 01:36:29:051 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of yi rai[change]

  1. yi rai. <> actually keeps living, also do, he, keep living, life, live to, live, living, positively keep living, rule, to live with, to live.
    1. “Da ma kun ce, Idan Ubangiji ya yarda, za mu yi rai, mu yi abu kaza da kaza.” <> “Instead, you ought to say: ‘If Jehovah wills, we shall live and also do this or that.’”
    2. Kamar yadda da dama cikin masu aikata laifi suke da ra’ayin ‘a mutu ko a yi rai,’ Iblis da aljanunsa sun ƙudurta ɓata duniya kuma su yi mutuwar kasko da mazauna cikin ta. <> Just as many desperate criminals follow the policy of ‘rule or ruin,’ the Devil and his demons are determined to bring the earth and its inhabitants to ruin with them.
    3. Wanda ya zauna cikin birnin nan mutuwa za ya yi ta bakin takobi, da yunwa, da annoba: amma wanda ya fita ya fāɗa cikin hannun Chaldiyawa da ke kewaye ku da yaƙi, shi za ya yi rai, za ya tsira da ransa.” <> The one sitting still in this city will die by the sword and by the famine and by the pestilence; but the one who is going out and who actually falls away to the Chaldeans who are laying siege against you will keep living, and his soul will certainly come to be his as a spoil.”
    4. I, kuma, dukan waɗanda su ke so su yi rai mai-ibada cikin Kristi Yesu za su sha tsanani.” <> In fact, all those desiring to live with godly devotion in association with Christ Jesus will also be persecuted.”
    5. A sane ko cikin rashin sani, al’ummar ’yan Adam tana nuna irin halin shugabanta da kuma halinsa na ‘a mutu ko a yi rai.’ <> Whether consciously or not, human society reflects the personality of its ruler and his ‘rule or ruin’ policy.
    6. Mazaunan tsibirin suka ce: “Babu shakka wannan mutum mai-kisan kai ne, kuma ko da yake ya tsira daga teku, shari’a ba ta barinsa ya yi rai ba.”—Ayyukan Manzanni 28:4. <> At that, the islanders said: “Surely this man is a murderer, and although he made it to safety from the sea, Justice did not permit him to keep on living.”—Acts 28:4.
    7. Bulus ya yi wa Timothawus gargaɗi: “Dukan waɗanda su ke so su yi rai mai-ibada cikin Kristi Yesu za su sha tsanani.” <> Paul warned Timothy: “All those desiring to live with godly devotion in association with Christ Jesus will also be persecuted.”
    8. 2 Hakika, a duniya da take cikin duhu, waɗanda “su ke so su yi rai mai-ibada” za su sha hamayya. <> 2 Of course, in a world immersed in darkness, those who “live with godly devotion” will meet opposition.
    9. Allah ya ce: “Ba ni da wani jin daɗi cikin mutuwar mugu ba, gwamma dai shi mugun shi juyo ga barin hanyarsa shi yi rai.”—Ezek. <> “I take no pleasure in the death of the wicked, but rather that someone wicked changes his way and keeps living,” he assures us.—Ezek.
    10. Amma a wannan yanayi na a yi rai ko a mutu, kowa yana son ya ceci kansa, ba wani ba. <> But here, in a situation of life and death, everybody’s first concern is to save himself, forgetting about the others.
    11. Manzo Bulus ya ce: “Dukan waɗanda su ke so su yi rai mai-ibada cikin Kristi Yesu za su sha tsanani.” <> The apostle Paul said: “All those desiring to live with godly devotion in association with Christ Jesus will also be persecuted.”
    12. (1 Timothawus 2:4) Jehovah yana farin ciki ma sa’ad da “mugun [ya] juyo ga barin hanyarsa shi yi rai”!—Ezekiel 33:11. <> (1 Timothy 2:4) Why, Jehovah is delighted when “someone wicked turns back from his way and actually keeps living”!—Ezekiel 33:11.
    13. Bayan haka, “numfashi kuwa ya zo cikinsu, suka yi rai.” <> Eventually, “breath came into them, and they began to live.”
    14. Sai Bulus ya daɗa: “Dukan waɗanda suke so su yi rai mai-ibada cikin Kristi Yesu za su sha tsanani.” <> Then Paul added: “In fact, all those desiring to live with godly devotion in association with Christ Jesus will also be persecuted.”
    15. Kamar yadda ya ce ne ta bakin annabi Ezekiel: “Ni ina jin dadin mutuwar mugu ne? In ji Ubangiji Yahweh: ban gwammace ya juya ga barin aikinsa ya yi rai ba?”—Ezekiel 18:23. <> It is as he stated through his prophet Ezekiel: “‘Do I take any delight at all in the death of someone wicked,’ is the utterance of the Sovereign Lord Jehovah, ‘and not in that he should turn back from his ways and actually keep living?’”—Ezekiel 18:23.
    16. (1 Bitrus 4:12) Kuma Bulus ya ce: “Dukan waɗanda su ke so su yi rai mai-ibada cikin Kristi Yesu za su sha tsanani.” <> (1 Peter 4:12) And Paul explained: “All those desiring to live with godly devotion in association with Christ Jesus will also be persecuted.”
    17. Daga baya Bulus ya rubuta wa Timothawus a wasiƙa: “Dukan waɗanda su ke so su yi rai mai-ibada cikin Kristi Yesu za su sha tsanani.”—2 Timothawus 3:12; Yohanna 15:20. <> Paul later wrote to Timothy: ‘All those who desire to live a godly life will be persecuted.’—2 Timothy 3:12; John 15:20.
    18. “Za ya yi rai.” <> “He will positively keep living.”
    19. Kuma Bulus ya ce: “Dukan waɗanda su ke so su yi rai mai-ibada cikin Kristi Yesu za su sha tsanani.”—1 Bit. <> And Paul said: “All those desiring to live with godly devotion in association with Christ Jesus will also be persecuted.”—1 Pet.
    20. 2:16, 17; 3:1-6) An kori ma’aurata na farko daga gidansu na lambu domin “kada [Adamu] ya miƙa hannunsa, ya ɗauka kuma daga itace na rai, ya ci, ya yi rai har abada.” <> 2:16, 17; 3:1-6) The first couple were expelled from their garden home “in order that [Adam] may not put his hand out and actually take fruit also from the tree of life and eat and live to time indefinite.”

[17-08-25 01:36:29:196 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of yi wasa[change]

  1. yi wasa. <> Cherish Your, abuse, and played tag, did, granted, laugh, lightly, play with, play, plays, take for granted, take, taken lightly, to play when it, to play, with playing, with.
    1. Kana tsammanin Yesu ya yi wasa sa’ad da yake yaro?— Ƙila ya yi wasa. <> Do you think Jesus played when he was a child?— He probably did.
    2. Dabbobi za su yi wasa da juna kuma mu ma za mu yi wasa da su. <> And animals will be friends with one another and with us.
    3. 103:2) Jehobah ya kyautata mana ma, kuma yana da kyau kada mu yi wasa da abin da ya yi a madadinmu. <> 103:2) Jehovah has dealt rewardingly with us too, and we are wise not to take for granted what he has done in our behalf.
    4. Jariri ma zai yi wasa kusa da maciji mai dafi kuma ba zai yi masa kome ba.’ <> Even a baby will not be harmed if it plays near a poisonous snake.’
    5. 16:11, 12, 18-21) Babu shakka, Dauda ya yi wasa sa’ad da yake yaro, amma ya kuma koya abubuwa masu kyau da ya yi amfani da su daga baya wajen yabon Jehobah. <> 16:11, 12, 18-21) No doubt, as a lad David knew how to be playful, but he also learned valuable skills that he later used to praise Jehovah.
    6. Alal misali, za ka je ka yi wasa da wasu yara a gidansu. <> For example, you may go to play with other children in their house.
    7. Wani lokaci ba ka sonsa ma domin ba za ka iya fita waje ba ka yi wasa. <> Sometimes you may not like the rain because you can’t go outside to play when it rains.
    8. MENENE kake so sosai, wasa ko kuma aiki?— Babu laifi a yi wasa. <> WHAT do you like best, to work or to play?— Really, there is nothing wrong with playing.
    9. Jariri mai-shan mama za ya yi wasa a bakin ramin kumurci, ’ya’yayyen yaro kuma za ya sa hannu a gidan kāsa. <> And the sucking child will certainly play upon the hole of the cobra; and upon the light aperture of a poisonous snake will a weaned child actually put his own hand.
    10. Bayan sashen, ni da wasu muka yi wasa tare da yara. <> After the sessions, I joined some others and played tag with the children.
    11. Bari kada mu yi wasa da ita. <> May we never take it for granted.
    12. Domin abubuwan da aka ambata a baya, ya kamata mu yi biyayya da kalmomin manzo Yohanna cewa kada mu yi wasa da imaninmu na addini. <> In view of the foregoing, we should heed the apostle John’s words not to take our religious beliefs lightly or for granted.
    13. (Daniel 2:44) Bai kamata a yi wasa da wannan ba. <> (Daniel 2:44) This warning is not to be taken lightly.
    14. Wasu yara ba za su so mu yi wasa da kayan wasansu ba. <> Other children may not want us to play in their games.
    15. Ya kamata dukanmu mu yi wasa da kuma more cuɗanyar juna, mu sa tattaunawa da koyarwarmu su riƙa ƙarfafawa da kuma ba da amfani mai kyau a cikin ikilisiya.—2 Kor. <> In the congregation, all can learn to laugh with and enjoy one another, keeping conversations and our teaching manner upbuilding and positive.—2 Cor.
    16. Ta yaya wasu Kiristoci a ƙarni na farko suka yi wasa da alherin Allah? <> How did some early Christians abuse God’s undeserved kindness?
    17. “Masu koyar da wasanni a makaranta a koyaushe suna ƙoƙari su sa na yi wasa a ƙungiya. <> “The coaches in school were always trying to get me to play on the team.
    18. Kada Ka Yi Wasa da Gatan Yin Aiki Tare da Jehobah! <> Cherish Your Privilege of Working With Jehovah!
    19. Kada ka yi wasa da gatan yin aiki tare da Allah ta wajen sanar da mutane game da sunansa da Mulkinsa a kowane lokaci. <> Never underestimate your potential for working with God by bearing witness to his name and making known his Kingdom at every opportunity.
    20. Kada mu yi wasa da wannan gatan! <> We must never take that privilege for granted!

[17-08-25 01:36:29:389 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of yini[change]

  1. yini. <> Daily, Day, concern, day long, day, days, day’s, for day, my concern, text.
    1. Bayan mun bincika nassin yini, sai mu ɗan bincika sakin layi na littattafan da ake nazarinsu a ikilisiya a makon.” <> After considering the day’s text, we prepare a few paragraphs in one of the publications scheduled for congregation study during the week.”
    2. Muna da tsarin bincika nassosin yini kowace rana a iyalinmu? <> Do we have a routine to consider the day’s text as a family?
    3. 6:11; Luk 11:3) Sa’ad da muka yi wannan roƙo a addu’a, muna roƙon Allah ya ba mu abincin “yini.” <> 6:11; Luke 11:3) By making this prayerful request, we are asking God to provide necessary food “for this day.”
    4. (Yunana 1:2) Har da unguwar waje, Nineba babban birni ce, “na tafiyar yini uku.” <> (Jonah 1:2) Including its suburbs, Nineveh was a large city, “with a walking distance of three days.”
    5. Duk da cewa akwai ma’aikata masu yawa, maigidan bai yi amfani da yanayin don ya biya su kuɗin da bai kai na yini ba. <> Even though the situation could be viewed as a buyer’s market, with no shortage of workers, he did not take advantage of them by offering less than what was fair.
    6. Ka ƙarfafa dukan masu sauraro su riƙa bincika nassosin yini kowacce rana. <> Encourage all to consider the text each day.
    7. Yesu ya ce za mu iya yin addu’a don “abincin yini.” <> Jesus said that we can pray for “our bread for the day.”
    8. Bayan da ya cece su daga ƙasar Masar, Allah ya yi wa Isra’ilawa alkawari cewa: “Zan zubo maku da abinci daga sama: mutanen kuwa za su fita, kowace rana su tattara bukatar yini.” <> Shortly after their deliverance from Egypt, God promised the Israelites: “Here I am raining down bread for you from the heavens; and the people must go out and pick up each his amount day for day.”
    9. (Matta 6:31-34) Addu’ar “abincin yini” ya kafa gurbin yin rayuwa mai sauƙi ta “ibada tare da wadar zuci.”—1 Timothawus 6:6-8. <> (Matthew 6:31-34) The prayer for “bread for this day” sets the pattern for leading simple lives of “godly devotion along with contentment.”—1 Timothy 6:6-8, footnote.
    10. Ina ta tunani a kanta dukan yini.”—Zab. <> All day long it is my concern.”—Ps.
    11. Ka gayyaci masu sauraro su faɗi lokacin da suka tsara don bincika nassosin yini da kuma yadda suka amfana ta yin hakan. <> Invite audience to relate when they have set aside time to read the text and how they have benefited.
    12. Labarin ya ce ya yi “tafiyar yini,” saboda haka, wataƙila ya fara tafiyar tun da asuba, kuma bai ɗauki abinci ko wasu tanadodi ba. <> The record says that he went “a day’s journey,” so we may picture him starting off at sunrise, evidently carrying no provisions with him.
    13. Ka Ba Mu “Abincin Yini” <> Give Us “Our Bread for This Day
    14. Abin tunawa ne a gareni dukan yini.”—Zabura 119:97. <> All day long it is my concern.”—Psalm 119:97.
    15. Minti 10: Ka Amfana Daga Examining the Scriptures Daily [Bincika Nassosin Yini.] <> 10 min: Benefit From Examining the Scriptures Daily.
    16. Ya kuma ce ya ‘kwana da yini yana cikin zurfin teku,’ wataƙila saboda hatsarin da ya yi a jirgi. <> Paul also mentions spending ‘a night and a day in the deep,’ likely because of one of the shipwrecks that he went through.
    17. Dukan yini yana aikin alheri, yana bada rance; zuriyarsa kuwa mai-albarka ce.” <> All day long he is showing favor and lending, and so his offspring are in line for a blessing.”
    18. A ƙarshe, ka ƙarfafa dukan ’yan’uwa su riƙa tattauna nassin yini na kowace rana. <> Conclude by encouraging all to consider the text each day.
    19. 2 To, me ya sa Yesu ya haɗa cikin roƙonsa a addu’ar misali cewa: “Ka ba mu yau abincin yini”? <> 2 Why, then, did Jesus include in his model prayer the request: “Give us today our bread for this day”?
    20. (2 Tim. 2:2) (4) amfanin tattauna nassosin yini kullum da safe da shirya tarurruka na ikilisiya duk mako? <> (2 Tim. 2:2) (4) the importance of starting each day considering a Bible text and preparing each week for congregation meetings?

[17-08-25 01:36:29:562 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of zaki[change]

  1. zaki. <> a bear, a lion, a, juice, lion, lions, lion’s, maned young lion, prey, young lion.
    1. Ya nuna abin da ya sa mutum ya kamata ya ji tsoron Mahalicci, Jehovah ya taba magana da Ayuba game da irin wadannan dabbobi, kamar su zaki, jakin daji, bauna, dorina, da kuma kada. <> To show why man should be in awe of the Creator, Jehovah once spoke to Job about such animals as the lion, the zebra, the wild bull, Behemoth (or, hippopotamus), and Leviathan (evidently the crocodile).
    2. (Matta 13:31; 23:23; Luka 11:42) Bayan an gama cikin ainihin abincin, wataƙila baƙin sun more kayan zaki da aka yi da gasashen alkama kuma aka haɗa da durumi, zuma da kayan ƙamshi. <> (Matthew 13:31; 23:23; Luke 11:42) Later, the guests may have enjoyed a dessert of roasted wheat prepared with almonds, honey, and spices.
    3. (b) ta zaki fa? <> (b) the lion’s face?
    4. Sura 7 tana ɗauke da bayani na sarai na kwatancin “manyan bisashe guda huɗu”—zaki, damisa, kura, da kuma bisa mai ban tsoro mai manyan haƙoran ƙarfe. <> Chapter 7 contains a vivid tableau of “four huge beasts”—a lion, a bear, a leopard, and a fearsome beast with big teeth of iron.
    5. Kamar ‘yadda zaki ya kan yi ruri bisa kan ganimarsa’ Jehobah zai tsare “dutsen Sihiyona.” <> Like ‘a maned young lion growling over its prey,’ Jehovah will guard “Mount Zion.”
    6. Kalmar Allah ta gargaɗe mu: “Magabcinku Shaiɗan, kamar zaki mai-ruri, yana yawo, yana neman wanda za ya cinye.”—1 Bit. <> God’s Word warns us: “Your adversary, the Devil, walks about like a roaring lion, seeking to devour someone.”—1 Pet.
    7. Ruwan inabi ne, ba ruwan ’ya’yan inabi mai zaki ba. <> Fermented wine, not unfermented grape juice.
    8. “Kerkeci za ya zauna tare da ɗan rago, damisa kuma za ta kwanta tare da ɗan akuya; da ɗan maraƙi da ɗan zaki da kiyayayyen ɗan sā za su zauna wuri ɗaya; ɗan yaro kuwa za ya bishe su. <> “The wolf will actually reside for a while with the male lamb, and with the kid the leopard itself will lie down, and the calf and the maned young lion and the well-fed animal all together; and a mere little boy will be leader over them.
    9. 4. (a) Idan da zaki mai ruri a unguwa, menene ya kamata iyaye su yi? <> 4. (a) Knowing that a lion is roaming in the neighborhood should prompt what reaction from parents?
    10. Dauda ya ɗaukaka Jehobah don zaki da bear da ya kashe <> David humbly credited Jehovah for his victories over wild beasts
    11. Zaki kuma, sau da yawa yana zaman shari’a, domin shari’a ta gaskiya tana bukatar gaba gadi, hali da aka san zaki da shi. <> A lion, on the other hand, often pictures justice, for true justice requires courage, a quality for which lions are renowned.
    12. Dauda ya amsa: ‘Na kashe wata dabbar daji da zaki da suka kama tumakin babana. <> David answers: ‘I killed a bear and a lion that carried off my father’s sheep.
    13. 17 Me ya sa aka ceci Bulus daga “bakin zaki”? <> 17 For what purpose was Paul “rescued from the lion’s mouth”?
    14. (b) Me ya sa zaki alama ce da ta dace na shari’ar Jehovah? <> (b) Why is the lion a fitting symbol of Jehovah’s justice?
    15. Amma da ka duba wurin da kyau sai ka ga mayunwacin zaki yana neman abincin da zai ci! <> As you look through it, though, you notice a ferocious lion stalking prey on the other side!
    16. “Kerkeci za ya zauna tare da ɗan rago, damisa kuma za ta kwanta tare da ɗan akuya; da ɗan maraƙi da ɗan zaki da kiyayayyen ɗan sā za su zauna wuri ɗaya; ɗan yaro kuwa za ya bishe su. . . . <> “The wolf will actually reside for a while with the male lamb, and with the kid the leopard itself will lie down, and the calf and the maned young lion and the well-fed animal all together; and a mere little boy will be leader over them. . . .
    17. 3 Kamar mugun zaki, Shaiɗan ya daɗe yana kai wa mutanen Jehobah farmaki gaba da gaba ta nuna ƙarfi, saka su a kurkuku, ko hana aikinsu. <> 3 Like a savage lion, Satan has often made open, frontal attacks by means of violence, imprisonment, or ban.
    18. Kowanne yana da fuskoki hudu—ta bijimi, ta zaki, ta gaggafa, da kuma ta mutum. <> Each one has four faces—that of a bull, a lion, an eagle, and a man.
    19. (Filibbiyawa 2:6-8) A cikin Littafi Mai Tsarki, an kwatanta Yesu da zaki mai gaba gaɗi. <> (Philippians 2:6-8) In the Bible, Jesus is depicted as a courageous lion.
    20. Zaki kuwa za ya ci ciyawa kamar sā. <> Even the lion will eat straw just like the bull.

[17-08-25 01:36:29:756 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of zaman lafiya[change]

  1. zaman lafiya. <> -Being of, Favorable, [[Verse 3—Everyone will have peace]], are, favorable, of perfect health, peace, peaceable, peaceful, well-being, well.
    1. 39:7-9) Ya kamata kuma mu kasance masu zaman lafiya, mu guji abubuwan da za su kawo rashin zaman lafiya. <> 39:7-9) We should also be peaceable, avoiding aggressiveness or actions that would disrupt peace.
    2. Gwamnatin da za ta iya tabbatar da zaman lafiya a duniya ita ce wadda za ta yi mulki a dukan duniya kuma ta koya wa mutane nagarta da ƙaunar juna.—Ka karanta Ishaya 32:17; 48:18, 22. <> Only a world government that can teach people to love what is right and care for one another will bring world peace.—Read Isaiah 32:17; 48:18, 22.
    3. (Ishaya 33:24) Lafiyayyen jiki da begen zaman lafiya zai sa dukan mazaunan sabuwar duniya su sa hannu sosai a aikin ilimantarwa na koya wa biliyoyi da aka tashe su hanyar yin rayuwa. <> (Isaiah 33:24) A sound body and the prospect of perfect health will allow all inhabitants of the new world to share fully in the educational work of instructing those billions resurrected in the way of life.
    4. Aya ta 3—Kowa zai yi zaman lafiya <> Verse 3—Everyone will have peace
    5. ZA A sami zaman lafiya a duniyarmu ko kuwa tana gab ne da halaka? <> IS OUR world on the threshold of peace or on the brink of disaster?
    6. Albarka a Lokacin Zaman Lafiya da Lokacin Wahala <> Blessings “in Favorable Times and Difficult Times”
    7. Ka Daɗa ga Zaman Lafiya Ikilisiya <> Contribute to the Well-Being of the Congregation
    8. 14 Albarka a Lokacin Zaman Lafiya da Lokacin Wahala <> 14 Blessings “in Favorable Times and Difficult Times”
    9. 11 Don mu more dangantaka na kud da kud da Jehobah, “Allah kuwa na salama,” dole ne mu yi koyi da halayensa, har da zaman lafiya. <> 11 To enjoy an intimate relationship with Jehovah, “the God of peace,” we must imitate his qualities, including peaceableness.
    10. “Matalauta sun gaya mana cewa, fiye da kome, suna bukatar zaman lafiya da kwanciyar rai, sai kuma zarafin su kyautata rayuwarsu. <> “Poor people tell us that, above all, they want peace and security—and then opportunities to make their lives better.
    11. Talifi na biyu ya tattauna yadda sa idonmu ya kasance sarai da biɗan maƙasudai na ruhaniya da kuma yin Bauta ta Iyali da yamma suke da muhimmanci ga zaman lafiya na ruhaniya na dukan iyalin. <> The second article considers how keeping a simple eye, pursuing spiritual goals, and maintaining a Family Worship evening are essential to the entire family’s spiritual well-being.
    12. Ko kuma za ka so ka zauna da wanda yake da kirki kuma yana son zaman lafiya?— Babban Malami ya ce: “Masu-albarka ne masu-sada zumunta: gama za a ce da su ’ya’yan Allah.”—Matta 5:9. <> Or would you rather be with someone who is kind and wants peace?— The Great Teacher said: “Happy are the peaceable, since they will be called ‘sons of God.’”—Matthew 5:9.
    13. Mun ji daɗi a wannan lokacin zaman lafiya yayin da muke yi wa ’yan’uwanmu hidima a ikilisiyoyi dabam-dabam. <> We enjoyed those favorable times, serving our brothers and sisters in various congregations.
    14. Domin ta wurin girmama ’yan’uwanmu maza da mata, muna sa dukan ikilisiya ta kasance da zaman lafiya da haɗin kai. <> For this reason: By showing honor to our brothers and sisters, we greatly contribute to the well-being and unity of the entire congregation.
    15. Me ya sa suka yi zaman lafiya da juna da kuma galibin mutane? <> Why were they at peace with one another and with people in general?
    16. 4 Sa’ad da Sulemanu ɗan Dauda ya fara sarauta an yi zaman lafiya kuma an yi nasara da ya kwatanta yadda Kristi zai yi sarautarsa ta Shekara Dubu a nan gaba. <> 4 The rulership of David’s son Solomon was initially so peaceful and prosperous that it could rightly foreshadow the future Millennial Reign of Christ Jesus.
    17. Allah ya yi alkawari a cikin Nassi [ko kuma Kalmarsa] cewa zai mai da duniya aljanna, inda za a yi zaman lafiya kuma talauci da rashin lafiya ba za su kasance ba. <> The Scriptures promise [or, this holy book promises] that God will soon make the world a beautiful, peaceful place where no one is poor or sick.
    18. (Malachi 3:18) Mutane marasa sonkai suna yaba wa Shaidun Jehobah saboda sahihanci, alheri, zaman lafiya, da ƙwazo da suke nunawa kuma waɗannan halayen sun bambanta mutanen Allah daga duniya baki ɗaya. <> (Malachi 3:18) The honesty, kindness, peacefulness, and diligence displayed by Jehovah’s Witnesses are admired by unprejudiced onlookers, and these qualities distinguish God’s people from the world in general.
    19. (Misalai 17:1) Saboda a sami zaman lafiya, Littafi Mai Tsarki ya gaya wa maigida ya daraja ko kuma ya girmama matarsa. <> (Proverbs 17:1, Contemporary English Version) The Bible tells a husband to treat his wife with honor, or respect.
    20. An tsananta wa masu wa’azin bishara a daular Roma, amma sun yi zaman lafiya da mutane kuma sun amfana daga kwanciyar hankali da aka yi a lokacin.—Karanta Romawa 12:18-21. <> Kingdom proclaimers were persecuted in the Roman world, but they were peaceable and apparently benefited from the somewhat peaceful climate of those times.—Read Romans 12:18-21.

[17-08-25 01:36:29:917 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of zuciya[change]

  1. zuciya. <> [[Gracious and Just]], a, aid, brokenhearted, heart, heartwarming, humility, in, open mind, partiality, touching thought, vindictive spirit, was.
    1. Mai Alheri da Marar Son Zuciya <> Gracious and Just
    2. Amma, rashin adalci iri-iri ne—ya hada da kabilanci, wariya, da kuma son zuciya—sau da yawa hakan na tasowa ne daga hadama da son kai, kishiyar kauna. <> But injustice in its many forms—including racism, discrimination, and partiality—often springs from greed and selfishness, the opposites of love.
    3. Yayinda yake tsakanin shekarunsa na 60 fa ya soma shaida alamar ciwon zuciya. <> In his early 60’s he began to have symptoms of a heart problem.
    4. 4 Marubutan Littafi Mai Tsarki sun yi amfani da “zuciya” don su kwatanta halinmu. <> 4 Bible writers use “heart” to describe man’s entire inner self.
    5. A irin lokatan nan, yana da kyau mu tuna cewa Jehovah yana “juyayin mutanensa da ke shan wahala” kuma yana “ƙarfafa wa ƙasƙantattu zuciya.” <> On such occasions we do well to remember that Jehovah “shows pity upon his own afflicted ones” and that he “comforts those laid low.”
    6. Ta yaya za ka yi ƙarfin zuciya kamar Yesu? <> How can you imitate Jesus in showing courage?
    7. Saboda haka, da zuciya ɗaya, kada ka yi jinkirin gwada abin da aka koya maka daga tushen gaskiya, wato, Kalmar Allah. <> Therefore, with an open mind, do not hesitate to compare with God’s Word—the source of truth—what you have been taught.
    8. Duk da kalaman Zabura 3:6, 7, me ya sa za mu ce Dauda bai da baƙar zuciya? <> Despite the words of Psalm 3:6, 7, why would you say that David did not have a vindictive spirit?
    9. 7 Sulke yana kāre zuciya ta zahiri. <> 7 A breastplate protects the physical heart.
    10. (Kolosiyawa 4:10, 11) Kalmar Helenanci da aka fassara “sanyaya mini zuciya” ta bayyana sau ɗaya ne kawai a Nassosin Kirista na Helenanci. <> (Colossians 4:10, 11) The Greek word translated “strengthening aid” appears only once in the Christian Greek Scriptures.
    11. Wannan ba dalili mai motsa zuciya ba ne? <> Is that not a touching thought?
    12. Littafi Mai Tsarki ya ce: “Allah ya ba [Sulemanu] hikima da ganewa ƙwarai da gaske, da buɗaɗɗiyar zuciya, kamar yashin da ke a bakin teku. <> The Bible states: “God continued giving Solomon wisdom and understanding in very great measure and a broadness of heart, like the sand that is upon the seashore.
    13. (Ishaya 11:9; Matta 5:5) Dubi yadda yake daɗaɗa zuciya a san cewa jim kaɗan dukan mugunta ba za su kasance kuma ba, a bar waɗanda suke kiyaye ƙauna ta gaske ta Kirista! <> (Isaiah 11:9; Matthew 5:5) How heartwarming it is to know that soon all the wicked will be gone, leaving only those who practice genuine Christian love!
    14. 51:17) Babu shakka, Jehobah yana iya bi da wannan yanayin, gama “yana warkar da masu-karyayyar zuciya, yana ɗaure raunukan su.” <> 51:17) Jehovah is certainly able to deal with this situation, for “he is healing the brokenhearted ones, and is binding up their painful spots.”
    15. (Leviticus 19:35, 36; Kubawar Shari’a 23:19, 20) Wancan tsarin dokoki mai kyau kuma marar son zuciya babbar albarka ce ga Isra’ila! <> (Leviticus 19:35, 36; Deuteronomy 23:19, 20) That noble and just legal code was a great blessing to Israel!
    16. Yesu ya nuna cewa tawali’u da ƙasƙantar zuciya suna da nasaba ta kusa <> Jesus showed that mildness and humility go hand in hand
    17. Ya bauta wa Jehobah da zuciya ɗaya kuma ya aririci mutane su yi haka. <> He worshipped Jehovah exclusively and urged others to do the same.
    18. Ta wajen yin tanadin taimako da kuma ta’aziyya ta ruhaniya da gudun zuciya da kuma hanyar fahimta, dattawa za su iya su taimaka musu su tsaya kusa da Jehovah duk da gwajinsu. <> By providing regular spiritual support and comfort in a tactful and discerning way, elders can help them stay close to Jehovah despite their trials.
    19. Ka koya mana mu ƙididdiga kwanukanmu, da za mu samo zuciya mai-hikima.” <> Show us just how to count our days in such a way that we may bring a heart of wisdom in.”

[17-08-25 01:59:15:136 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of ba a samu[change]

  1. ba a samu. <> Ethnic, Increase in, alternatives, as, at, come, did not, found in, found, generated, has no, have an, in, is possible, not have been a, not, nothing is to be gained, soon be a, to be no, weren’t realized.
    1. “Tarihi ya zama labarin ƙoƙarce-ƙoƙarcen da ba a iya cika su ba, fata da ba a samu ba . . . <> “History is a tale of efforts that failed, of aspirations that weren’t realized . . .
    2. Da ba za a samu ciwo, azaba, ko mutuwa ba, haka ma da ba za a samu zuriyar bil Adam ba. <> While there would not have been any sickness, sorrow, or death, there would not have been a human race either.
    3. (Farawa 21:10-12; Misalai 15:22) Ko idan ba a samu sakamakon da ake so ba, kowannenmu zai iya daɗa ga yanayi mai kyau na iyalin don a samu ’ya’yan ruhu na Allah cikin rayuwarmu, yana nuna kulawa ga wasu da suke cikin iyalin. <> (Genesis 21:10-12; Proverbs 15:22) But even if the results are not all that were hoped for, each of us can contribute to an improved home atmosphere by making room for the fruitage of God’s spirit in our life, showing loving consideration for other family members.
    4. Har sun ce shekara ta 1986 Shekarar Salama ta Dukan Duniya ce, ko da ba a samu salama a dukan duniya ba a wannan shekarar. <> They even dubbed 1986 the International Year of Peace, although that year did not live up to its name.
    5. 3 Rukunin dattawa a kowace ikilisiya zai tsara yadda za a rarraba gayyatar a yankinsu, kuma zai tsai da shawara ko za a bar takardun gayyatar a gidajen da ba a samu kowa ba da kuma rarraba su a wuraren da jama’a suke. <> 3 Each body of elders should determine how the congregation can give the invitations wide distribution, including whether to leave them at not-at-homes or offer them in public witnessing within the territory.
    6. Ba zai yiwu ba a samu mutane masu yawa daga dukan al’ummai da ba za a iya ƙirgawa ba da ke riƙe da ganyayen dabino da suka fito daga wannan ƙunci mai girma, sai dai ko ta wurin wa’azin Linjila kafin ƙuncin ya zo.”—Dan. <> The palm-bearing multitude, which come out of this great tribulation, cannot be innumerable out of all nations, unless they be made so by the preaching of the Gospel before it comes.”—Dan.
    7. 11 Idan ba a samu abokiyar aure da ta dace ba fa? <> 11 What if no appropriate partner can be found?
    8. Kan labarin ya daɗa cewa: “A cikin shekaru goma ba a samu ƙarin masu shela ba.” <> (Informant,* December 1937, London edition) The sobering subtitle added: “No Outstanding Increase in Ten Years.”
    9. Wasu shugabannin duniya sun ce da gaba gaɗi cewa za a iya samun salama a dukan duniya, domin idan ba a samu salama ba yanayin duniya zai kasance da ban tsoro. <> On the one hand, some world leaders speak confidently of global peace as an attainable goal—perhaps because the alternatives are too horrifying to contemplate.
    10. Ka yi tunanin wani hali da Allah yake da shi, wanda ba a samu wurin sarakunan duniya—kamewa. <> Think about another quality that God possesses, one that is rarely present in worldly rulers—self-restraint.
    11. 13 Maimakon ya mai da hankali a kan ko ya dace ko bai dace ba a samu dukiya mai yawa, Yesu ya nanata cewa ba ‘yawan dukiya’ ba, wato, ba yawan abubuwan da mutum yake da su ba ne za su tsawonta ransa. <> 13 Instead of focusing on whether it is right or wrong to have an abundance, Jesus was making the point that a man’s life does not result from “the things he possesses,” that is, the things he already has.
    12. Ba za a samu wariya ba, sai a ƙarfafa gami na abuta da ƙauna. <> Ethnic barriers melt, and bonds of friendship and love are strengthened.
    13. A yau, Shaiɗan a kai a kai yana rinjayar mutane su gaskata cewa ba za a samu kowacce riba ba ta wurin yin nufin Allah. <> Today, Satan eggs people on to believe that nothing is to be gained by doing God’s will.
    14. A irin wannan yanayin, ana iya samun ɗan ƙaramin amfanin gona a lambun, amma amfanin ba zai kai wanda za a samu ba da a ce mutanen nan biyu da suke da lambun sun yarda su yi abin da ya kamata kuma sun haɗa kai wajen cim ma hakan. <> In such a scenario, the garden may yield some results, but it will not produce as much as it would have if both gardeners had agreed on what to do and then worked together to achieve those goals.
    15. To dai, ilimi da amfani da iyawar mutum na da muhimmanci, amma ya kamata ne a biɗe su har da ba za a samu lokaci domin iyali da kuma abokai ba? <> True, education and the cultivation of one’s talents are important, but should they be pursued so single-mindedly that one has no time for family and friends?
    16. Amsar Yesu ta nuna cewa ba za a samu magaji ba. <> Jesus’ answer showed that there was to be no successor.
    17. Azurfa 10,000 da Haman ya yi alkawarin zai bayar a ajiye cikin ma’ajin sarki ba su kai yawan kuɗin da za a samu ba, da a ce Haman ya yi ƙulli ne a sayar da Yahudawa a matsayin bayi. <> The 10,000 silver pieces that Haman had promised were far less profitable to the king’s treasury than the wealth that could have been generated if Haman had schemed to sell the Jews as slaves.
    18. Ya kamata mu tuna cewa idan Jehobah bai albarkace mu ba, ba za a samu ci gaba a tanadin da ya yi don a bauta masa ba.—Mis. <> Let us remember that spiritual prosperity is possible only with Jehovah’s rich blessing.—Prov.
    19. Sun faɗi cewa a nan duniya bada jimawa ba za a samu duniya yantacce daga mugunta da shan wahala. <> They say that right here on earth there will soon be a world completely free from wickedness and suffering.
    20. 3 Manzo Bulus ya ce ba za a samu gaskiyar cikin falsafa da al’adu na mutane ba. <> 3 The apostle Paul said that the truth was not to be found in human philosophies and traditions.

[17-08-25 01:59:15:564 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of gashi[change]

  1. gashi. <> Hairy, [[I found great pleasure in working and giving training in the Bethel beauty shop]], dreadlocks, eccentric, hair braiding, hair, hairdressing, of, redheaded, wool.
    1. Alal misali, manzo Bulus ya ce mata Kirista su riƙa “yafa tufafi na ladabi tare da tsantseni da hankali; ba da tubkakken gashi ba, ko da zinariya ko da lu’ulu’ai, ko da tufafi masu-yawan tamani.” <> For instance, the apostle Paul desired that Christian women “adorn themselves in well-arranged dress, with modesty and soundness of mind, not with styles of hair braiding and gold or pearls or very expensive garb.”
    2. Ya ce: ‘Ba a taɓa aske mini gashi ba. <> ‘My hair has never been cut,’ he says.
    3. A shekara ta 1962, na auri Cloris Knoche majagaba mai fara’a mai jan gashi. <> In 1962, I married Cloris Knoche, a lively redheaded pioneer.
    4. Ta yi mamakin ganin waɗannan mutane masu dogon gashi, sai ta yi ƙoƙari ba ta sake juyawa ta kalle mu ba. <> She was obviously startled at seeing this group of long-haired hippies, and she was careful not to turn her head again.
    5. Rashin taimako da ƙarfafa na maigidanta ma ya ishe ta, kuma gashi yanzu ta rasa ɗanta. <> It is bad enough to live without the strength and support of a husband, but now she has lost her only child.
    6. Amma akwai abubuwan da suka fi gyaran gashi ko kuma saka kaya masu kyau muhimmanci. <> But there is something much more important than having a stylish haircut or fashionable clothes.
    7. Ka yi tunanin yadda Iliya yake ƙoƙarin kāre idanunsa yayin da yake riƙe gam da tufafinsa madaidaici na gashi da iskar take kaɗawa. <> Picture Elijah trying to shield his eyes while clinging to his heavy, rustic garment of hair as the gusts whipped it about him.
    8. A ƙarshen taswirar ta lokaci, maki guda ne mai ƙibar gashi ƙwaya ɗaya take wakiltar dukan tarihin ’yan Adam! <> At the end of the time line, all human history is represented by a single mark the thickness of one human hair!
    9. “Mata su yafa tufafi na ladabi tare da tsantsani da hankali; ba da tubkakken gashi ba, ko da zinariya ko da lu’ulu’ai, ko da tufafi masu-yawan tamani; amma ta wurin kyawawan ayyuka abinda ya dace ga mata masu-shaidan ibada ke nan.” <> “I desire the women to adorn themselves in well-arranged dress, with modesty and soundness of mind, not with styles of hair braiding and gold or pearls or very expensive garb, but in the way that befits women professing to reverence God, namely, through good works.”
    10. 11 A yau an sani cewa dukan abubuwan da ka gāda daga iyayenka da kuma kakanninka, kamar tsayi, kamanni, idanu da kalar gashi, da kuma halaye, duk sun yiwu ne domin ƙwayar halinka. <> 11 Today, it is known that characteristics you inherited from your parents and forebears—such as your height, facial features, eye and hair color, and thousands of other traits—were determined by your genes.
    11. Sandra ta tuna: “Domin maigidana ne yake tsai da shawara na saba da wannan, farat ɗaya gashi ya ƙyale ni da tsai da shawarwari. <> Sandra recalls: “Being used to having my husband make final decisions, I was suddenly left alone to make those decisions.
    12. (Misalai 16:31) Shi ya sa Littafi Mai Tsarki ya yi wa mata gargaɗi: “Kada adonku ya zama ado na waje, watau su kitson gashi, da sa ado na zinariya, ko yafa tufafi masu ƙawa; amma ya zama ɓoyayyen mutum na zuciya, cikin tufafi waɗanda ba su lalacewa, na ruhu mai-ladabi mai-lafiya, abin da ke da tamani mai-girma a gaban Allah.”—1 Bitrus 3:3, 4. <> (Proverbs 16:31) Hence, the Bible exhorts women: “Do not let your adornment be that of the external braiding of the hair and of the putting on of gold ornaments or the wearing of outer garments, but let it be the secret person of the heart in the incorruptible apparel of the quiet and mild spirit, which is of great value in the eyes of God.”—1 Peter 3:3, 4.
    13. Na kware a gyaran gashi har ma na sami wasu lambobin yabo <> I had a knack for hairdressing and even received a few awards for it
    14. Bai kamata kowannenmu ya sa tufafi ko kuma salon yin gashi da bai dace ba ko kuma wanda ke nuna cewa muna tarayya da duniya. <> None of us should wear clothing or hairstyles that are eccentric or immodest or that identify us with undesirable elements of the world.
    15. Ina jin daɗin yin aiki da kuma horar da mutane a shagon gyaran gashi <> I found great pleasure in working and giving training in the Bethel beauty shop
    16. Idan aka aske mini gashi, ƙarfi na zai ƙare.’ <> If my hair was cut, I would lose my strength.’
    17. Alal misali, Ishaku da Rifkatu suna haifi ɗa mai jan gashi sai ka ce tufa mai-gashi, suna kira shi Isuwa. <> For instance, Isaac and Rebekah had a son who was born with red hair as thick as a wool garment, so they named him Esau.
    18. Na ƙyale gashi na ya yi tsawo kuma ya lanƙwashe, na sha taba wi-wi, na daina cin nama, kuma na soma yaƙin neman ’yanci ga baƙaƙe. <> I grew dreadlocks, smoked marijuana, gave up eating meat, and advocated freedom for blacks.
    19. A Ibraniyanci sunan yana nufin “Mai Gashi.” <> In Hebrew that name means “Hairy.”
    20. Tsararraki daga baya, wani daga cikin zuriyarka ya ji cewa ba ya son rashin gashi a hoton, sai ya sa aka ƙara gashi. <> Some generations later, however, one of your descendants feels that the receded hairline in the portrait is unflattering, so he has hair added.

[17-08-25 02:25:36:929 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of abinci[change]

  1. abinci. <> Eating, bread, delicious, diet, dish, feeding, food, meal, meals, supper, supply food.
    1. Ta yaya ajin bawa ya ba da abinci na ruhaniya a kan lokaci ta Hukumar Mulki, me ya sa biyayya ga ajin bawa ta dace? <> How has the slave class provided timely spiritual food through its Governing Body, and why is submission to the slave class fitting?
    2. 12:13) Za mu iya raba abin da muke da shi da wasu ko da ba shi da yawa, muna tunawa cewa “gwamma a ci abinci na bakulai wurin da ƙauna ta ke, da a ci san kiwo tare da ƙiyayya.” <> 12:13) We can share something simple with others, remembering that “better is a dish of vegetables where there is love than a manger-fed bull and hatred along with it.”
    3. Hakanan ma, Shaidu da yawa sun sha wahala a wurin sarakuna abokan gaba da mabiyansu domin sun ƙi su ci amanar ’yan’uwansu Shaidu ko kuma su faɗi inda suke samun abinci na ruhaniya. <> Likewise, many Witnesses have suffered at the hands of hostile rulers and their minions because of not betraying their fellow Witnesses nor revealing from where they obtained spiritual food.
    4. Yadda aka samu abinci ‘tsarkake’ da ‘mai-ƙazanta’ a lokacin Dokar Musa ke nan, kuma hakan ya ƙare lokacin da aka kawar da dokar. <> The designations “clean” and “unclean” for food came into existence only with the Mosaic Law, and they ended when it was abolished.
    5. Sai ya tashi ya je gidan wani abokinsa don ya ari abinci duk da cewa dare ya yi sosai. <> Despite the hour, he goes to a friend’s house in order to borrow some bread.
    6. 2:4) Za mu kuma nuna tallafawarmu ta samun halin karɓin baƙi da kuma gayyatar majagaba zuwa gidanmu don su ci abinci.—1 Bit. <> 2:4) We also demonstrate our loving support by showing hospitality and occasionally inviting pioneers to our home for a meal.—1 Pet.
    7. Hakazalika a yau, za mu samu mashawarta masu hikima kuma mu more abinci na ruhaniya mai kyau a taron ikilisiya. <> Similarly today, we can find wise counselors and enjoy wholesome spiritual food at congregation meetings.
    8. 17 Wata hanya da za ta sa mu ƙara ƙaunar Allah ita ce ta yin bimbini a kan tanadi mai yawa da ya yi mana don mu more rayuwa, kyaun halitta, abinci iri-iri, cuɗanya mai daɗaɗawa da abokai, da kuma wasu abubuwa masu kyau da ke sa mu farin ciki da gamsuwa. <> 17 Another way that we can grow in our love for God is to meditate on the abundant loving provisions he has made to let us enjoy life—the beauty of creation, the endless variety of delicious things to eat, the warm companionship of good friends, as well as countless other delights that give us pleasure and satisfaction.
    9. Har sai da suka zauna cin abinci tare ya yi addu’a tukuna suka gane shi ne. <> It is not until Jesus has a meal with them and says a prayer that they recognize him.
    10. Kana da tsarin cin abinci na ruhaniya mai kyau da kuma lokaci na yin nazari mai zurfi na kanka? <> Do you have good spiritual feeding habits and regular periods of deep personal study?
    11. (Ayukan Manzanni 2:11) Da haka, wannan sabuwar al’umma, al’umma ta ruhaniya ta zama ‘bara’ da zai yi shelar ɗaukakar Jehovah ga al’ummai kuma ya ba da abinci a lotonsa. <> (Acts 2:11) Thus, that new nation, a spiritual nation, became the “servant” that would declare Jehovah’s glory to the nations and supply food at the proper time.
    12. Suka yi kallo da mamaki lokacin da Jehovah ya sa kansa ya zama Kwamandan Sojoji da ba a nasara bisansa, Shugaban abubuwan halitta, Mai Ba da Doka da babu kamarsa, Alkali, Mai Sifanta Gini, Mai Tanadin abinci da ruwa, Mai Adana tufafi da kuma takalma—da sauransu. <> They watched in awe as he caused himself to become an unbeatable Military Commander, the Master of all natural elements, a peerless Lawgiver, Judge, Architect, Provider of food and water, Preserver of clothing and footgear—and more.
    13. Muna bin tsari mai kyau na cin abinci kuma mu samu isashen barci? <> Do we regularly eat wholesome meals and get enough rest?
    14. Waɗanda ba su da abinci da suke jin yunwa hankalinsu ya rabu. <> Those who had no supper were hungry and became distracted.
    15. “Cin abinci tare yana da muhimmanci a iyalinmu,” in ji Vincent. <> “Eating together was important in our family,” explains Vincent.
    16. Ya kamata karanta Littafi Mai Tsarki ya zama abu na kullum, yadda cin abinci yake. <> Bible reading should be a lifelong habit, like eating food.
    17. Ta ce za ta gaya masa idan shi da Haman za su sake zuwa cin abinci gobe. <> Esther says that she will tell him if he and Haʹman will come to another meal the next day.
    18. Alal misali: Akwai lokacin da Yesu da manzanninsa suke aiki sosai da ba su da lokacin cin abinci. <> To illustrate: On one occasion, Jesus and his apostles were so busy that they did not have time even to eat a meal.
    19. Yayin da muke cin abinci na ruhaniya a yalwace, muna da dalilin “rairawa domin murna a zuci.” <> As we feast on an abundance of rich spiritual food, we have reason to “cry out joyfully because of the good condition of the heart.”
    20. Ma’auratan suna da damar zaɓa wa kansu ko za su bi wani tsarin cin abinci da kuma shan wasu magunguna. Amma bai dace su sa ’yan’uwa su kasance da rashin haɗin kai saboda kiwon lafiya ba. <> The couple had a right to choose for themselves whether they would follow a certain diet and take the supplements, but was it reasonable to put the unity of the congregation at risk over health care?

[17-08-25 02:25:37:360 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of aboki[change]

  1. aboki. <> [[A man can be known as a firm judge, a loving father, and a friend]], A true companion, Friend, a friend, a, friend, friends, mate, spouse.
    1. Saboda haka, zai dace iyaye su tambayi kansu: ‘Wane irin aboki ne ni? <> Therefore, parents do well to ask themselves: ‘What sort of associate am I?
    2. Wasu suna yin hakan a matsayin iyaye gwauraye ko kuma sa’ad da suke fuskantar hamayya daga aboki ko abokiyar aure wanda ba mai-bi ba. <> Some have to do so as a single parent or while facing opposition from an unbelieving mate.
    3. Yaya zan ci gaba da kulawa da aboki ko abokiyar aure ta ko na kuma in dinga yin dahuwa, wanke-wanke, da wasu ayyuka? <> How long can I continue to take care of my mate and also do all the cooking, cleaning, and secular work?
    4. Ana iya sanin mutum a matsayin alƙali mai bin doka, uba mai auna, da kuma aboki <> A man can be known as a firm judge, a loving father, and a friend
    5. Misalai 17:17 ta ce: “Aboki kullayaumi ƙauna ya ke yi, kuma an haifi ɗan’uwa domin kwanakin shan wuya.” <> Proverbs 17:17 states: “A true companion is loving all the time, and is a brother that is born for when there is distress.”
    6. Tsabta tana da muhimmanci ƙwarai sa’ad da ta shafi abincinmu—ko muna saya ne a kasuwa, ko muna ci ne a gidan abinci, ko muna ci ne a gidan wani aboki. <> The importance of cleanliness cannot be overemphasized when it comes to our food—whether we buy it at a market, eat it at a restaurant, or have a meal at a friend’s home.
    7. Hakika, aboki mai ƙauna zai fahimci lokacin da ya fi kyau kada ya ambata batun matsalar wani. <> Of course, a loving friend will discern when it is best not to broach the subject of another’s sad experience.
    8. Wasu suna yin fushi saboda lokacin da aboki ko abokiyar aurensu yake amfani da shi don bauta maimakon ya kasance tare da iyalin a gida. <> Some resent the time their spouse uses for worship that was formerly spent with the family.
    9. Yayin da kuke aiki tare don biɗan abubuwa masu muhimmanci, muradinku, makasudinku, da kuma halayenku za su jitu da na aboki ko abokiyar aurenku har, kamar Akila da Biriskilla, za ku riƙa tunani, ji, da kuma aikata kamar “nama ɗaya.” <> As you work together in worthwhile pursuits, your interests, priorities, and habits will gradually harmonize with those of your spouse until, like Aquila and Priscilla, you will increasingly think, feel, and act as “one flesh.”
    10. 16 To, ta yaya za mu sani ko muna sha’ani da aboki ko kuma magabci? <> 16 How, though, do we know for sure whether we are dealing with a friend or a foe?
    11. * (Zabura 25:14) Maganar ‘asiri’ muna yi da aboki na musamman ne. <> * (Psalm 25:14) “Intimacy” conveys the idea of confidential talk with a special friend.
    12. Yaya ya kamata mu ɗauki kowane gargaɗi da wani aboki Kirista ya ba mu, wane misali ne dattawa da suke Afisa suka kafa mana? <> How should we view any counsel that we receive from a Christian friend, and what example did the elders in Ephesus set for us?
    13. Haka nan ma, mutum yana bukatar ya zama mai aminci don ya daina tarayya da aboki ko dangi da aka yi wa yankan zumunci.—1 Kor. <> Likewise, it takes loyalty to discontinue association with a friend or relative who is disfellowshipped.—1 Cor.
    14. Ba ni da aboki da muke aikin majagaba tare sa’ad da na ƙaura zuwa lardin Quebec. <> I had no pioneer partner when I moved to Quebec.
    15. Sai wasu ma su nuna niyyarsu ta cewa “aboki” ne har suna gaya masa asiri da ba za su iya gaya wa mijinsu ba. <> Some reveal their innermost concerns to such afriend,” even confiding private thoughts that they do not share with their mate.
    16. Sun ɗauki Jehobah Allah a matsayin Aboki kuma suna ƙoƙartawa wajen yin koyi da halinsa. <> They view Jehovah God as their Friend and endeavor to imitate his personality.
    17. Ta ƙunshi runguma da dogon taɗi da za a iya yi idan an sadu da aboki. <> It can also include the embraces and long conversation that may take place when we meet a friend.
    18. Kowannenmu yana fuskantar matsaloli da yawa a rayuwa, kamar rashin aboki ko abokiyar aure ko rashin lafiya ko kuma kula da tsofaffi. Da kuma renon yara sa’ad da ake hidima ta cikakken lokaci ko fargabar da ake yi sa’ad da aka samu ƙarin gata a ƙungiyar Jehobah da kuma matsaloli da ke tattare da tsufa. Waɗannan abokai huɗun ma sun fuskanci irin waɗannan matsaloli a rayuwarsu. <> As is true of us all, the paths of these four friends have at times been rocky—whether because of experiencing the pain of losing a mate, the stress of contending with serious illness, the concerns of caring for aged parents, the difficulties of raising a child while in full-time service, the apprehension felt when accepting new theocratic assignments, and now increasingly the problems of old age.
    19. Idan kana da wani aboki na kusa da yake da wani iyawa na ban mamaki—wataƙila wasanni, fasaha, ko kuma kiɗa—ba za ka yi maganarsa ba ga iyalinka da wasu abokai? <> If you had a close friend with an amazing skill—perhaps in sports, art, or music—would you talk about him to your family and other friends?
    20. Yanzu ka yi tunani a kan dalilan da ya sa ya kamata ka yi magana cikin daraja ga matarka fiye da aboki ko shugaban aikinka.—Kolosiyawa 4:6. <> Then think of reasons why your spouse deserves to be spoken to with even more respect and tact than does your friend or employer.—Colossians 4:6.

[17-08-25 02:25:37:960 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of aiki[change]

  1. aiki. <> [[Engrossed in One’s Employment]], Work, to, volunteer, with, work, worked, worker, working.
    1. Kuma muhimmin aiki na dukan ayyuka masu kyau shi ne a yabi Jehovah ta wurin yin wa’azin bisharar Mulkinsa. <> And the most important of all fine works is to praise Jehovah by preaching the good news of his Kingdom.
    2. (1 Bitrus 2:21) Wani aiki guda mai muhimmanci da Allah yake ɗauka da tamani shi ne yaɗa bishara ta Mulkinsa. <> (1 Peter 2:21) One vital work that God values is the spreading of the good news of his Kingdom.
    3. Manzo Bulus ya rubuta: “Allah ne yana aiki a cikinku da za ku yi nufi har ku aika kuma, zuwa abin da ya gamshe shi.” <> The apostle Paul wrote: “[God], for the sake of his good pleasure, is acting within you in order for you both to will and to act.”
    4. A lokacin da suka ɗauki hutu daga wajen aiki, wasu ma’aurata sun ɗauki littafin nan sa’ad suka je hutawa a wajen rafi. <> One couple took the publication with them on vacation and started reading it while relaxing at the beach.
    5. Shi da matarsa Maureen sun ce aiki a Warwick albarka ce domin “suna haɗuwa da kuma aiki tare da ’yan’uwa maza da mata masu kirki da suka daɗe sosai suna hidima a Bethel.” <> He and his wife, Maureen, say that one of the blessings they are enjoying at Warwick is “meeting and working with the many wonderful brothers and sisters who have spent their life serving Jehovah at Bethel.”
    6. Me ya sa ya kamata mu taimaka da yin aiki a wurin taro in da hali? <> What reasons are there to volunteer to work if our circumstances permit?
    7. Idan muna so mu yi nasara a wannan aiki mai muhimmanci, muna bukatar taimakon Jehobah. <> If we are to be successful in that vital work, we need Jehovah’s help.
    8. 8 Daga baya, kafin mutuwarsa, Yesu ya gaya wa manzanninsa gaskiyar cewa za su yi aiki cikin yanayi da ya canja. <> 8 Later, just before his death, Jesus alerted his apostles to the fact that in the future they would be working under changed circumstances.
    9. Shagalawa a Aiki <> Engrossed in One’s Employment
    10. Yadda Za a Yi Aiki Lafiya a Kan Tsanuka <> How to Work Safely on Ladders
    11. Amma sa’ad da ta yi girma, sai ta ƙaura zuwa Landan, a ƙasar Ingila, kuma ta soma aiki a ma’aikatar kuɗi. <> But when she grew up, she moved to London, England, and eventually started working in the finance industry as a bond broker.
    12. Amma ya kamata ku biyun ku yi aiki tare wajen ceto aurenku. <> However, you both need to be committed to saving the marriage.
    13. Kafinta a lokacin da aka rubuta Littafi Mai Tsarki yakan yi aiki a gaban gidansa ko kuma a shago kusa da gidan. <> A carpenter in Bible times often worked near the doorway of his modest house or in a shop adjacent to it.
    14. Idan kai sabon mai aiki ne, ka lura da yadda gogaggun ma’aikata suke aikinsu, ka kuma bi ja-gorarsu. <> If you are a new volunteer, watch the way that the experienced workers do their work, and follow their instructions.
    15. Ta yaya Ɗan Allah na farko ya kwatanta yadda ya ji sa’ad da ya yi aiki tare da Ubansa? <> How did God’s firstborn Son describe how he felt about working beside his Father?
    16. Ghana ta bada rahoto: “Tun da sabon yawan sa’o’i da ake bukata daga majagaba ya fara aiki, yawan majagabanmu ya ci gaba da ƙaruwa.” <> Ghana reports: “Since the new pioneer hour goal went into effect, the ranks of our regular pioneers have steadily gone up.”
    17. ’Yan’uwan nan sun ba da kansu a matsayin ‘abokan aiki’ don su taimaka mana. <> Each of these brothers freely gives of himself as “a fellow worker for [our] interests.”
    18. Za ku iya yin wasu ayyuka tare, kamar yin girki, wanke kwanuka, ko kuma yin aiki a lambun ku? <> What about sharing in such common tasks as preparing meals, washing the dishes, or working in the yard?
    19. Mutanen da ya samu sun amince da yawan kuɗin da ya ce zai biya su kuma suka soma aiki a gonar. <> The men he found agreed to the wage he offered and went to work.
    20. 14 Annabcin Malachi ya nuna cewa wannan muhimmin aiki na Iliya za a yi shi kafin “ranan nan mai-girma mai-ban razana ta Ubangiji.” <> 14 Malachi’s prophecy showed that this great Elijah work would be done before “the great and fear-inspiring day of Jehovah.”

[17-08-25 02:25:38:121 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of aikin hannu[change]

  1. aikin hannu. <> hand, or service, participation, pioneer, share, skills, technical, the, to, trade in, trade, work.
    1. A wata sassa kuma, akwai makarantun koyan aikin hannu, waɗanda ba sa ɗaukan lokaci kuma ana ba da takardar shaida ko kuwa difiloma na aikin hannu ko kuwa hidima. <> On the other hand, there are technical and vocational schools, offering short-term courses that result in a certificate or diploma in some trade or service.
    2. Alal misali, ka guje wa munanan abubuwa kamar shan taba da caca, da ke cin kuɗi; kana iya kafa abubuwa masu muhimmanci a rayuwa, musamman ka kafa makasudai na ruhaniya; a wurare da babu aiki, ka yi ƙoƙarin samun fasaha ko aikin hannu da mutane suke bukata. <> For instance, avoid such vices as smoking and gambling, which waste resources; identify the more important things in life, particularly spiritual goals; where employment is limited, try to provide a skill or service that others need.
    3. Ta ce: “Ko da yake ban iya wani aikin hannu ba, gata ne in yi abin da ake bukata. <> She says: “Although I have no special skills, it was a privilege to do whatever was needed.
    4. Alal misali, da sutura da kayan adon ɗaki da ke ƙara tsada, mace mai tsarkin rai za ta koyi aikin hannu da yin amfani mai kyau da kuɗi don iyalinta su samu isashen tufafi kuma su yi kyau. <> For example, with the rising cost of clothing and furnishings, a capable wife learns to be handy and thrifty so that her family is comfortably dressed and presentable.
    5. Jaridar nan USA Today (Amirka a Yau) ta ba da rahoto cewa, “a shekaru masu zuwa kashi 70 na ma’aikata ba za su bukaci digiri na shekara huɗu na makarantar gaba da sakandare ba, amma na shekaru biyu a ƙaramin kwaleji ko kuwa satifiket na aikin hannu.” <> USA Today reports that “70% of the workers in the coming decades will not need a four-year college degree, but, rather, an associate degree from a community college or some type of technical certificate.”
    6. 9 Ka taba mamakin hikimar mai aikin hannu da ya yi wani abu mai kyau da yake aiki daidai? <> 9 Have you ever marveled at the ingenuity of a craftsman who makes beautiful things that work well?
    7. Da yawa suna shiri don wannan tun da wuri ta koyon aikin hannu a makaranta ko kuma daga iyayensu. <> Many plan ahead for this responsibility by learning a trade in school or from their parents.
    8. 18 Bincike ya nuna cewa a yawancin ƙasashe, ana bukatar mutane masu aikin hannu da kuma waɗanda za su yi hidima, ba waɗanda suka kammala makaranta ta gaba da sakandare ba. <> 18 Studies show that in many countries, there is an acute need, not for university graduates, but for people to work in the trades and services.
    9. Ka yi tunani yadda Jehobah ya halicci Ɗansa makaɗaici kuma ya ba shi aikin sa hannu wajen halittar sauran abubuwa. <> Think about Jehovah’s creating his only-begotten Son and delegating to him a share in the rest of the creative work.
    10. 17, 18. (a) Ban da sa hannu cikin aikin almajirantarwa, ta yaya za mu sa hannu a farin cikin bayarwa? <> 17, 18. (a) In addition to engaging in the disciple-making work, how may we share in the joy of giving?
    11. Ne 4:17, 18—Ta yaya mutum zai yi aikin gini da hannu ɗaya kawai? <> Ne 4:17, 18—How could a man do the work of rebuilding with just one hand?
    12. 4:17, 18—Ta yaya mutum zai yi aikin gini da hannu ɗaya kawai? <> 4:17, 18—How could a man do the work of rebuilding with just one hand?
    13. Ya ba da umurni a yi shi kuma ta wurin Ɗansa yana ja-gorar aikin, ta hanyar ruhu mai tsarki yana ƙarfafa waɗanda suke sa hannu a wannan aikin. <> He commanded it; through his Son he directs it; and by means of holy spirit he empowers those who share in it.
    14. (Romawa 11:13) Aikin mu na yin wa’azi ya bambanta mu a duniya, kuma saka hannu a cikin aikin na kyautata halinmu na Kirista. <> (Romans 11:13) Our preaching work distinguishes us from the world, and our participation in it enhances our Christian identity.
    15. Minti 10: Ka Saka Hannu a Aikin Nema Mafi Girma a Tarihi! <> 10 min: Participate in the Greatest Search Ever!
    16. 19 Sanin cewa za mu iya taimaka wa mutane su amfana daga ayyukan Yesu na ceto zai motsa mu mu sa hannu a aikin wa’azi da kuma koyarwa. <> 19 Knowing that we can be instrumental in helping people to benefit from Jesus’ saving acts impels us to share in the preaching and teaching work.
    17. 7 Saboda mun fahimci ikon Kristi muna sa hannu a aikin wa’azi na Mulki da kuma na almajirantarwa. <> 7 Because we recognize Christ’s authority, we have a part in the Kingdom-preaching and disciple-making work.
    18. Kuma sun saka hannu cikin aikin gine-gine na zahiri—gine-gine na Majami’ar Mulki, Majami’ar Babban Taro, da kuma gine-gine na Bethel. <> They also share in a literal building work—the construction of Kingdom Halls, Assembly Halls, and Bethel facilities.
    19. Sa hannu a aikin hidimar majagaba na kullum ko na ɗan lokaci, ya ƙunshi ɓatar da awoyi 70 ko 50 a wata a yin wa’azi. <> Engaging in the regular or auxiliary pioneer ministry, for example, involves devoting 70 or 50 hours a month to the preaching work.
    20. A shekara ta 2003, sabon ƙoli na 6,429,351 sun sa hannu cikin aikin wa’azi—yawancinsu suna cikin taro mai girma. <> In the year 2003, a new peak of 6,429,351 shared in the preaching work—the vast majority of them of the great crowd.

[17-08-25 02:25:38:502 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of allura[change]

  1. allura. <> a, an injection, needle’s, recommended treatment, sized, treatment.
    1. • Menene muka koya daga kwatancin Yesu na raƙumi da kafar allura? <> • What do we learn from Jesus’ illustration of the camel and the needle’s eye?
    2. “A ganina, alkawarin da Littafi Mai Tsarki ya yi na yin rayuwa har abada tamkar allura ce a cikin ruwa, kuma samun ta zai yi mini wuya. <> “I feel as if the Bible’s promise of everlasting life were at the top of a big stairway, and I am not even on the steps; I am far, far away from them.
    3. * Duk da haka wasu suna iya karɓan allura na furotin ɗin ruwan jini domin yaƙe cuta ko dafin maciji kuma suna iya ƙin sauran ƙananan ainihin abubuwan da aka samo daga cikin jini. <> * Still others may accept injections of a plasma protein to fight disease or to counteract snake venom, yet they may reject other small fractions.
    4. Mutum mai hikima zai bar zafin allura ko aikin tiyata ya hana shi kula da rashin lafiyar da za ta iya ɗauke ransa?—Ibran. <> After all, would a wise person let the passing pain of an injection or even an operation keep him from addressing a life-threatening health problem?—Heb.
    5. Me ya sa Kiristoci suke da ra’ayi da ya bambanta game da amsar allura na ƙananan gutsuri na abubuwan da aka samo cikin jini? <> Why might Christians have differing views about accepting an injection of a small fraction from a blood component?
    6. Idan za ka iya ɗaukan ɗan mitsitsi kamar kan allura na rana ka ajiye a nan duniya, ba za ka iya tsayawa ba daga nisan mil 90 ba tare da ka yi rauni ba don wannan ɗan ƙanƙanin tushen zafi! <> If you could take a pinhead-sized piece of the sun’s core and put it here on the earth, you could not safely stand within 90 miles [140 km] of that tiny heat source!
    7. Ina da wadar zuci, na daina biɗar farin cikin da aka ce mutum zai iya samu ta wajen yin aiki, samun matsayi da kuma dukiya, domin hakan tamkar allura ce cikin ruwa. <> I am also content—I no longer chase after the elusive happiness promised by a secular career, status, and wealth.
    8. KA TAƁA ajiye allura kusa da maganaɗisu kuwa? <> HAVE you ever used a compass to find your way?
    9. Wataƙila likita ko nas ya faɗe su kafin ya yi maka allura. <> Perhaps a doctor or a nurse said them before administering a recommended treatment.
    10. Da mawadaci ya shiga cikin mulkin Allah, ya fi sauƙi raƙumi ya shiga ta kafar allura.” <> It is easier for a camel to go through a needle’s eye than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God.”
    11. Ya fi sauƙi raƙumi ya shiga ta kafar allura, da mawadaci ya shiga cikin mulkin Allah. <> It is easier for a camel to get through a needle’s eye than for a rich man to get into the kingdom of God.”
    12. Idan za ka iya daukan dan mitsitsi kamar kan allura na rana ka ajiye a nan duniya, ba za ka iya tsayawa ba daga nisan mil 90 ba tare da ka yi rauni ba don wannan dan kankanin tushen zafi! <> If you could take a pinhead-sized piece of the sun’s core and put it here on the earth, you could not safely stand within 90 miles (140 km) of that tiny heat source!
    13. A yanayi mai tsanani, karɓa ko ƙin allura da ba ka so zai zama batun rai da mutuwa. <> In extreme cases, acceptance or rejection of uncomfortable treatment could be a matter of life and death.

[17-08-25 02:25:38:710 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of arne[change]

  1. arne. <> Arne, I, Years, pagan.
    1. Siffa da take nuna alaman arne sarkin Assuriya yana sanye da gicciya, akalla shekara ta 800 K.Z. <> Relief depicting a pagan Assyrian king wearing a cross, circa 800 B.C.E.
    2. A ƙarshen ƙarni na uku, wasu limamai masu rinjaya, da suke ƙaunar koyarwan Dunƙulin-Alloli-Uku na arne mai ussan ilimi na Hellas, Plato, suka fara sake yin gyara ga Allah domin ya dace da yanayin Dunƙulin-Alloli-Uku. <> But by the third century, certain influential clerics, enamored of the trinitarian teaching of pagan Greek philosopher Plato, began recasting God to fit the Trinitarian formula.
    3. Mijina Arne ya jima a asibiti kuma ina ziyartar sa kowace rana sa’ad da ake ba shi magani. <> I visited him in the hospital every day while he undertook a lengthy course of radiation therapy.
    4. A shekara ta 1963, ni da Arne muka yi aure, kuma bayan shekara biyu sai na haifi ɗa kuma mun ba shi suna Gary. <> In 1963, Arne and I were married, and two years later I gave birth to our son, Gary.
    5. A cikin mutanen da nake tattaunawa da su akwai wani mutum shuru-shuru mai suna Arne Gjerde, ɗan ƙasar Norway. <> In the group was a quiet Norwegian man named Arne Gjerde.
    6. Ko da yake sarki Nebukadnezzar arne ne mai fahariya da son kai, Jehobah ya saka masa don hidimarsa ta wajen ba shi Masar a matsayin ‘lada [ga] rundunar yaƙinsa.’ <> Even though Nebuchadnezzar was a proud, self-centered pagan ruler, Jehovah compensated him for his service by giving him Egypt as “wages for his military force.”
    7. Arne ya rasu a watan Afrilu na shekara ta 2003, kuma yana da begen tashi daga matattu. <> Arne died in April 2003, with a sound hope in the resurrection.
    8. Sa’ad da nake kula da mijina Arne a lokacin da yake rashin lafiya <> Caring for Arne when he was ill
    9. A ƙarni na huɗu, Kiristoci ’yan ridda sun yaɗu sosai da har sarki arne na Roma ya soma ja-gorarsu, hakan ya daɗa ga yaɗuwar Kiristendom. <> By the fourth century, apostate Christianity was so widespread that a pagan emperor of Rome took control of it, contributing to the development of Christendom.
    10. Ba da daɗewa ba mijina Arne ya ƙara gina ɗakuna a gidanmu don mu zauna tare da iyayena da suka tsufa. <> Soon Arne enlarged our home to accommodate my aged parents.
    11. Abin mamaki limaman coci sun yarda da wata yarjejeniya domin daula arne ya ba su gata. <> Astonishingly, the church bishops were content to compromise with the pagan emperor in exchange for the privileges he conferred on them.
    12. A shekara ta 312 A.Z., Daular Roma Konstantin arne, ya mai da hankalinsa wajen Kiristanci. <> In the year 312 C.E., the pagan Roman Emperor Constantine turned a friendly eye toward nominal Christianity.
    13. Limaman ’yan ridda ne waɗanda suke ɗaukaka koyarwar arne Plato ɗan falsafa na Helenanci. <> They were apostate clerics who were infatuated with the teachings of pagan Greek philosopher Plato.
    14. Saboda haka, dukanmu muka ƙaura zuwa wani gida da ke kusa da inda ni da Arne muka taɓa zama. <> Within months, we all moved into a home only a few streets away from where Arne and I had been living.
    15. Shekara ɗaya da rabi kafin Arne ya mutu, ba ya iya tashiwa daga gado kuma hakan ya sa yana bukatar a riƙa kula da shi a kowanne lokaci. <> During the last 18 months of his life, Arne was bedridden and required constant care.
    16. Da ni da mijina Arne da kuma ɗanmu Gary mun ji daɗi sosai a zamanmu na iyali. <> Arne, Gary, and I basked in the contentment of happy family life.
    17. Arne ya sake rashin lafiya a shekara ta 1986, bayan shekaru da yawa da samun sauƙi. <> Years later, in 1986, Arne’s health again worsened.

[17-08-25 02:25:38:871 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of babur[change]

  1. babur. <> MOTORBIKE, bike, find, loaded, motorbike, motorbiking, motorcycle, sidecar.
    1. Hakan ya sa na bar babur ɗina a baya. <> I decided to leave my motorcycle behind and find a floating means of transportation.
    2. BANGO: ’Yan’uwa da ke ƙasar Filifin suna ƙoƙari su yi wa dukan mutane wa’azi, kamar wannan mutumin da ke motar babur a arewancin Luzon <> COVER: Brothers in the Philippines try to reach all people, such as this man on his motorbike with a sidecar in northern Luzon
    3. Wani mako nakan yi tafiya da bas, wani mako kuma da jirgin ƙasa, a wani lokaci kuma da mota ko kuma a kan babur ina riƙe da jakar ɗaukan kaya da kuma jakar wa’azi. <> One week I went by bus, another week by tram, then by car or on the back of a motorcycle, balancing a suitcase and a witnessing bag.
    4. Amma ba da daɗewa ba, na komo Turai don in gyara babur ɗina. <> Soon, though, I had to return to Europe for repairs to my motorcycle.
    5. Suna ɗaukan littattafan da babur kuma su rufe shi da tamfal. <> Their heavy transport bikes were loaded with books, which they covered with tarpaulin.
    6. Sa’ad da Bruno yake hidima a wata ikilisiya, sau ɗaya a mako sai ya cika jakarsa da abinci da ruwa da littattafai ya je wani ƙauye wa’azi a kan babur ɗinsa. <> While serving there in a small congregation, once a week Bruno packed his bag with food, water, and literature and set off on his motorcycle to preach in the rurals.
    7. A ƙasashe masu tasowa, mutane da yawa suna so su sami isashen kuɗi don su sayi wayar selula da babur ko kuma fili don su gina gida. <> In developing countries, many may simply want to have enough money to buy a cell phone, a motorbike, or a small plot of land.
    8. Bayan watanni shida, Eric ya yi mugun hatsari da babur. <> Six months later, Eric was in a serious motorbike accident.
    9. Ka fita yawo da babur ɗin mahaifinka, sai ka lalata shi. <> You borrow your father’s bike and damage it.
    10. “Da ni da Rebekah muna da wurare masu kyau da muke takawa mu je, mu hau babur ko keke, ko kuma mu tafi da mota. <> “Rebekah and I have some nice spots that we like to walk, bike, or drive to.
    11. Sai na bar ƙasar Jamus kuma na nufi Afirka a kan babur ɗina. <> I left Germany, bought a motorcycle, and headed for Africa.
    12. A kowane mako kuma a kowane yanayi, Ramilo da Juliet suna tafiya da babur ɗinsu don su halarci taro kuma su fita yin wa’azi. <> So each week, rain or shine, Ramilo and Juliet make several trips on their motorcycle to attend the meetings and share in the preaching work.
    13. Alal misali, sa’ad da na soma saduwa da Mario Polo, wanda ya ci gasar tuƙa babur a Cuenca, na yi mamakin tambayar da ya yi, “Wacece karuwa da aka ambata a littafin Ru’ya ta Yohanna?” <> For example, the first time I met Mario Polo, a champion cyclist of Cuenca, he surprised me with the question, “Who is the harlot mentioned in the book of Revelation?”
    14. Nakan harhaɗa su sa’an nan in wargaje su kuma. Ƙari ga wannan, na yi sha’awar tsere da babur. <> That interest went hand in hand with another passion of mine—motorbiking.
    15. Wani mako nakan yi tafiya da bas, wani mako kuma da jirgin ƙasa, a wani lokaci kuma da mota ko kuma a kan babur ina riƙe da jakar ɗaukan kaya da kuma jakar wa’azi <> One week I went by bus, another week by tram, then by car or on the back of a motorcycle, balancing a suitcase and a witnessing bag
    16. TARIHI: YA YI GASAR TUƘIN BABUR DA YA ƘUNSHI ƊAUKAN KASADA <> HISTORY: RISK-TAKING MOTORBIKE RACER

[17-08-25 02:25:39:047 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of baka[change]

  1. baka. <> Oral, bow, grieving, mouth, oral, you invested, you.
    1. Amma ashe gushewar kirki ne yayinda baka da kibiya an sāke su da inji halbi, tankunan yaƙi, jirajen yaƙi, da kuma konan nukiliya? <> But is it genuine progress when the bow and arrow have been replaced by machine guns, tanks, jet bombers, and nuclear missiles?
    2. Mai yiwuwa ne Bulus ya samo su ta maganar baka (ƙila daga wani almajiri ne da ya ji Yesu ya faɗe shi kafin ko kuma bayan an ta da shi daga matattu) ko kuma ta wurin wahayin Allah.—Ayukan Manzanni 22:6-15; 1 Korinthiyawa 15:6, 8. <> Paul may have received that statement orally (either from a disciple who heard Jesus say it or from the resurrected Jesus) or by divine revelation.—Acts 22:6-15; 1 Corinthians 15:6, 8.
    3. Idan baka kula da abokiyar aurenka yadda ya kamata ba, zai yi wuya ta yarda cewa kana riƙe wa’adin aurenka. <> If you invested little or no time in maintaining your marriage, your mate may find it difficult to believe that you are committed to the union.
    4. Da farko ana amfani da takobi da māshi, baka da kibiya, da kuma karusa. <> In earlier years, there were the sword, the spear, the bow and arrow, and the chariot.
    5. Daga nan ya tsorata kuma ya soma ihu: ‘Idan baka gaskata abinda na ke faɗa ba, zo ka duba da kanka!’ <> He then became hysterical and cried out: ‘If you don’t believe what I am saying, come look for yourselves!’
    6. ‘Za mu baka sulalla talatin,’ firistocin suka amsa.—Matta 26:14-16. <> ‘We will give you thirty pieces of silver,’ the priests answered.—Matthew 26:14-16.
    7. Amma Allah ya yi wa masarautar ƙabilu biyu ta Yahuza jinƙai kuma ya cece su ba da baka ba, ba kuwa da takobi, ko da yaƙi, ko da dawakai, ko da sojojin dawakai ba. <> However, God showed mercy to the two-tribe kingdom of Judah and saved her but not by bow, sword, war, horses, or horsemen.
    8. (2 Sarakuna 19:34, 35) Ta hakan ne Jehobah ya ceci Yahuda, ba “da baka, ko da takobi, ko da yaƙi, ko da dawakai, ko da mahaya” ba, amma ta mala’ika guda. <> (2 Kings 19:34, 35) Jehovah thus delivered Judah, not “by a bow or by a sword or by war, by horses or by horsemen,” but by an angel.
    9. Dokar baka ta ce ya kamata mace ta bi mijinta a baya, kar ta yi tafiya kafada da kafada da shi ba. <> The oral law said that a wife should walk behind, not beside, her husband.
    10. Littafi Mai Tsarki ya ce: “Na duba kuma, ga farin doki; wanda yake zaune a kansa kuma yana da baka; kuma aka ba shi rawani: a kan nasara ya fita, garin yin nasara kuma.” <> We read: “I saw, and look! a white horse, and the one seated on it had a bow; and a crown was given him, and he went out conquering and to complete his conquest.”
    11. Wasu su a iya tunani—kuma su nuna maka cewa suna tunani—wai kana baƙinciki ainun ko kuwa baka baƙinciki ainun. <> Others may think—and let you know that they think—you are grieving too much or not grieving enough.
    12. Ƙari ga haka, wannan zabura ta ambata musamman cewa za a halaka makamai na lokatan da aka soma rubuta Littafi Mai Tsarki—baka, da kuma māshi. <> Furthermore, this same psalm specifically mentions the destruction of the weapons of Bible times—the bow and the spear.
    13. Da dole ne su dogara gabaki daya a kan maganar baka? <> Would they have had to rely solely on word of mouth?
    14. Farrar ya rubuta: “Ba mai bin Dokar Baka ta [Musa] da zai iya zama a gidan majemi. <> Farrar writes: “At the house of a tanner no strict and uncompromising follower of the Oral [Mosaic] Law could have been induced to dwell.
    15. Amma ka yi tunanin yadda Ibrahim ya ji sa’ad da Allah ya ce masa: “Tashi, ka yi tafiya cikin ratar ƙasar da fāɗinta, gama zan baka ita”!—Farawa 13:17. <> But imagine how Abraham must have felt after God told him: “Get up, go about in the land through its length and through its breadth, because to you I am going to give it”!—Genesis 13:17.
    16. “Ga farin doki; wanda ya ke zaune a kansa kuma yana da baka; kuma aka ba shi rawani: a kan nasara ya fita, garin yin nasara kuma.” —RU’YA TA YOHANNA 6:2. <> “Look! a white horse; and the one seated upon it had a bow; and a crown was given him, and he went forth conquering and to complete his conquest.”—REVELATION 6:2.
    17. (b) Ta yaya dokokin baka ta mai da dokar Asabarci na Jehovah ta zama kaya? <> (b) In what way did the oral laws turn Jehovah’s Sabbath law into a burden?
    18. Ya sa yaƙoƙi su ƙare har iyakar duniya; Ya karya baka, ya daddatse māshi; Ya ƙoƙone karusai cikin wuta.”—Zabura 46:8, 9. <> He is making wars to cease to the extremity of the earth.”—Psalm 46:8, 9.
    19. Akwati: Menene wani littafi ya ce game da tabbacin al’adar baka? <> Box: What does one book say about the reliability of oral tradition?
    20. 8-10. (a) Ta yaya al’adar baka ta addinin Yahudawa ta daukaka kyama ga wadanda ba Yahudawa ba da kuma mata? <> 8-10. (a) How did the oral traditions of the Jewish religious leaders promote contempt for non-Jews and women?

[17-08-25 02:25:39:186 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of bature[change]

  1. bature. <> Cooke, English, white person, white.
    1. Ban taɓa zama tare da bature ciki salama ba, ballantana ma mu ci abinci tare. <> I had never before sat down peacefully with a white person, let alone shared a meal in his home.
    2. Alal misali, akwai lokacin da wani bature ya tafi kasarsu kuma ya bar yaransa a hannun wani bakin fata don ya kula da su. <> For example, when a white Witness had to travel abroad, he left his children in the care of a black family.
    3. Kafin ma na yi baftisma a matsayin Mashaidi, wani bature a ikilisiyar ya gayyace ni zuwa gidansa don mu ci abinci tare. <> Even before I was baptized as a Witness, a white member of the congregation invited me to his house to share a meal.
    4. Wani matashi bature, mai suna John Cooke ba zai taɓa manta da gargaɗi mai ban ƙarfafa da Ɗan’uwa Rutherford ya bayar ba: “Matasa kada ku yarda wani abu ya hana ku soma yin hidimar majagaba!” <> John Cooke, a teenage English delegate, never forgot the stirring exhortation: “Nothing under the sun should stop you young folks from going into the colporteur work!”
    5. Wasu a cikinsu ba su taɓa ganin jirgin ruwa ko kuma bature ba. <> Some had never seen a schooner or a white man before.
    6. In ji wani alƙali Bature lokacin da ya yanke shari’arsa game da riƙon ’ya’yan John da Tania. <> So said an English judge when he handed down his decision on the custody of John and Tania’s children.
    7. Michael Faraday An haife shi a shekara ta 1791, wannan Bature manazarcin ƙarfin halittu ne ya ƙirƙiro na’urar wutan lantarki da dynamo. <> Michael Faraday Born in 1791, this English physicist was the inventor of the electric motor and the dynamo.
    8. Alal misali, lauya Bature na ƙarni na 18, William Blackstone ya rubuta cewa bai kamata a ƙyale dokar ’yan adam ta saɓa wa “dokar da aka bayyana” da yake cikin Littafi Mai Tsarki ba. <> For example, the noted 18th-century English jurist William Blackstone wrote that no human law should be allowed to contradict “the law of revelation” as found in the Bible.

[17-08-25 02:25:39:415 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of birni[change]

  1. birni. <> a city, cities, city, town.
    1. Suna da zama a Ur na Kaldiyawa, birni mai ni’ima. <> They lived in Ur of the Chaldeans, a prosperous city.
    2. (Yunana 1:2) Har da unguwar waje, Nineba babban birni ce, “na tafiyar yini uku.” <> (Jonah 1:2) Including its suburbs, Nineveh was a large city, “with a walking distance of three days.”
    3. Menene aka annabta game da birni, kuma wataƙila, wane birni ne wannan? <> What is prophesied about a city, and likely, what city was it?
    4. Babban birni ne mai fāda da haikali masu kyan gaske da manya-manyan tituna da ganuwa masu tsawo sosai. <> It was a mighty city with magnificent palaces and temples, broad streets, and massive walls.
    5. Duk da haka, yanzu yana iya hangar “birni da ke da tussa,” gwamnatin adalci bisa mutane. <> Yet, he could now envision “the city having real foundations,” a righteous government over mankind.
    6. Ya sa Babila ta zama birni da take da garu mafi girma a lokacin. <> He made Babylon the greatest walled city of the time.
    7. Walwoord ya nuna ainihin wurin da za a yi wannan yaƙin yana cewa wannan yaƙi na nan gaba zai kasance ne a birni na dā na Megiddo, inda da tudu mai tsawon ƙafa 70 kuma da ƙwari. <> Walvoord identifies as the focal point of this great future conflict “‘the Mount of Megiddo,’ a small mountain located in northern Palestine at the end of a broad valley.”
    8. Bayan hakan ta bar aikin da take yi a Spain kuma ta ƙaura zuwa Bulgeriya don ta tallafa wa sabuwar ikilisiyar da ke wannan birni. <> Thereafter she quit her job in Spain and moved to Bulgaria to support the new congregation in that city.
    9. 4 Hakika, Jehobah ba shi da birni mai tsarki a duniya, da ke ɗauke da haikali na musamman da aka keɓe domin bautarsa. <> 4 True, today Jehovah has no literal holy city on earth, with a special temple dedicated to his worship.
    10. 11:8, 9) Ibrahim bai dogara ga kāriyar da sarakuna ’yan Adam ko kuma ganuwar birni suke yi ba. <> 11:8, 9) During the time of Abraham’s nomadic life, he was often surrounded by human kings, many of whom lived in walled cities.
    11. Amma, Jehobah ya ƙyale Lutu ya gudu zuwa wani birni dabam, ko da yake Jehobah ya so ya halaka wannan birnin. <> He allowed Lot to flee to a city that He had intended to destroy.
    12. 4 Waɗanda suke cikin wannan “birni” sun sani cewa “kai ke ba da cikakkiyar salama, ya [Jehovah], ga waɗanda ke riƙe da manufarsu da ƙarfi, waɗanda ke dogara gare ka [Jehovah].” <> 4 Those within this “city” are well aware that “the inclination that is well supported [Jehovah] will safeguard in continuous peace, because it is in [Jehovah] that one is made to trust.”
    13. (Irmiya 52:3-5, 12-14) Babu wani birni a tarihi da makokinta ke da ban tausayi sosai kamar Urushalima. <> (Jeremiah 52:3-5, 12-14) No other city in history has been lamented in expressions so touching and heartrending.
    14. Alamar muradin Mama shi ne babban akwatin da ke gidanmu a wani ɗan ƙaramin birni mai suna Jasper, Minnesota, Amirka. <> Evidence of Mother’s desire was a large trunk sitting in our home in the small town of Jasper, Minnesota, U.S.A.
    15. Wane “babban birni” ne yake wanzuwa a yau, kuma menene zai faru da shi? <> What “great city” exists today, and what will happen to it?
    16. WANI shugaban ’yan sanda a wani birni da ke ƙasar Philippines ya tambayi wata majagaba, “Me kika yi wa wannan mutumin ne da ya sa ya canja halinsa?” <> THE chief of police in a town in the Philippines asked a pioneer, “What did you do to get that man to change his conduct?”
    17. Ya yi tafiya a dukan ƙasar, yana “zazzaga birni da ƙauye yana wa’azi, yana yin bisharar Mulkin Allah.”—Matiyu 4:17; Luka 8:1. <> He traversed the length and breadth of the land, “journeying from city to city and from village to village, preaching and declaring the good news of the kingdom of God.”—Matthew 4:17; Luke 8:1.
    18. Alal misali, sa’ad da Yesu ya ga cewa lokaci ya yi, ya aiki almajiransa “biyu biyu a gabansa zuwa kowane birni da kowane wurin da ya ke shirin zuwa da kansa.” <> For example, when Jesus felt that the time was right, he sent his disciples out “by twos in advance of him into every city and place to which he himself was going to come.”
    19. Me ya sa Jehobah ya kira Nineba “babban birni,” kuma mene ne hakan ya koya mana game da shi? <> Why did Jehovah refer to Nineveh as “the great city,” and what does that teach us about him?
    20. Sa’ad da yake zaune a cikin birni, Shaidun Jehobah sun soma yin nazarin Littafi Mai Tsarki da shi. <> Once when he was in a city, Jehovah’s Witnesses started to study the Bible with him.

[17-08-25 02:25:39:537 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of bututu[change]

  1. bututu. <> pipe, piped.
    1. A wani lokaci, ni da wata ’yar’uwa muna wa’azi kuma muka lura cewa da akwai wani bututu da bai kamata ya kasance a kan wani taga ba. <> Another time, a sister and I were out in service and noticed an odd-looking length of pipe on a windowsill.
    2. Tun da ruwa ta bututu yake zuwa Lawudikiya da ke da nisa, kamar dai kafin ya kai birnin yana da ɗumi. <> Since water had to be piped to Laodicea over quite a distance, however, it was likely lukewarm when it reached the city.

[17-08-25 02:25:39:672 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of dafi[change]

  1. dafi. <> lethal, naphtha, person, poisoning, poisonous snake, poisonous snakes, poisonous, secretes poison, to.
    1. Jariri ma zai yi wasa kusa da maciji mai dafi kuma ba zai yi masa kome ba.’ <> Even a baby will not be harmed if it plays near a poisonous snake.’
    2. Saboda haka Jehobah ya aika da waɗannan macizai masu dafi su yi musu horo. <> So Jehovah sends these poisonous snakes to punish the Israelites.
    3. Wanda dafi na abinci yake damunsa yana bukatar ya mai da hankali da irin abinci da yake ci. <> A person who repeatedly experiences it needs to be more careful in his eating habits.
    4. Muddin mutane sun amince da su, suna kawo ƙiyayya, dafi, da ra’ayoyi masu haɗari—sau da yawa da sakamako na bala’i, yadda tarihi na ƙarni na 20 ya nuna.—Misalai 6:16-19. <> Once people accept them, they produce some very jaundiced, poisonous, and dangerous beliefs—often with disastrous consequences, as the history of the 20th century has shown.—Proverbs 6:16-19.
    5. Kashegari za ka ji kamar maciji mai dafi ne ya sare ka. <> At its end it bites just like a serpent, and it secretes poison just like a viper.
    6. 18 An kwatanta kaito na huɗu a Habakkuk 2:15 cikin kalmomin nan: “Kaitonsa shi wanda ke ba maƙwabcinsa sha, kana ƙara naka dafi gareshi, kana kuwa sa shi shi yi maye, domin ka duba tsiraicinsu!” <> 18 The fourth woe is described at Habakkuk 2:15 in these words: “Woe to the one giving his companions something to drink, attaching to it your rage and anger, in order to make them drunk, for the purpose of looking upon their parts of shame.”
    7. Sai Jehovah ya sa macizai masu dafi su yi musu horo. <> Jehovah sends poisonous serpents to punish them.
    8. A lokacin da aka rubuta Littafi Mai Tsarki, sojoji suna amfani da kibiya da aka yi da kyauro da ƙananan ƙarafa da aka jika da dafi. <> In Bible times, soldiers used darts made out of hollow reeds having small iron receptacles that could be filled with burning naphtha.
    9. Gwanaye sun kammala cewa likitar ya ziyarci Robert a gidansa, kuma ba da sanin Robert da iyalinsa ba, likitar ya yi masa allurar dafi. <> The authorities concluded that the doctor had visited Robert in his home and, unbeknownst to Robert and his family, had given him a lethal injection.
    10. 3. Menene mutanen suka ce Musa ya yi bayan Jehobah ya tura majizai masu dafi su yi musu horo? <> What do the people ask Moses to do after Jehovah sends poisonous snakes to punish them?
    11. (Karin Magana 23:31-33) Yin maye na kama ne da saran maciji mai dafi, yana jawo rashin lafiya, yana ɗimauce hankali, har da fita hayyaci. <> (Proverbs 23:31-33) Excessive drinking bites like a poisonous serpent, causing sickness, mental confusion, even unconsciousness.
    12. DAFI na abinci bai da daɗi ko kaɗan. <> FOOD poisoning is very unpleasant.
    13. Amma daina cin abinci gabaki ɗaya domin guje wa dafi na abinci ba shawarar kirki ba ce. <> But to give up food entirely so as to avoid the risk of food poisoning is not a realistic option.

[17-08-25 02:25:39:790 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of dila[change]

  1. dila. <> fox.
    1. Tobiah ma ya soma nasa ba’ar, yana cewa, “Abin da su ke gina fa, ko dila ta hau kan, sai ta karye bangonsu na dutse.” <> Tobiah joined in the jeering, saying: “If a fox went up against it, he would certainly break down their wall of stones.”

[17-08-25 02:25:39:906 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of dogo[change]

  1. dogo. <> long, tall.
    1. An bukace su su ƙyale gashin kansu ya yi dogo—alamar biyayyarsu ce ga Jehovah yadda mata da suke biyayya ga mazansu ko kuma ubanninsu suke yi. <> They were to let their hair grow long—a sign of submission to Jehovah, just as women were to be in subjection to their husbands or fathers.
    2. Dogo ne kuma tsofo, da furfura, kuma yana tafiya da tanƙware.’ <> He is tall and old, with gray hair, and he walks with a slight stoop.’
    3. Kowace dabba, gajere da dogo, Jirgin Nuhu ne ya cece su duka. <> Every animal, short and tall, Noah’s ark saved them all.
    4. DOGO ne kuma mai kyan gani. <> HE WAS tall in stature and attractive in appearance.
    5. Na farkon ya ce maigidan saurayi ne, dogo, mai zafin rai. <> The first says that the boss is tall, young, and harsh.

[17-08-25 02:25:40:059 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of fadada[change]

  1. fadada. <> broadening.
    1. Hakika, in aka fadada batun, Shaidan ya ce wa Jehovah: “Dukan abin da mutum [ba Ayuba ba kawai] ya ke da shi, ya bayar a bakin ransa.”—Tafiyar tsutsa tamu ce; Ayuba 1:8; 2:4. <> Indeed, broadening the issue, Satan said to Jehovah: “Everything that a man [not just Job] has he will give in behalf of his soul.”—Job 1:8; 2:4.

[17-08-25 02:25:40:221 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of falsafa[change]

  1. falsafa. <> Philosophers, philosopher, philosophical, philosophies, philosophy, worldly philosophy.
    1. Waɗannan abubuwan sun ƙunshi koyarwar ƙarya da ilimin falsafa da kuma ayyuka marasa kyau kamar su yin lalata da shan sigari da yin maye da kuma shan mugayen ƙwayoyi. <> These include its doctrines, philosophies, and harmful practices, such as committing immorality, using tobacco, and abusing alcohol and drugs.
    2. Amma, manzo Bulus ya yi kashedi: ‘Ku yi hankali kada kowa shi same ku ta wurin falsafa da ruɗin banza, bisa ga tadar mutane, bisa ga ruknai na duniya, ba bisa ga Kristi ba.’ <> However, the apostle Paul warned: “Look out: perhaps there may be someone who will carry you off as his prey through the philosophy and empty deception according to the tradition of men, according to the elementary things of the world and not according to Christ.”
    3. Alal misali, game da littattafai biyu a kan batutuwan kimiyya da ɗan falsafa na Helenanci Aristotle ya rubuta, ɗan tarihi Bertrand Russell ya ce “da kyar a amince da layi guda cikin littattafan nan a kimiyya ta zamani.” <> For example, regarding two books on scientific matters written by Greek philosopher Aristotle, historian Bertrand Russell stated that “hardly a sentence in either can be accepted in the light of modern science.”
    4. 3 Manzo Bulus ya ce ba za a samu gaskiyar cikin falsafa da al’adu na mutane ba. <> 3 The apostle Paul said that the truth was not to be found in human philosophies and traditions.
    5. (2 Timothawus 4:2-4) A wannan hanya, za a ja-goranci masu zukatan kirki, su kasance da ra’ayin Jehovah a kan al’amura, ba za su yi koyi da falsafa ta duniya ba. <> (2 Timothy 4:2-4) In this way, honesthearted individuals would be directed to have Jehovah’s mind on matters, not to adopt worldly philosophy.
    6. A shekara ta 1755, bayan mutane 60,000 sun halaka a girgizar ƙasa da wuta da ambaliyar teku a birnin Lisbon, Portugal, wani sanannen ɗan falsafa Voltaire ya yi wannan tambayar: “Zunubin da ake yi a Lisbon da aka halaka ya fi na mazauna Paris ne waɗanda suke aikata mugun zunubi kuma suna cike da farin ciki?” <> In 1755, after some 60,000 people perished in an earthquake, a fire, and a tsunami that hit Lisbon, Portugal, well-known philosopher Voltaire queried: “Was then more vice in fallen Lisbon found, than Paris, where voluptuous joys abound?”
    7. Babu shakka, Bulus ya san cewa wasu da suke gabatar da ilimin falsafa na Helenanci ko kuma waɗanda suke ɗaukaka koma ga bin Dokar Musa suna rinjayar ’yan’uwan. <> Evidently, Paul was aware that the brothers there might have been influenced by some among them who were promoting certain Greek philosophies or were advocating a return to the observance of the Mosaic Law.
    8. 2:6) Ba kamar ilimin falsafa ta ’yan adam ba, hikimar da ake samu daga Allah cikakkiya ce. <> 2:6) Unlike human philosophies, the wisdom that comes from God is not vague.
    9. Maimako su ciyar da mutanensu da abinci na ruhaniya, da hakan su ƙarfafa da kuma wartsake su, limaman suna ƙaiƙaya kunnuwan masu bi da falsafa na ’yan Adam. <> Rather than feeding their flock with spiritual food, thus bringing them comfort and enlightenment, the clergy have tickled the believers’ ears with human philosophy.
    10. Amfani da ya yi da furcin nan ‘falsafa da ruɗin banza’ yana da muhimmanci. <> His use of the term “philosophy and empty deception” is especially significant.
    11. ’Yan falsafa, ’yan tauhidi, da kuma ’yan kimiyya sun yi ta fama da wannan tambayar na shekaru aru aru. <> Philosophers, theologians, and scientists have struggled with that question for millenniums.
    12. Babu shakka zai zama wofi, har ma bala’i, mutum ya zaɓi nagarta da mugunta bisa wani abu da ba shi da tushe, ‘falsafa da ruɗin banza’ na duniya. <> It would certainly be futile, even disastrous, to base one’s choice of right and wrong on something as insubstantial as “the philosophy and empty deception” of the world.
    13. Al’adar Helenanci da falsafa sun ɓata koyarwar addinin Yahudawa. <> Greek culture and philosophy had infiltrated Jewish religious teachings.
    14. A zamaninmu, barin Allah na gaskiya don ilimin falsafa da hasashe da kuma siyasa na duniya zai zama kamar sake “maɓulɓular ruwaye masu-rai” ne da “randuna hudaddu.” <> In our time, to abandon the true God in favor of human philosophies and theories and worldly politics is to replace “the source of living water” with “broken cisterns.”
    15. Wani ɗan ilimin falsafa a ƙarni na 19 mai suna Friedrich Nietzsche ya kira wani littafin da ya rubuta Antichrist (Magabcin Kristi). <> Friedrich Nietzsche, 19th-century philosopher, named one of his works The Antichrist.
    16. Bertrand Russell, ɗan falsafa na Turanci ya rubuta, “Napoleon ya yi hassadar Caesar, Caesar ya yi hassadar Iskandari Mai Girma kuma Iskandari ya yi hassadar Hercules, wanda bai taɓa wanzuwa ba.” <> “Napoleon envied Caesar, Caesar envied Alexander [the Great], and Alexander, I daresay, envied Hercules, who never existed,” wrote English philosopher Bertrand Russell.
    17. Ɗaya daga cikin shugabannina ya gaya mini: “Idan kana so ka yi nasara a nan, dole ne ka riƙa tattaunawa game da batutuwan da suka shafi falsafa kawai. <> One of my superiors went so far as to tell me: “If you want to succeed here, you must talk only about philosophical matters.
    18. Wataƙila Linas saurayi yana fama da rinjayar falsafa, kuma mai yiwuwa Rufas yana bukatar ƙarfi ya tsayayya wa ayyukansa na dā na addinin Yahudawa domin kada su rinjayi hankalinsa. <> Perhaps young Linus was battling the influence of prevailing philosophies, and Rufus may have needed strength to resist the draw of his former practices in Judaism.
    19. Ko ɗan falsafa? <> A wise philosopher?
    20. (Misalai 1:1-7; 3:13-18) Amma Bulus ya haɗa ‘falsafa’ da ‘ruɗin banza.’ <> (Proverbs 1:1-7; 3:13-18) Paul, however, coupled “philosophy” with “empty deception.”

[17-08-25 02:27:08:947 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of game da[change]

  1. game da. <> about the, about, and the, and, by, concerning, from, information about, of, regarding, relating, that.
    1. An ba wa Isra’ilawa umurni game da yadda za su yi tafiya bayan ƙirgen, an ba da cikakken bayani game da aikin Lawiyawa da kuma hidima na mazauni, umurni game da wariya domin cuta, dokoki game da kishi, da ɗaura alkawari da Keɓaɓɓu suka yi. <> Following the census, the Israelites receive instructions regarding the order of march, details concerning the duties of Levites and tabernacle service, commands on quarantine, and laws relating to cases of jealousy and vows made by Nazirites.
    2. Da Shaidun Jehovah suka yi mata bayani game da abin da Littafi Mai Tsarki ya ce game da yin gaskiya, Christine ta yi sha’awar abin da Littafi Mai Tsarki ya ce game da ɗabi’a. <> When Jehovah’s Witnesses explained to her what the Bible says about honesty, Christine was attracted to the Bible’s moral standards.
    3. Wani sanannen masanin tarihi na ƙarni ta 19 mai suna Philip Schaff ya ce game da wannan mutumin: “Ko da yake bai rubuta littafi ba, amma ya jawo rubutu da yawa, rubutu game da wa’azi, jawabi, tattaunawa, littattafan ilimi, littattafan fasaha, da waƙoƙin yabo fiye da duk waɗanda ake rubutawa game da manyan mutane a dā da na zamaninmu.” <> The noted 19th-century historian Philip Schaff was moved to state of this young man: “Without writing a single line, he set more pens in motion, and furnished themes for more sermons, orations, discussions, learned volumes, works of art, and songs of praise, than the whole army of great men of ancient and modern times.”
    4. (1 Tasalonikawa 2:13) Littafi Mai Tsarki na ɗauke da abin da muke bukatar mu sani game da Allah: game da mutumtakarsa, game da nufe-nufensa, da abin da yake bukata a gare mu. <> (1 Thessalonians 2:13) The Bible contains what we need to know about God: information about his personality, his purposes, and his requirements for us.
    5. 19 Littafi Mai Tsarki bai amsa kowacce tambaya ba game da ayyukan Jehovah a dā; kuma bai ba da bayani dalla-dalla ba game da yadda Jehovah zai yi hukunci game da mutane da kuma rukuninsu a nan gaba. <> 19 The Bible does not address every question regarding Jehovah’s actions in the past; nor does it provide every detail about how Jehovah will render judgment concerning individuals and groups in the future.
    6. Idan kuma kuna so ku san ko mene ne ra’ayin ’yarku game da wani batu, ku yi tambaya game da batun, ba game da ita ba. <> Or to find out what your child’s opinion is on some topic, ask questions that shift the focus away from her.
    7. Alal misali, ya gaya mana game da halittar taurarin samaniya, game da duniya, game da mata da miji na fari. <> For example, it tells us about the creation of the starry heavens, the earth, and the first man and woman.
    8. Yaya wasu suke aikatawa game da labaran Littafi Mai Tsarki da ba su ba da isashen bayani ba game da kowace tambaya, menene Littafi Mai Tsarki ya gaya mana game da Jehobah? <> How do some react to Bible accounts that do not contain enough details to answer every question, yet what does the Bible tell us about Jehovah?
    9. Sa’ad da yake da shekara 79, Ɗan’uwa Macmillan ya rubuta: “Tun lokaci na farko da na koyi game da alkawura da aka yi wa ’yan adam masu ciwo da mutuwa, begena game da abin da saƙon Littafi Mai Tsarki ya bayyana bai yi yaushi ba. <> At age 79, Brother Macmillan wrote: “From my first glimpse of the promises held out to sick and dying mankind my hope in what that message of the Bible has revealed has not faded.
    10. Ko da yake ba za su san abubuwa da yawa game da kwamfuta da kuma wasu darussa da ake koyarwa a makaranta ba, sun san abubuwa da yawa game da rayuwa da kuma jimiri da matsalolin rayuwa. <> Though they may not appear to know much about computers or some other subjects taught in school, they do know much about living and coping with life’s problems.
    11. Hakika, idan matasa Kiristoci suka yi magana da gaba gaɗi game da abin da iyayensu suka koya masu game da Allah da kuma Littafi Mai-Tsarki, suna kawo yabo da kuma daraja ga Jehovah da albarka wa kansu.—Matta 21:15, 16. <> Truly, when Christian youths courageously speak about what their parents have taught them regarding God and the Bible, they bring praise and honor to Jehovah and blessings to themselves.—Matthew 21:15, 16.
    12. Kamar hotunan iyali, Kayayyakin Tarihi da aka adana suna sa mu san game da kanmu da kuma kakanninmu na ruhaniya, wato, game da bangaskiya da gaba gaɗin waɗanda suka bauta wa Allah kafin mu da farin ciki da kuma ƙalubalen bauta wa Ubanmu na samaniya mai ƙauna da ja-gorar Allah da kuma yadda yake tallafa wa mutanensa sosai. <> Like a family album of memories, the Archives collection tells us much about us and our spiritual forebears—about the faith and courage of those who have gone before us, about the joys and challenges of serving our loving heavenly Father, and about God’s guidance and unfailing support of his people.
    13. (Fitowa 32:4; Zabura 106:21) A shekaru da yawa da suka biyo baya, Isra’ilawan suka yi gunaguni game da abinci da Jehovah ya ba su cikin hamada, suka yi gunaguni game da Musa da Haruna, suka yi wa Jehovah baƙar magana, kuma suka yi fasikanci da arna, har ma suka bauta wa Ba’al. <> (Exodus 32:4; Psalm 106:21) During the succeeding decades, the Israelites complained about the food Jehovah miraculously supplied in the desert, murmured against Moses and Aaron, spoke against Jehovah, and committed fornication with pagans, even sharing in Baal worship.
    14. Wajen kalubalantar dacewar sarautar Allah da kuma adalcinsa, ba kawai Shaidan ya yi kar

[17-08-25 02:27:09:081 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of gara[change]

  1. gara. <> nibble, separate, you’ve.
    1. Amma, farmakin da ba a saurin ganewa yana kamar gara da ke cin katakon gidanka a hankali. <> Subtle attacks are more like a colony of termites that slowly creep in and nibble away at the wood of your house until it collapses.
    2. Kana iya jin kamar Ayuba wanda ya ce: “Gara in mutu da in rayu da wannan wahalata.” <> You may even feel like Job, who said: “I would prefer death to all my sufferings.”
    3. Sai na yi shawara cewa gara in zama malamar makaranta don in taimaki kaina kuma in yi hidima ta cikakken lokaci.” <> “So I decided instead to become a teacher so as to support myself financially and serve as a full-time evangelizer.”
    4. (Farawa 1:27, 28) Wataƙila Shaiɗan sai ya yi tunani, ‘Ai, gara waɗannan mutane su bauta mini maimakon su bauta wa Allah!’ <> (Genesis 1:27, 28) ‘Why, all these humans could worship me rather than God!’ Satan evidently thought.
    5. Don Allah ka ga gara mu rabu. <> Please, let us separate.
    6. Saboda haka, sai na gaya wa kaina, ‘Idan kana son wannan yarinyar, gara ka yi mata magana nan da nan.’ <> So I said to myself, ‘Ronald, if you want this girl, you’ve got to act quickly.’

[17-08-25 02:27:09:262 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of gari[change]

  1. gari. <> a, city, country town, grain, language, morning, rampant, sight, town.
    1. An yi amfani da waɗannan ’yan’uwa mata biyu wajen ƙafa rukunin masu shelar Mulki a wani gari inda babu ikilisiya. <> These two sisters were instrumental in organizing a group of Kingdom publishers in a town where there is no congregation.
    2. Yayin da ake miƙa hadayu—dabba ko gari—a kan bagade ana haɗa gishiri da zai sa ya daɗe.—Littafin Firistoci 2:11-13. <> When the sacrifices—animal or grain—were offered on the altar, salt, a preservative, was added.—Leviticus 2:11-13.
    3. Mugunta ta zama ruwan dare gama gari. <> Wickedness was rampant.
    4. Kusan shekaru 550 da suka shige, Nicholas ɗan birnin Cusa ce ya kafa gidan da ake kula da tsofaffi a Kues, yanzu ana kiran wurin Bernkastel-Kues, wani gari da ke mil 80 a kudancin Bonn a Jamus. <> About 550 years ago, Nicholas of Cusa founded a nursing home for the elderly in Kues, now known as Bernkastel-Kues, a town located about 80 miles [130 km] south of Bonn, in Germany.
    5. 19 Gari ya kusan wayewa, kuma wutar babban fitilar tanti tana ci. <> 19 It was nearing morning but still dark; the flickering light of the tent’s great lamp was still burning.
    6. Mutane sun yi mamaki da Yesu ya mai da masa da ganin gari. <> People marveled when Jesus restored his sight.
    7. RAYUWATA A DĀ: Na girma ne a wani gari a Fukuoka Prefecture. <> MY PAST: I grew up in a country town in Fukuoka Prefecture.
    8. 12 Za mu lura cewa a Littafin Firistoci sura 1 zuwa 7, an kwatanta sadakoki na musamman guda biyar—hadaya ta ƙonawa, hadaya ta gari, hadaya ta salama, hadaya ta zunubi, da hadaya domin laifi—an kwatanta su dabam dabam, ko da ana miƙa wasu tare. <> 12 We may note that in Leviticus chapters 1 to 7, five principal types of offerings—burnt offering, grain offering, communion sacrifice, sin offering, and guilt offering—are described individually, even though some of them were actually offered together.
    9. Duk da haka, ranar wata Talata da safe na fara tafiya ta na halarci taron Kiristoci a Wanblan wani ƙaramin gari a arewacin Nicaragua. <> Nonetheless, one Tuesday morning, I began my journey to attend a Christian assembly in Wamblán, a small town in northern Nicaragua.
    10. 11 Wasu maƙasudai na dogon lokaci za su sa ikilisiyar da ke wani gari ma su amfana. <> 11 Other long-term goals could lead you beyond your home congregation.
    11. ’Yan’uwan suka samu ɗan dokar garin, sai ya zo da rana tare da dawaki guda biyu don ya kai mu cikin gari. <> The brothers contacted the sheriff, and he came in the afternoon with two horses to take us to town.
    12. “Bayan mun ziyarci Monterrey, wani gari a arewa maso gabas a Mexico, mun ga cewa Jehobah ne ke ja-gorarmu mu yi taimako a wajen,” in ji Patrick. <> “After visiting Monterrey, a town in northeastern Mexico, we felt that Jehovah was directing us to help there,” says Patrick.
    13. Suka kama shi suka ja shi zuwa bayan gari. <> They grab him and drag him outside the city.
    14. (Ibraniyawa 8:3) Irin waɗannan hadayun sun haɗa da hadaya ta ƙonawa, hadaya ta gari, da kuma hadaya ta salama waɗanda ake ba da wa da son rai, wato kyauta ga Jehobah don samun tagomashinsa da kuma nuna godiya.—Leviticus 7:11-13. <> (Hebrews 8:3) Such sacrifices included burnt offerings, grain offerings, and communion offerings that were voluntary—gifts presented to Jehovah to gain his favor and express thanksgiving.—Leviticus 7:11-13.
    15. Suna zaune ne a wani gari da ke ware a ƙasar Bolivia tare da ’ya’yansu guda biyar. <> They live in an isolated town in Bolivia with their five children.
    16. RAYUWATA A DĀ: An haife ni ne a Germiston, wani gari mai ɗan arziki inda ba a yawan aikata laifi. <> MY PAST: I was born in Germiston, a middle-class mining town without much crime.
    17. Ni ban sa ka ka yi bauta da hadaya ta gari ba.” <> I have not compelled you to serve me with a gift.”
    18. Sfanisanci ne yaren da ake yi gama gari a ƙasar Honduras. <> Spanish is the official language of Honduras.
    19. Saboda haka, Littafi Mai Tsarki ya fassara wannan ayar kai tsaye cewa: “Kada ka gina gidanka ka kafa shi, sai ka gyara gonakinka, ka tabbata za ka sami abin zaman gari.” <> Thus, Today’s English Version pointedly renders this verse: “Don’t build your house and establish a home until your fields are ready, and you are sure that you can earn a living.”
    20. Killen, farfesan tarihin addini, ya rubuta: “A ƙarni na biyu da na uku gidan wasa a kowane babban gari wajen jan hankali ne; ko da yake ’yan wasan malalata ne, wasansu na biyan bukatar sha’awar lalata na zamani ne. . . . <> Killen, professor of ecclesiastical history, wrote: “In the second and third centuries the playhouse in every large town was a centre of attraction; and whilst the actors were generally persons of very loose morals, their dramatic performances were perpetually pandering to the depraved appetites of the age. . . .

[17-08-25 02:27:09:658 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of gatari[change]

  1. gatari. <> An axhead, an, ax, axes, hatchet.
    1. Mai yiwuwa ya yi amfani da ɗan gatari da zarto da gizago da guduma da ɗan bugu da makankari da kuma mahuji da danƙo iri-iri da kuma wasu ƙusoshi, ko da yake suna da tsada. <> He may have used a square, a plummet, a chalk line, a hatchet, a saw, an adze, a hammer, a mallet, chisels, a drill that he worked by pulling a bow back and forth, various glues, and perhaps some nails, though they were costly.
    2. Ni kuma in ari gatari in sara icen da za mu dafa abinci da shi. <> In the meantime, I would borrow an ax to chop firewood for cooking.
    3. Kan gatari ya yi bambaro a kan ruwa.—2 Sarakuna 6:5-7 <> An axhead is made to float.—2 Kings 6:5-7
    4. Isra’ilawa da yawa suna amfani da gatari domin sare ice. <> Many Israelites used axes to cut firewood.
    5. Sulemanu ya rubuta: “Idan gatari ya dakushe ba a wasa shi ba, dole ne a yi amfani da ƙarfi da yawa.” <> Solomon wrote: “If an iron tool has become blunt and someone has not whetted its edge, then he will exert his own vital energies.”

[17-08-25 02:27:09:823 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of gemu[change]

  1. gemu. <> a beard, a, beard, extremity, shaving limited, wears a beard.
    1. Dokar da aka ba da ta hannun Musa ta bukaci maza su riƙa barin gemu. <> The Mosaic Law required men to wear a beard.
    2. Shin ya dace ne wani ɗan’uwa ya bar gemu? <> Is it proper for a brother today to have a beard?
    3. Hakika, a irin waɗannan wuraren, barin gemu zai hana ɗan’uwa ɗaukaka Allah kuma zai sa ba za a ɗauke shi da mutunci ba.—Rom. <> In fact, having one may hinder a brother from bringing glory to God by his dress and grooming and his being irreprehensible.—Rom.
    4. Mutanen zamanin dā sun saba barin gemu, har da Ibraniyawa ma. <> Letting one’s beard grow was the norm among many ancient nations, including the Hebrews.
    5. 19:27—Menene ake nufi da umurni kada a ‘yi wa goshi da gemu kwakkwafa’? <> 19:27—What is meant by the command not to “cut [the] sidelocks short around” or “destroy the extremity” of the beard?
    6. Shin gemu kaɗai suke askewa? <> Was shaving limited to the beard?
    7. 17 Shin ya dace ’yan’uwa maza su bar gemu? <> 17 What about the propriety of brothers wearing a beard?
    8. Waɗanne irin yanayi ne za su sa ɗan’uwa ya bar gemu ko kuma a’a? <> What are some factors that may affect whether a brother wears a beard?

[17-08-25 02:27:09:991 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of gida[change]

  1. gida. <> -house, apartment, apathetic, chores, from house to house, home, house, leave home, left, to house.
    1. Sa’ad da Dauda ya rubuta wannan zabura, ba ya cikin fada ko kuma cikin gida. <> At the time that David composed this psalm, he was not in a palace or even in a house.
    2. Da suka dawo gida, ya lura cewa tufafinsa da kuma gashin karen ya cika da ƙarangiya. <> Upon returning home, he noticed that his clothes as well as the dog’s fur were covered with burs.
    3. “Barin babban gida mai kyau zuwa ƙaramin gida ba shi da sauƙi. <> “Leaving a large comfortable house for a small apartment was not easy.
    4. Mai gida da ya nuna ba ya so, yana ƙara, ko kuma yin baƙar magana, yana sa saƙonmu na salama ya ‘komo mana ne.’ <> An apathetic response, a complaint, or an unkind remark by a householder only serves to allow our peaceful message to ‘return to us.’
    5. Yin la’akari da bambanci da ke tsakanin gidajensu da aka yi wa ado da katakai masu kyau da kuma haikalin da ke neman gyara, Jehobah ya tambaye su: “Ko lokaci ya yi da ku da kanku za ku zauna cikin sorayenku, wannan gida fa kango ne?”—Haggai 1:4. <> Given the contrast between their private homes paneled with fine woods and the uncompleted temple, Jehovah asked: “Is it the time for you yourselves to dwell in your paneled houses, while this house is waste?”—Haggai 1:4.
    6. Amma iyayena ba sa son in yi nesa da gida. <> But Mom and Dad did not want me to leave home.
    7. 9 Kowace hanya ka yi amfani da ita, shiri da kyau zai taimake ka ka kasance a shirye da ƙwazo a hidima ta gida gida. <> 9 Whatever approach you use, good preparation will help you to be poised and enthusiastic in the house-to-house ministry.
    8. Tabbaci daga masu haƙa ƙasa ya nuna cewa tsarin gidajen Masarawa ya tilasta wucewa ta tsakiyar gida kafin a kai rumbuna. <> Archaeological evidence suggests that the design of Egyptian houses made it necessary to pass through the main part of the home to reach the storerooms.
    9. Sa’ad da kake tattauna sakin layi na 2, ka ɗan gana da mai kula da hidima, ya faɗa wuri da lokaci da kuma ranaku na makon da za a iya samun mutane a gida a yankin. <> When considering paragraph 2, briefly interview the service overseer regarding where people can be found in the local territory during various times of the day and days of the week.
    10. KA GWADA WANNAN: Idan ɗanka ba ya da niyar tattaunawa, ku yi wasu abubuwa tare, kamar su, fita yawo, fita tuki, ko kuma ku yi wasu Ayukan gida. <> TRY THIS: If your adolescent seems reluctant to talk, do something together—take a walk, go for a drive, play a game, or perform a chore around the house.
    11. Wata rana mamar Saulo ta sadu da malamarsa sa’ad da take hidima na gida-gida. <> Saulo’s mother later met his teacher in the house-to-house ministry.
    12. Alal misali, idan kana aikace-aikacen gida, ka sa ya taimake ka. <> For example, if you are doing chores, have him help you.
    13. Hakan ya sa ina salla a gida da safe, sa’an nan a makaranta, in yi addu’ar Yahudawa. <> Thus, in the morning, I prayed namaz at home, and later in the day, I joined Jewish prayers in school.
    14. Da farko, samun aiki ya yi musu wuya, kuma sun ƙaura sau da yawa daga wani gida zuwa wani. <> Initially, finding work proved hard, and several times they had to move from one apartment to another.
    15. Ba yadda za ka iya dawowa ka shiga gida kuma ba. <> You are left with only your memories.
    16. Bitrus ya rubuta cewa waɗanda aka gina a matsayin “rayayyen dutse” na gida na ruhaniya a kan dutsen, wato Kristi, su ne “jama’a abin mulki na Allah kansa, domin [su] gwada mafifitan halulluka,” na Wanda ya kira su.—1 Bitrus 2:4-9; Zabura 118:22; Ishaya 8:14; 1 Korinthiyawa 10:1-4. <> Peter wrote that those who are built as “living stones” of a spiritual house on the rock-mass, Christ, were “a people for special possession [to] declare abroad the excellencies” of the One who called them.—1 Peter 2:4-9; Psalm 118:22; Isaiah 8:14; 1 Corinthians 10:1-4.
    17. Mene ne za mu faɗa sa’ad da muke ba da warƙa a wa’azi gida-gida? <> How might we offer tracts from house to house?
    18. Amma daga baya, James ba ya ba da haɗin kai sa’ad da mamarsa take ƙoƙari ta sa ya shirya don ya halarci taron ikilisiya, ya gwammace ya zauna a gida da babansa. <> Some time later, however, James became increasingly uncooperative when his mother tried to get him ready to attend congregation meetings, choosing to remain at home with his father instead.
    19. Ba zai dace ba waɗanda suka kashe aure su ci gaba da zama tare a gida ɗaya. <> It would likewise be inappropriate for those divorced from each other to continue living in the same house.
    20. Sa’ad da muke tunanin soma wa’azi na gida gida, wasu cikinmu sun yi tunani, ‘Ba zan iya yin wannan abu ba.’ <> When contemplating the prospect of preaching from house to house, more than a few of us once thought, ‘That is something I could never do.’

[17-08-25 02:27:10:462 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of gindi[change]

  1. gindi. <> bottom, condoning, side, sides.
    1. A cikin irin wannan jayayyar, yana da sauƙi mutane su ba da ɗaurin gindi—ta maganar baki ko kuma ta ayyuka—ga al’umma, yare, harsuna, ko kuma wasu rukunin mutane da suke a ware. <> In these conflicts, it is common for people to take sides—verbally or otherwise—with the nation, tribe, language group, or social class of which they are a part.
    2. Ko ma jayayyar ba ta shafi mutanen ba kai tsaye, sau da yawa suna ba da ɗaurin gindi ga ɓangare ɗaya fiye da ɗayan. <> Even when people are not directly involved in some conflict, they often find themselves favoring one side over another.
    3. 1:10) ‘Ba wani gindi dabam da an rigaya an kaga ba, Yesu Kristi,’ wato, tushen halayen Kirista. <> 1:10) There is ‘no other foundation than Jesus Christ,’ on which Christian qualities are built.
    4. An kira waɗannan asusun kakaki domin suna da siririn baki da kuma gindi mai faɗi. <> The chests were called trumpets because they were narrow at the top and wide at the bottom.
    5. Ya kamata ne mu ɗaure wa waninsu gindi?— Littafi Mai Tsarki ya gaya mana abin da yake daidai. <> Should we take sides with one or the other?— The Bible tells us what is right.
    6. Idan muka gafarta wa waɗanda suka yi mana laifi, hakan ba ya nufin cewa abin da suka yi yana da kyau ko kuma muna ɗaura musu gindi. <> When we forgive those who have wronged us, we are not minimizing, justifying, excusing, or condoning their actions.

[17-08-25 02:27:10:626 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of girma[change]

  1. girma. <> grand, great, greater, grew up, grow up, grow, heavy.
    1. Za ka zama kamar Sama’ila, sa’ad da ka girma? <> Will you be like Samuel as you grow up?
    2. Wane tabbaci na tsawon jimrewa mai girma ne Jehovah ya nuna wajen ’ya’yan Adamu da Hauwa’u? <> What remarkable evidence of long-suffering has Jehovah displayed toward the descendants of Adam and Eve?
    3. (Zabura 3:8) Da irin wannan zato mai girma a gabanmu, bari mu ci gaba da neman taimakon Allah a ƙididdiga kwanakinmu ga ɗaukakarsa. <> (Psalm 3:8) With such grand prospects before us, let us keep on looking to God for help in counting our days to his glory.
    4. Ka tuna da Musa, wanda surukinsa ya ba shi shawarar yadda zai bi da aikinsa mai girma. <> Consider Moses, whose father-in-law gave him counsel on how to handle his heavy work load.
    5. Gindin sawayensa ba zai iya girma ba domin an ɗaure shi da ƙarfe da jangaci. <> Its stump could not grow because it was banded with iron and copper.
    6. Amma, kome ƙoƙarin da muka yi, ba za mu san ainihin lokacin da za a fara ƙunci mai girma ba. <> However, try as hard as we might, we cannot pinpoint the exact year, much less day and hour, when the great tribulation will begin.
    7. Babu shakka za a marabce ku sosai kuma ku samu amfani na ruhaniya mai girma daga ziyartan Bethel. <> You will surely receive a warm welcome and derive great spiritual benefit from visiting Bethel.
    8. Sh 34:10) Cike da ɗoki, suna sa ran ganin zuwan annabin da ya fi Musa girma. <> 34:10) With keen anticipation, they looked forward to the coming of a prophet greater than Moses.
    9. Yaya ne taro mai girma suka nuna cewa cikin haɗin kai suna “tsaye gaban kursiyi” na Jehovah? <> How do the great crowd demonstrate that they are unitedly “standing before the throne” of Jehovah?
    10. 7 A yau, mutane da yawa suna nuna girma kai a hanyoyi dabam-dabam. <> 7 Today, people manifest pride in a number of destructive ways.
    11. Amma sa’ad da ta yi girma, sai ta ƙaura zuwa Landan, a ƙasar Ingila, kuma ta soma aiki a ma’aikatar kuɗi. <> But when she grew up, she moved to London, England, and eventually started working in the finance industry as a bond broker.
    12. (b) Yadda aka rubuta a Ru’ya ta Yohanna 7:11, 12, wa ke lura da taro mai girma kuma suna sujjada tare da su? <> (b) As stated at Revelation 7:11, 12, who observe the great crowd and share with them in worship?
    13. Ku yi farinciki, ku yi murna ƙwarai: gama ladarku mai-girma ce cikin sama: gama hakanan suka tsananta ma annabawan da suka rigaye ku.”—Mat. <> Rejoice and leap for joy, since your reward is great in the heavens; for in that way they persecuted the prophets prior to you.”—Matt.
    14. Yadda yake, sai dai ko an yi shiri na musamman don mu je mu taimaka a inda ake da bukata mai girma, ya kamata mu yi wa’azi a yankin ikilisiyarmu kaɗai. <> As a general rule, unless some specific arrangements have been made for us to help where the need is greater, we should work only the territory assigned to our congregation.
    15. Taimaka ma wanda aka yi masa rasuwa yana bukatar juyayi, ganewa, da kuma ƙauna mai-girma a gefenka. <> Helping a bereaved person calls for compassion, discernment, and much love on your part.
    16. 16 Muna da tabbacin cewa sa’ad da Jehobah zai zartar da hukuncinsa a kan wannan zamanin, “taro mai-girma” na masu bauta ta gaskiya, waɗanda “suka wanke rigunansu, suka faranta su cikin jinin Ɗan ragon kuma,” za su tsira. <> 16 We can be confident that when Jehovah executes his judgment upon the present wicked system of things, the “great crowd” of true worshippers, who “have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb,” will be spared.
    17. Babu shakka, albarka mai girma tana jiransu da kuma ayyuka masu yawa. <> Of course, greater blessings awaited them—and greater challenges too.
    18. 20 I, Jehovah ya amsa addu’ar da aka furta a Zabura 43:3 a hanya mai girma. <> 20 Yes, Jehovah has in a wonderful way answered the prayer expressed at Psalm 43:3.
    19. 14 Annabcin Malachi ya nuna cewa wannan muhimmin aiki na Iliya za a yi shi kafin “ranan nan mai-girma mai-ban razana ta Ubangiji.” <> 14 Malachi’s prophecy showed that this great Elijah work would be done before “the great and fear-inspiring day of Jehovah.”
    20. A lokacin ƙunci mai girma, bayin Jehobah suna da wane tabbaci, kuma menene ya kamata mu kuɗiri aniyar yi? <> At the great tribulation, Jehovah’s servants will have what confidence, and what should we be determined to do now?

[17-08-25 02:27:10:762 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of giwa[change]

  1. giwa. <> [[Bear Dog Elephant]], elephant, elephants, ivories, ivory, mama elephants.
    1. Karen daji Kare Giwa <> Bear Dog Elephant
    2. (Ayuba 39:9-12) Yuliyas Kaisar Daular Roma ya ce wadannan bijimai da kadan giwa ta dara su. <> (Job 39:9-12) Roman Emperor Julius Caesar once observed that these bulls were scarcely smaller than elephants.
    3. Sai Assuriyawa su zo su kwashe su daga gadajensu na hauren giwa kuma su kwashe su zuwa bauta. <> The Assyrians would snatch them from their splendid ivory couches and drag them off into captivity.
    4. Masana tone ƙasa sun samo hauren giwa da aka sassaƙe masu yawa a Samariya babban birnin masarautar Isra’ila. <> Archaeologists have found exquisitely carved ivories in Samaria, the capital city of the kingdom of Israel.
    5. Harshensa kawai ya kai nauyin giwa guda. <> Its tongue alone weighs as much as one elephant.
    6. Kafin su tafi zaman bauta a Babila, annabi Amos ya tsauta wa masu arziki a Isra’ila game da “gidaje na hauri” da kuma yadda suke “kwantawa a bisa gadajen hauren giwa.” <> Long before the exile, the prophet Amos had rebuked wealthy ones in Israel for their “houses of ivory” and for their “lying down on couches of ivory.”
    7. Da akwai Giwa baba da giwa mama, da kuma zaki baba da zaki mama. <> There were papa elephants and mama elephants, and there were papa lions and mama lions.
    8. Ba su ci naman shanu ba ko kuma su mimmiƙe a dogayen kujeru na hauren giwa don ragwanci. <> They had not feasted on manger-fed bulls or sprawled sluggishly on couches of ivory.
    9. Shekara dubu biyu da suka shige, an samu waɗannan dabbobi a Gaul (yanzu Faransa), kuma Julius Caesar ya rubuta kwatancin nan game da su: “Waɗannan uri sun kusan kai giwa girma, amma halinsu, launi, da kuma yadda suke, ɓauna ne. <> Two thousand years ago, these animals were found in Gaul (now France), and Julius Caesar wrote the following description of them: “These uri are scarcely less than elephants in size, but in their nature, colour, and form, are bulls.
    10. Suna kuma da “gadajen hauren giwa.” <> They also had “couches of ivory.”
    11. (Waƙar Waƙoƙi 4:4) Hasumiya tana da tsawo kuma ba ta da faɗi, hauren giwa kuwa sumul yake. <> (Song of Solomon 4:4) A tower is long and slender, and ivory is smooth.
    12. 7:4—Me ya sa Sulemanu ya kwatanta wuyan ’yar Shulem da “hasumiya ta hauren giwa”? <> 7:4—Why does Solomon liken the neck of the Shulammite maiden to “an ivory tower”?

[17-08-25 02:27:11:146 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of gobe[change]

  1. gobe. <> Future, bring, day, future, next day, next, the, tomorrow.
    1. Akwai Wanda Zai Iya Sanin Gobe? <> Can Anyone See the Future?
    2. Yaya za mu iya ci gaba da kasancewa da gaba gaɗi duk da cewa mutane da yawa suna tsoron abin da zai iya faruwa gobe? <> How can we remain courageous when many others fear the future?
    3. Ta ce za ta gaya masa idan shi da Haman za su sake zuwa cin abinci gobe. <> Esther says that she will tell him if he and Haʹman will come to another meal the next day.
    4. 13 Amma matar Fotifar, ta nace, tana yi masa magana “yau da gobe” ya kwana da ita. <> 13 Potiphar’s wife, however, was persistent, imploring him “day after day” to lie with her.
    5. (2 Timothawus 3:1) Ban da haka ma, babu wani cikinmu da yake da tabbacin kasancewa da rai gobe. <> (2 Timothy 3:1) Moreover, none of us can be sure that we will be alive tomorrow.
    6. Sarki mai hikima Sulemanu ya rubuta: “Kada ka yi ma kanka alwashin gobe: Gama ba ka san abin da kwana ɗaya za ya kawo ba.” <> “Do not make your boast about the next day,” wrote wise King Solomon, “for you do not know what a day will give birth to.”
    7. 17 Babu kowannenmu da ya san abin da zai faru gobe, domin “sa’a, da tsautsayi” sukan sami kowannenmu. <> 17 None of us know what tomorrow may bring, for “time and unforeseen occurrence” befall us all.
    8. Mutumin da mawadaci ne yau, zai iya zama talaka gobe. <> This year’s financial success is next year’s bankruptcy. . . .
    9. 19 Kiristoci da suke “huruwa a cikin ruhu” kuma waɗanda suke ɗokanta a yin shelar bisharar suna ƙoƙari su yi hidima yau da gobe. <> 19 Christians who are “aglow with the spirit” and who are eager to declare the good news strive to share regularly in the ministry.
    10. Hakan ya sa mahaifina ya ji haushi kuma ya ce: “Idan kina gani za ki iya sami aiki to ki samu kafin gobe ko kuma ki bar gidan nan.” <> Furious, Dad threatened: “If you think that you can find a job, find it by tomorrow or else you leave this house.”
    11. Gobe da kai, da dukan jama’arka, da Haruna, ku bayyana a gaban Ubangiji.—Lit. Lis. <> Present yourself with all your supporters before Jehovah tomorrow, you and they and Aaron.—Num.
    12. (Fitowa 11:1) Lokacin da al’ummai uku da suka haɗa kai suka auko wa Yahuda a zamanin Sarki Jehoshaphat, Jehovah ya ce musu zai sa hannu dominsu “gobe.” <> (Exodus 11:1) When a three-nation alliance invaded Judah in the days of King Jehoshaphat, Jehovah told them that He would intervene in their behalf “tomorrow.”
    13. Littafi Mai Tsarki ya ce: “Kada fa ku yi alhini a kan gobe: gama gobe za ya yi alhini don kansa. <> “Never be anxious about the next day, for the next day will have its own anxieties.
    14. Babu kowannenmu da ya san ko zai mutu gobe. <> Who knows whether we will be alive tomorrow?
    15. Kuma Jehobah ya ce su ci su rage domin gobe, domin ba zai zuɓo da manna ba a rana ta bakwai. <> And Jehovah says to save some of it over to the next day, because he will not cause any to fall on the seventh day.
    16. HATSABIBAI suna da’awa cewa suna da baiwar sanin abin da zai faru gobe. <> PSYCHICS claim to have special abilities to predict the future.
    17. Ko da “mutumi namu na fai yana lalacewa,” ba za mu karaya ba domin “mutumi namu na ciki yana sabontuwa yau da gobe.”—2 Korinthiyawa 4:16. <> Even though “the man we are outside is wasting away,” we do not give up because “the man we are inside is being renewed from day to day.”—2 Corinthians 4:16.
    18. Mamata ƙaunatacciya da dukan ’yan’uwana, yau aka gaya mini abin da zai faru da ni, kada ku firgita, mutuwa ce, gobe da safe za a kashe ni. <> And now, my dear Mother and all my brothers and sisters, today I was told my sentence, and don’t be terrified, it is death, and I will be executed tomorrow morning.
    19. (2 Timothawus 4:1, 2) Idan muna wa’azi yau da gobe, za mu zo ga fahimtar muhimmancin wannan aikin. <> (2 Timothy 4:1, 2) The more we preach, the more we will appreciate the importance of this work.
    20. Abubuwa da aka faɗa za su kasance da iko kaɗan ne kawai a kanmu idan mun shagala a abubuwa da suka faru a ranar ko kuma mun damu game da abin da ke jiranmu gobe. <> The spoken words can exert little influence on us if we are preoccupied with things that happened during the day or are concerned about what is awaiting us tomorrow.

[17-08-25 02:27:11:314 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of gona[change]

  1. gona. <> crop, crops, extremes, field, fields, garden, land produced, overstepping, the, top.
    1. Akwai wani lokaci da wani ma’aikaci da ke lura da mu ya yi ciwo sa’ad da muke yin aiki a gona, mun ɗauke shi muka dawo da shi cikin gidan yarin don a yi masa jinya. <> In fact, once when a guard fell ill while watching us as we worked in the fields, we carried him back to the prison compound for treatment.
    2. Bincika wasu cikin waɗannan zai taimake mu mu ga haɗarin wuce gona da iri. <> An examination of some of these will help us to see the danger of overstepping due bounds.
    3. Saboda haka, Majalisar ta wuce gona da iri sa’ad da ta umurci manzannin su daina wa’azi. <> Thus, the Sanhedrin crossed the line when it ordered the apostles to stop preaching.
    4. Ko da yake maza ne aka ba wa hakkin kula da iyali, matan za su iya ‘lura da gona da kyau, sa’an nan su saya kuma su dasa gonar anab’ da yardar maigidan. <> Though the husband was given the role of the head of the family, the wife, with her husband’s full trust, could ‘consider a field and obtain it’ and ‘plant a vineyard.’
    5. Rifkatu ta ga wani mutum yana tafiya a cikin gona. <> Re·bekʹah saw a man walking in the field.
    6. A Adnin ya tambayi Hauwa’u: ‘Ashe, ko Allah ya ce, ba za ku ci daga dukan itatuwa na gona ba?’ <> In Eden he asked Eve: “Did God really say that you must not eat from every tree of the garden?”
    7. Yoh. 14:6) Yesu ya ce: “Gona duniya ce.” <> 14:6) Jesus said: “The field is the world.”
    8. Idan wani abokina ya gaya mini yana son ya ɗauki wasu matakan da suka wuce gona da iri don ya rage ƙiba, zan . . . <> If a friend confides in me that she is taking drastic measures to lose weight, what will I do?
    9. Ya ce: “Mulkin Sama kamar dukiya yake da ke binne a gona, wadda wani ya samu, ya sāke binnewa. Yana tsaka da murna tasa, sai ya je yā sai da dukan mallaka tasa, ya sayi gonar.” <> He said: “The kingdom of the heavens is like a treasure hidden in the field, which a man found and hid; and for the joy he has he goes and sells what things he has and buys that field.”
    10. 7 A kwatancin Yesu, menene mawadacin ya yi sa’ad da ya sami amfanin gona da yawa har ya zama cewa ba shi da inda zai ajiye abubuwan da ya girbe? <> 7 Coming back to Jesus’ illustration, what did the rich man do when his land produced so well that he had nowhere to store his harvest?
    11. A al’ada, an ɗaura wa mayu kusan duk wani tsautsayi da ya sami wani, haɗe da ciwo, mutuwa, da kuma rashin amfanin gona. <> Traditionally, witches have been blamed for an almost limitless array of misfortunes, including illness, death, and crop failure.
    12. Ba’al allahn ni’ima ne wanda ya kamata ya yi tanadin ruwa da amfanin gona. <> Baal was a fertility god who was supposed to provide rain and fruitful crops.
    13. In ji Francisco: “A wasu lokatai ba ma samun amfanin gona domin rashin ruwan sama ko kuma saboda ɓarayin da ke sace amfanin gonarmu, ina samun ’yan kuɗaɗe ne ta wajen saro da sayar da icen gora da ake gini da shi. <> Says Francisco: “Sometimes the rain fails to come or thieves steal the crop, so I make a little money by cutting and selling bamboo slats for construction.
    14. A lokacin, za a “sami hatsi mai yawa a ƙasar, da ma amfanin gona ya cika tuddan.”—Luka 11:31; Zabura 72:7, 16. <> At that time, “there will come to be plenty of grain on the earth; on the top of the mountains there will be an overflow.”—Luke 11:31; Psalm 72:7, 16.
    15. Ruth ba ta wuce gona da iri ba sa’ad da ta je wurin Boaz <> Ruth’s motives in seeking out Boaz were pure and unselfish
    16. Duk da haka, ka lura da yadda Shaiɗan ya yi tambayarsa: “Ashe, ko Allah ya ce, ba za ku ci daga dukan itatuwa na gona ba?” <> Yet, notice how Satan worded his first question to Eve: “Is it really so that God said you must not eat from every tree of the garden?”
    17. Littafi Mai Tsarki ya gaya mana cewa: “Ubangiji Allah kuma ya dasa gona daga wajen gabas, a cikin Adnin; can kuwa ya sanya mutumin da ya sifanta. . . . <> The Bible tells us: “Jehovah God planted a garden in Eden, toward the east, and there he put the man whom he had formed. . . .
    18. Ko da yake abin ya ɓata wa Mika’ilu rai, bai wuce gona da iri ba. <> Michael thus refrained from overstepping his authority, even under provocation.
    19. Ƙari ga haka, bai kamata mu riƙa yin abubuwa da suka wuce gona da iri ba. <> Respect also requires that we avoid extremes.
    20. A irin wannan yanayin, ana iya samun ɗan ƙaramin amfanin gona a lambun, amma amfanin ba zai kai wanda za a samu ba da a ce mutanen nan biyu da suke da lambun sun yarda su yi abin da ya kamata kuma sun haɗa kai wajen cim ma hakan. <> In such a scenario, the garden may yield some results, but it will not produce as much as it would have if both gardeners had agreed on what to do and then worked together to achieve those goals.

[17-08-25 02:27:11:512 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of goro[change]

  1. goro. <> kind, kolanuts, substantial, to.
    1. An ba da rahoto cewa a wata ƙasa mutane masu kashe gobara ba za su yarda su kashe gobara ba sai an ba su kuɗin goro. <> It is even reported that in one country, firemen who respond to emergencies will not begin to tackle a blaze unless they first receive a substantial tip.
    2. Saboda haka, ba sa ba da kuɗin goro kuma ba sa karɓa. <> Thus, they reject requests for any kind of gift at all.
    3. Azuba farin goro bakwai a gindin tsamiya <> Throw seven white kolanuts under the tamarind tree
    4. A wurare da yawa, ba dole ba ne mutum da yake zama a wani yanki ya ba ma’aikatan gwamnati kuɗin goro saboda wata hidima da aka yi masa ba. <> In many places, a member of the community does not have to give anything to public employees in order to obtain what he is entitled to.

[17-08-25 02:29:58:286 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of habasha[change]

  1. habasha. <> Ethiopia, Ethiopian, Ethiopians, [[Jehovah has blessed the preaching work in Ethiopia]].
    1. Hakika, ma’aikacin Habasha da aka ambata a littafin Ayyukan Manzanni yana karanta ɗaya cikin waɗannan annabce-annabcen sa’ad da ruhu mai tsarki ya ja-gorance Filibbus mai wa’azi ya je ya same shi. <> Interestingly, the Ethiopian official mentioned in the book of Acts was reading one of these prophecies when Philip the evangelizer was directed by the spirit to approach him.
    2. Jehobah ya albarkaci aikin wa’azi a ƙasar Habasha <> Jehovah has blessed the preaching work in Ethiopia
    3. Sai ɗan’uwa Manfred Tonak ya ba da rahoto game da ƙasar Habasha. <> Manfred Tonak next gave a report, on Ethiopia.
    4. Abin da wani Mashaidi a Habasha ya yi ke nan sa’ad da ya fahimci cewa zai yi makarar minti 45 zuwa taron ikilisiya domin canje-canje a tsarin aikinsa. <> This is what one Witness in Ethiopia did when he realized that he would be 45 minutes late for congregation meetings because of shift changes.
    5. Ka yi la’akari da misalin wata matashiya a ƙasar Habasha. <> Consider the example of a teenage girl in the country of Ethiopia.
    6. An ɓoye annabi Irmiya, Ebed-melek mutumin Habasha, zuriyar Yonadab, tare da wasu masu aminci ga Allah a ranar nan ta hasalar Jehovah.—Irmiya 35:18, 19; 39:11, 12, 15-18. <> The prophet Jeremiah, the Ethiopian Ebed-melech, the descendants of Jonadab, and others faithful to God were concealed in that day of Jehovah’s anger.—Jeremiah 35:18, 19; 39:11, 12, 15-18.
    7. Wane taɗi Filibus da mutumin Habasha suka yi? <> What conversation took place between the disciple Philip and a man from Ethiopia?
    8. 4 Ko da yake bai kamata a ɗauki matakai na keɓe kai da kuma baftisma da wasa ko cikin hanzari ba, misalin ma’aikaci na ƙasar Habasha ya nuna cewa akwai lokatai da wasu mutane suka yi baftisma bayan wani ɗan ƙanƙanin lokaci da suka ji gaskiyar Kalmar Allah. <> 4 Although the steps of dedication and baptism are not to be taken lightly or hastily, the example of the Ethiopian official shows that there have been occasions when individuals were baptized shortly after hearing the truth of God’s Word.
    9. Ta yaya ne Filibus ya soma tattaunawa da wani ma’aikaci na Habasha, kuma menene ya nuna cewa mutumin yana son bauta ta gaskiya? <> How did Philip strike up a conversation with an Ethiopian official, and what attests to the spiritual inclination of this man?
    10. Wani mutum mai iko da ke ƙarƙashin Kandakatu, sarauniyar Habasha, ya nuna hali mai kyau. <> A fine attitude was displayed by a man in power under Candace, queen of the Ethiopians.
    11. Ta yaya ne wata ’yar’uwa a Habasha ta sha kan hamayya ta wajen yin amfani da littafin nan Menene Ainihi Littafi Mai Tsarki Yake Koyarwa? <> How did a sister in Ethiopia overcome opposition by using the Bible Teach book?
    12. A Habasha, maza biyu da ba su sa tufafi masu kyau ba sun zo wata taruwar sujada da Shaidun Jehovah suke yi. <> In Ethiopia, two poorly dressed men came to a meeting for worship conducted by Jehovah’s Witnesses.
    13. 18 A yau, mala’iku ba sa yi mana ja-gora zuwa ga mutane masu zuciyar kirki ta wajen yi mana magana yadda wani mala’ika ya yi wa Filibbus magana kuma yi masa ja-gora zuwa wajen Habasha bābā. (A. <> 18 Today, angels do not lead us to honesthearted ones by speaking to us as an angel spoke to Philip and directed him to the Ethiopian eunuch.
    14. Bai bincika Kalmar Allah ba, kuma bai tuna da abin da Jehovah ya yi lokacin da rundunar Habasha suka yi wa Yahuda hari ba. <> He did not consult God’s Word, and he did not call to mind what Jehovah had done when the Ethiopian army had invaded Judah.
    15. A rana guda da aka ƙayyade, ana shirin hallaka dukan Yahudawan da suke zaune a daular, da ta haɗe daga Indiya zuwa Habasha. <> On a single predetermined day, all the Jews living in the empire, which stretches from India to Ethiopia, will be annihilated.
    16. Ya kamata Asa ya koyi darasi daga abin da Allah ya yi wa rundunar Habasha cewa “idanun [Jehobah] suna kai da kawowa a cikin dukan duniya, domin ya bayyana kansa mai ƙarfi sabili da waɗanda zuciyarsu ta kamalta gareshi.” <> Being aware of how God had dealt with the Ethiopians, Asa should have learned that Jehovah’s “eyes are roving about through all the earth to show his strength in behalf of those whose heart is complete toward him.”
    17. (Ayukan Manzanni 8:4) An umarci Filibbus ya yi wa wani mutum wa’azi, bayan ya yi baftisma ya kai saƙon Habasha. <> (Acts 8:1, 4) Philip was directed to witness to a man who, after being baptized, took the message to Ethiopia.
    18. 3, 4. (a) Me ya sa Filibus ya yi wa mutumin Habasha baftisma ba tare da ɓata lokaci ba? <> 3, 4. (a) Why did Philip baptize the Ethiopian without delay?
    19. 13 Sa’ad da take wa’azi ta tarho, wata mai hidima ta cikakken lokaci a Habasha ta damu lokacin da ta yi magana da wani mutum amma ta ji ana fāɗa. <> 13 While engaged in telephone witnessing, a full-time minister in Ethiopia was startled when she spoke to a man but heard a commotion in the background.
    20. 2 Bai yi wa Filibus wuya ba ya soma tattaunawa da wannan mutumin, domin ma’aikacin daga ƙasar Habasha ya ɗaga murya ne yana karatu, al’adarsu ke nan a dā. <> 2 Philip found it easy to strike up a conversation, since the Ethiopian official was reading aloud, as was the custom in those days.

[17-08-25 02:29:58:678 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of hankaka[change]

  1. hankaka. <> raven out, raven.
    1. (Ayuba 38:31-33) Jehovah ya yi magana da Ayuba game da wasu dabbobi—zaki da hankaka, awakan dutse da jakin dawa, ɓauna da jimina sai kuma doki da gaggafa. <> (Job 38:31-33) Jehovah directed Job’s attention to some of the animals—the lion and the raven, the mountain goat and the zebra, the wild bull and the ostrich, the mighty horse and the eagle.
    2. 6. Me ya sa Nuhu ya saki hankaka daga cikin jirgin? <> Why did Noah let a raven out of the ark?
    3. Sai Nuhu ya saki baƙar tsuntsuwa da ake kira hankaka daga cikin jirgin. <> Then Noah let a black bird called a raven out of the ark.

[17-08-25 02:29:58:828 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of hanta[change]

  1. hanta. <> alcoholic, liver.
    1. Miliyoyi suna shan taba su kamu da ciwon huhu, suna zina su ɗauki cututtuka da ake ɗauka ta jima’i, suna shan giya da yawa kuma su kamu da kumburin hanta, da sauransu. <> Millions smoke and get lung cancer, practice adultery and get sexually transmitted diseases, use alcohol to excess and get cirrhosis of the liver, and so on.
    2. 16 A hadaya ta salama, duk kitsen—da ke wajejen hanji, ƙodoji, gefen jikin hanta, da kwankwaso, haɗe da wutsiya mai kitse na tunkiyar—ana miƙa wa Jehovah ta wurin ƙonawa, a sa su yi hayaƙi a kan bagade. <> 16 In the communion sacrifice, all the fat—around the intestines, the kidneys, the appendage upon the liver, and the loins, as well as the fatty tail of the sheep—was offered to Jehovah by being burned, made to smoke on the altar.
    3. Wasu cikin cututtukan da yin maye ke jawowa sune cututtukan hanta, da kuma taɓin hankali kamar sambatu. <> Among the diseases caused by alcohol abuse are cirrhosis of the liver, alcoholic hepatitis, and such neural disorders as delirium tremens.

[17-08-25 02:29:59:128 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of harshe[change]

  1. harshe. <> Mildly, language, languages, pure language, speak, the Languages, the tongue, tongue, tongues.
    1. Mutanen Jehobah suna da haɗin kai a wajen yin amfani da harshe mai tsarki <> Jehovah’s people unitedly speak the pure language
    2. 21 Wani babban rukuni da za a ba zarafi su koya harshe mai tsabta a cikin sabuwar duniyar su ne, waɗanda aka yi maganarsu a Ayyukan Manzanni 24:15, wadda ta ce: “Za a ta da matattu, masu adalci da marasa adalci duka.” <> 21 A very large group that will be given an opportunity to learn the pure language in the new world are those spoken of at Acts 24:15, which says: “There is going to be a resurrection of both the righteous and the unrighteous.”
    3. 3:9—Menene “harshe mai-tsarki,” kuma yaya ake yin sa? <> 3:9—What is the “pure language,” and how is it spoken?
    4. Mutane Daga “Kowane Harshe” Sun Ji Bishara <> People “out of All the Languages” Hear the Good News
    5. 5 Harshe mai tsarki shi ne gaskiya game da Jehobah Allah da kuma nufinsa da ke cikin Kalmarsa, Littafi Mai Tsarki. <> 5 The pure language is the truth about Jehovah God and his purposes as found in his Word, the Bible.
    6. “Mutuwa da rai suna cikin ikon harshe,” Sulemanu ya yi kashedi. <> “Death and life are in the power of the tongue,” warns Solomon.
    7. Kowane harshe yana da yadda yake kiransa. <> In each language, it is pronounced differently.
    8. Harshe a wannan ayar yana nufin maganar da muke yi. <> The tongue is also a fire.” The tongue represents our ability to speak.
    9. Da taushin harshe, ya tambayi Kayinu abin da ya sa ya yi fushi. <> Mildly, he asked Cain why he was so angry.
    10. (1 Tassalunikawa 4:9) Ba za mu yi ƙauna “da baki ko kuwa da harshe; amma da aiki da gaskiya kuma.” <> (1 Thessalonians 4:9) We are to love “neither in word nor with the tongue, but in deed and truth.”
    11. 5 Da yake magana ga ikilisiya ta Isra’ila ta dā a matsayin “matarsa,” Allah ya yi alkawari: “Babu alatun da aka halitta domin ciwutanki da za ya yi albarka; iyakar harshe kuma da za shi tashi gaba da ke, a shari’a za ki kayar da shi. <> 5 Speaking to the congregation of ancient Israel as his “woman,” God promised: “Any weapon whatever that will be formed against you will have no success, and any tongue at all that will rise up against you in the judgment you will condemn.
    12. Ka lura cewa “mutum goma” in ji annabcin Zakariya, za su fito ba kawai daga dukan al’ummai ba amma kuma ‘daga kowace al’umma da kowane harshe.’ <> Note, however, that according to Zechariah’s prophecy, the “ten men” would come not only out of all nations but also “out of all the languages of the nations.”
    13. 8 A zamanin nan, ba ma bukatar mu je ƙasar waje domin mu yi wa mutane na kowane harshe bishara. <> 8 Nowadays, though, we may not need to go abroad to share the good news with people of all tongues.
    14. 18 Ta annabinsa, Allah ya yi alkawari: “Sa’an nan zan sauye harshen mutane da harshe mai tsabta, domin dukansu su yi kira ga sunan Ubangiji, su kuma bauta masa da zuciya ɗaya.” <> 18 Through his prophet, God promised: “I shall give to peoples the change to a pure language, in order for them all to call upon the name of Jehovah, in order to serve him shoulder to shoulder.”
    15. Suna yin amfani da wannan harshe mai tsabta a yabon Jehovah a duniya duka da ke girma kuma ke cin gaba. <> They use the pure language to praise Jehovah earth wide on a huge and growing scale.
    16. “Macancanci ne kai ka ɗauki littafin nan, ka ɓamɓare hatimansa, domin dā an kashe ka, ka kuma fanso wa Allah mutane ta jininka daga kowace kabila, da kowane harshe, da kowace jama’a, da kowace al’umma.”—Wahayin Yahaya 5:9. <> “You are worthy to take the scroll and open its seals, because you were slaughtered and with your blood you bought persons for God out of every tribe and tongue and people and nation.”—Revelation 5:9.
    17. “Zan sauye harshen mutane da harshe mai tsabta, domin dukansu su yi kira ga sunan Ubangiji.”—ZAFANIYA 3:9. <> “I shall give to peoples the change to a pure language, in order for them all to call upon the name of Jehovah.”—ZEPHANIAH 3:9.
    18. Za mu sami amsar a Wahayin Yahaya 14:6: “Na ga wani mala’ika yana kaɗawa a tsakiyar sararin sama, yana tafe da madawwamiyar bishara domin ya sanar da ita ga mazaunan duniya, wato ga kowace al’umma, da kabila, da harshe, da jama’a.” <> We can find the answer at Revelation 14:6: “I saw another angel flying in midheaven, and he had everlasting good news to declare as glad tidings to those who dwell on the earth, and to every nation and tribe and tongue and people.”
    19. 3 Almajiri Yaƙub ya yi gargaɗi: “Harshe, babu mutum wanda ya ke da iko ya hore shi.” <> 3 “The tongue,” warns the disciple James, “not one of mankind can get it tamed.”
    20. Amma harshe kuma yana da ikon yin gyara. <> But the tongue also has the power to mend.

[17-08-25 02:29:59:562 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of hassada[change]

  1. hassada. <> [[A Trait That Can Poison Our Minds—Envy]], ANTIDOTES, A, ENVIOUS, Envious, Envy, FIGHT, FLAME, envies, envy, toward envy.
    1. Kowane mutum yana iya yin hassada, har ma mawadaci da mai iyawa da kuma mai nasara a rayuwa. <> Envy can plague anyone, regardless of how much wealth he has, whatever virtues he possesses, and how successful he is in life.
    2. HANYOYI MASU KYAU NA MAGANCE HASSADA! <> POWERFUL ANTIDOTES!
    3. Yin hassada ɗaya ne cikin “ayyukan jiki” da ya kamata Kiristoci su guji. <> Envy is one of “the works of the flesh,” against which every Christian should fight.
    4. BA SHI DA SAUƘI A KAWAR DA HASSADA! <> NOT AN EASY FIGHT!
    5. Hassada tana da mugun sakamako. <> Envy can have devastating consequences.
    6. WANI Ba’lawi mai hassada ya ja-goranci taron ’yan banza su yi adawa da waɗanda Jehovah ya sanya wa iko. <> AN ENVIOUS Levite leads a rebellious mob against Jehovah’s appointed authorities.
    7. HALIN DA ZAI IYA SA HASSADA TA ƘARU <> A SPIRIT THAT CAN FAN THE FLAME OF ENVY
    8. Halin son ta fi wasu ya sa ta yin hassada kuma ta manta da aiki mai kyau da ita da mijinta suke yi kuma hakan ya sa ba ta farin ciki a rayuwa. <> The flame of envy, fanned by a competitive spirit, blinded her to the fine work she and her husband were doing and made her feel dissatisfied with their life.
    9. Hassada—Hali Ne da Zai Iya Ɓata Zuciyarmu <> A Trait That Can Poison Our Minds—Envy
    10. Wasu kuma suna da jahilci na ruhaniya domin ba sa son su faranta wa Allah rai, suna nuna ƙabilanci, hassada, da ƙiyayya. <> As for others, the motives behind their spiritual ignorance included lack of desire to please God, prejudice, envy, and outright hatred.
    11. Hassada ta sa na tsane wannan dattijon da kuma tunani cewa wannan ɗan’uwan ba ya son na samu gata a cikin ikilisiyar,” in ji José. <> “Envy caused me to nurse a hatred for this brother and to misinterpret his intentions,” confesses José.
    12. Idan hassada ta soma ja-gorar rayuwarka, za ka zama mai son kai kuma ba za ka yi tunani da kyau ba.” <> “When envy takes control of your life, you become self-centered and cannot think clearly.”
    13. 15 Hassada—Hali Ne da Zai Iya Ɓata Zuciyarmu <> 15 A Trait That Can Poison Our Minds—Envy
    14. Kafin mutum ya kai gane amfanin farillan Allah, rayuwarsa lallai tana bin tsari na duniya kuma ƙila yana yin wasu abubuwa da Bulus ya ambata: “Fasikanci ke nan, ƙazanta, lalata, bautar gumaka, sihiri, magabtaka, husuma, kishe-kishe, hasala, tsatsaguwa, rabuwa, hamiya, hassada, maye, nishatsi da irin waɗannan al’amura.” <> Before a person comes to appreciate God’s requirements, his life is patterned after the ways of the world and may be filled with some of the things Paul mentioned: “fornication, uncleanness, loose conduct, idolatry, practice of spiritism, enmities, strife, jealousy, fits of anger, contentions, divisions, sects, envies, drunken bouts, revelries, and things like these.”
    15. Muna bukatar musamman mu san abin da za mu yi don kada hassada ta sarrafa rayuwarmu. <> Especially do we need to know what measures we can take to prevent envy from controlling our lives.
    16. 5:19-21) Idan mun ƙi yin hassada, za mu yi farin ciki kuma hakan zai faranta wa Ubanmu na sama, wato, Jehobah rai. <> 5:19-21) By not allowing envy to control us, we can make our lives happier and can please our heavenly Father, Jehovah.
    17. Waɗannan halayen sun ƙunshi “fasikanci, da aikin lalata, da fajirci, da bautar gumaka, da sihiri, da gāba, da jayayya, da kishi, da fushi, da sonkai, da tsaguwa, da hamayya, da hassada, da buguwa, da shashanci, da kuma sauran irinsu.” <> These works include “sexual immorality, uncleanness, brazen conduct, idolatry, spiritism, hostility, strife, jealousy, fits of anger, dissensions, divisions, sects, envy, drunkenness, wild parties, and things like these.”
    18. Kora—Ɗan Tawaye Mai Hassada <> Korah—An Envious Rebel
    19. Cristina ta ce: “Har ila ina da halin yin hassada sosai. <> Cristina admits: “I still have a strong tendency toward envy.
    20. (Matta 7:12) Ya haramta ayyuka da kuma halayen da ke jawo wahala, kamar su, kwaɗayi, gulma, hassada, zina, da kisa. <> (Matthew 7:12) It condemns practices and attitudes that bring suffering—greed, gossip, envy, adultery, and murder.

[17-08-25 02:29:59:723 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of hutu[change]

  1. hutu. <> A Hutu, a vacation, a, holiday, holidays, nap, recess, rest, resting, take, vacation, works.
    1. A lokacin da suka ɗauki hutu daga wajen aiki, wasu ma’aurata sun ɗauki littafin nan sa’ad suka je hutawa a wajen rafi. <> One couple took the publication with them on vacation and started reading it while relaxing at the beach.
    2. Bulus ya rubuta game da waɗannan Isra’ilawa: “Da Yashu’a ya ba su hutu, da [Allah] ba ya anbata wata rana daga baya ba.” <> In speaking of a later time, Paul wrote: “If Joshua had led [the Israelites] into a place of rest, God would not afterward have spoken of another day.
    3. Idan aka yi amfani da shi aka yi baƙar magana kuma aka yi zagi, wannan ƙanƙanin gaɓa da gaske “mugunta ne shi mara-hutu, cike da guba mai-mataswa.” <> When used to make sarcastic and insulting remarks, this small member can truly be “an unruly injurious thing, . . . full of death-dealing poison.”
    4. 7:26-28; 8:7-10; 9:11, 12) Bulus ya yi amfani da misalin Assabbaci na Dokar da Aka Ba da ta Hannun Musa don ya bayyana yadda Kiristoci za su iya shiga ranar hutu na Jehobah. Ya ce: “Akwai fa hutun assabbat ajiyayye domin jama’ar Allah. <> 7:26-28; 8:7-10; 9:11, 12) Thus, likely with the observance of the weekly Sabbath under the Law in mind, Paul wrote of the privilege of entering into Jehovah’s rest day: “There remains a sabbath resting for the people of God.
    5. A game da aiki , kowane mutum na da hakkin ya sami hutu don ya shakata da musamman kayyadadden wa 'adin aiki yadda ba zai raunana masa ba , kuma yana da hakkin ya sami dogon hutu lokaci zuwa lokaci wanda a cikinsa zai kasance yana karbar albashinsa . <> Everyone has the right to rest and leisure , including reasonable limitation of working hours and periodic holidays with pay .
    6. Wasu matasa sa’ad da suke karanta Littafi Mai Tsarki ko kuma littattafan Littafi Mai Tsarki a lokacin hutu wasu matasa sun zo wurinsu domin su yi tambaya <> Some youths when reading the Bible or a Bible-based publication during recess have been approached by other youths who have asked questions
    7. 3 Wasu cikin halittun Allah suka yi masa tawaye bayan ya soma hutu. <> 3 After God’s rest day began, however, disaster struck.
    8. A shekara ta 1952 sun shirya zuwa hutu don su ziyarci ’yan’uwa a gida. <> In 1952 they planned to take a vacation to visit relatives back home.
    9. Akwai lokacin da muka je hutu a kasar Sweden, sai mijina ya gaya min: “Melita, an hana wa’azin bishara a Polan, kuma zan so in taimaka wa ’yan’uwa da ke wurin.” <> Once, during a much needed vacation in Sweden, Ted said: “Melita, the preaching work is banned in Poland, and I would love to help the brothers there.”
    10. Ka gayyaci waɗanda suka yi amfani da lokacin hutu daga aiki ko makaranta don yin hidimar majagaba na ɗan lokaci su faɗi albarkar da suka more. <> Invite those who have used vacation from work or school to auxiliary pioneer to comment on the blessings they enjoyed.
    11. Iyalin Hutu da ta Tutsi suna aiki tare cikin farin ciki <> A Hutu and a Tutsi happily work together
    12. Za a yi sanarwa a Taron Hidima don ikilisiyar ta san da shiri na musamman da aka yi don yin wa’azi a ranar hutu kuma a ƙarfafa dukan ’yan’uwa su fita wa’azi a wannan lokacin. <> An announcement may be made during the Service Meeting informing the congregation of any special arrangements for holiday witnessing and encouraging all who can to participate.
    13. (Ayyukan Manzanni 10:9-16) Idan da ganyayen inabi ko kwakwa ne aka yi inuwar rufin gidan, za a ji daɗin hutu a wurin sosai. <> (Acts 10:9-16) If shaded by vines or palm leaves, a housetop must have been a pleasant retreat.
    14. Irin wannan wuri na da daɗin hutu da tsakar rana! <> How pleasant it would be to take an afternoon nap in such a spot!
    15. Don Jehobah ya cece mu muna bukatar mu kasance da bangaskiya ta wurin “hutu,” ko kuma ƙin neman ceto ta wurin tsare-tsaren ’yan adam. <> Salvation by Jehovah requires that we show faith by “resting,” or refraining, from seeking salvation through human schemes.
    16. Za ku iya yin hutu tare a wasu lokatai ba tare da yin tunani game da neman magani ba. <> Together you might take regular breaks from serious medical concerns.
    17. Yana aiki ba hutu kuma ya sayi abubuwa masu tsada, har da waɗanda ba ma bukata. <> He works and works, and then he brings home luxuries rather than necessities.
    18. 1:28; 2:2, 3) Mun “shiga cikin wannan hutu” ta wurin ƙin yin ayyuka da muke so da kuma amincewa da fansa na Allah. <> 1:28; 2:2, 3) We “enter into that rest” by desisting from doing works of self-justification and by accepting God’s provision for our salvation.
    19. SA’AD da suke hutu, Joe da matarsa sun saka abin shaƙa iska suna iyo a ƙarƙashin teku cike da kifaye kala-kala da girma dabam-dabam. <> WHILE on vacation, Joe and his wife were snorkeling on a tropical coral reef teeming with fish of all colors and sizes.
    20. Wace hanya guda za mu iya samun wartsakewa a lokacin hutu? <> What is one way we can find refreshment while on vacation?

[17-08-25 02:29:59:940 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of ina kwana[change]

  1. ina kwana. <> I have always, I was living, I, LIVED, days, living, night, recently, stay overnight.
    1. Na yi ’yan shekaru ina kwana a kan titi. <> I lived on the streets for a couple of years.
    2. TARIHI: INA KWANA A KAN TITI <> HISTORY: LIVED ON THE STREET
    3. Alal misali, a ranar da Jim ya gano cewa ina kwana a cikin motata, sai ya tuntuɓi wata ’yar’uwa da take da gidan haya don ta taimaka. <> For example, the very day Jim found out that I was living out of my car, he put me in contact with a sister who owned a boarding house.
    4. Paula ta ce: “A sati ina yin aiki na kwana uku a matsayin sakatariya na asibiti kuma ina karɓan albashi mai tsoka. <> Paula observes: “I worked three days a week as a secretary at a hospital and received a good salary.
    5. A ina uwar ta kwana? <> Where did the mother spend that night?
    6. 21 Wata ’yar’uwa ta rubuto kwana kwanan nan: “Ina ƙoƙari don na yi wa ’yan’uwana maza da mata guda goma sha uku wa’azi ta kalamina da kuma halina. <> 21 Recently, a sister wrote: “I have always tried to witness to my 13 brothers and sisters by my speech and conduct.
    7. Ina Li’azaru yake har tsawon kwana huɗu bayan mutuwarsa? <> Where was Lazarus during the four days after his death?
    8. Maimakon in riƙa kwana a buge a kan titi, ina barci a kan gadona cike da kwanciyar hankali a kowace rana.” <> And instead of lying in the street drunk, I sleep peacefully in bed every night.”
    9. “Na yi tarayya da matasa ’yan daba, a dā ni mugun mashayin taba ne, kuma ina yawan buguwa da giya, in faɗi, kuma in kwana a kan titi,” in ji Goin. <> “I ran with a gang of youths, was a heavy smoker, and regularly spent the night collapsed in the street, drunk,” says Goin.
    10. Idan na dawo gida, a wasu lokatai ba na kwana a kan gado guda da matata, domin ina tsoron cewa zan iya raunata ta sa’ad da nake barci. <> When I returned home, I sometimes had to rest apart from my wife—I feared that I would injure her in my sleep.
    11. Sa’ad da take ambata wasu matsalolin da Mulkin zai magance, ta ce: “Ina baƙin ciki sa’ad da na ga mutane suna kwana a kan titi domin ba su da gidaje” da kuma “ƙananan yara da suke mutuwa saboda yunwa a wurare dabam-dabam a duniya.” <> Mentioning some of the problems that the Kingdom will solve, she wrote, “I am sad when I see homeless people living on the streets” as well as “kids starving to death in all different parts of the world.”
    12. Ta daɗa cewa: “Ina tafiyar awa shida da ƙafa zuwa gidan wasu ɗalibaina kuma in kwana a wurin, washegari kuma sai na sake tafiyar awa shida da ƙafa zuwa gida.” <> She adds: “To reach some Bible students, I walk for six hours, stay overnight at the student’s house, and the next day I walk another six hours to go home.”
    13. 10 Da yake tunani game da mutuwarsa ta azaba da kwana huɗu kawai ta rage, Yesu ya ci gaba: “Yanzu ina jin nauyi a raina. Me zan ce kuwa? <> 10 Thinking about his agonizing death that is only four days away, Jesus continues: “Now my soul is troubled, and what shall I say?
    14. “Wani lokaci iyalina takan kwana da yunwa,” in ji shi yana faɗa yana shafa tumbinsa, “amma ina so in bai wa Allah abin da ya fi kyau, ko da me zan sadaukar.” <> “Sometimes my family went hungry,” he recalls while rubbing his belly, “but I wanted to give God my best, no matter what sacrifice was necessary.”
    15. Na yi shekara 14 yanzu ina hidima ta cikakken lokaci, ina taimaka wa mutane su san abin da ke cikin Littafi Mai Tsarki, kuma a kwana kwanan nan, matata ma ta soma wannan hidimar. <> For the past 14 years, I have served in the full-time ministry, helping others to learn what the Bible teaches, and recently, my wife has joined me in the full-time ministry.

[17-08-25 02:30:00:059 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of ina sonki[change]

  1. ina sonki. <> you.
    1. Ta ce: “Na iske kaina ina fama in kasance da tsabta ta ɗabi’a, domin abin farin ciki ne idan na miji ya nuna yana sonki.” <> “I found myself struggling to remain chaste,” she admits, “because it is flattering when someone of the opposite sex takes notice of you.”

[17-08-25 02:30:00:182 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of ina zuwa yanzu[change]

  1. ina zuwa yanzu. <> I, to.
    1. Ya samu ci gaba na ruhaniya sosai har ma ya ce, “A dā nakan je gidajen giya dabam-dabam; amma yanzu ina zuwa gida-gida.” <> He made so much spiritual progress that he said, “I used to go from bar to bar; now I go from house to house.”
    2. Tun a ƙarnuka da suka shige har zuwa yanzu, Shaidun Jehobah sun cika wannan umurni da himma: “Ku tafi fa, ku almajirtadda dukan al’ummai, kuna yi masu baftisma zuwa cikin sunan Uba da na Ɗa da na Ruhu Mai-tsarki: kuna koya musu su kiyaye dukan iyakar abin da na umurce ku: ga shi kuwa ina tare da ku kullayaumi har matuƙar zamani.” <> Throughout the past century and up until now, Jehovah’s Witnesses have zealously fulfilled Jesus’ commission: “Go therefore and make disciples of people of all the nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the holy spirit, teaching them to observe all the things I have commanded you.”

[17-08-25 02:30:00:334 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of inuwa[change]

  1. inuwa. <> SHADOWS created, a, shade, shadow, shadows, tent, timetable.
    1. INUWA ba ta tsayawa wuri ɗaya. <> SHADOWS created by the sun do not remain still.
    2. (Malachi 3:6) Bayan shekara 500, marubucin Littafi Mai Tsarki Yaƙub ya rubuta game da Allah: “Sakewa ba ta yiwuwa gareshi, ba kuwa inuwa ta juyawa.” <> (Malachi 3:6) Some 500 years later, the Bible writer James wrote of God: “With him there is not a variation of the turning of the shadow.”
    3. Sa’ad da ya tabbatar mata da ƙaunarsa, ta bayyana muradinta na barin birnin, tana cewa: “Har rana ta yi sanyi, inuwa kuma ta shude, Zan tan abina wurin dutsen myrrh, Da tudun lubban.” <> As he assures her of his love, she expresses her desire to leave the city, saying: “Until the day breathes and the shadows have fled, I shall go my way to the mountain of myrrh and to the hill of frankincense.”
    4. “Ba su da inuwa, ko kuma yadda za a nuna dare ko rana.” <> Usually “there are no shadows, or ways of showing day and night.”
    5. Ya yi tanadin inuwa mai sanyi daga matsanancin zafi na tsanantawa kuma yana tsaye kamar garu ga hadarin ƙanƙara na hamayya. <> He provides cool shade from the burning heat of persecution and stands like a sturdy wall against the rainstorm of opposition.
    6. 17 Itace da ake maganarsa a nan ba bishiya ba ce mai ba da inuwa da ke girma kusa da ƙorama. <> 17 Notice that the tree here is not merely a shade tree growing by chance next to a river.
    7. Alal misali, dogayen itatuwa suna ba da inuwa ga ƙananan itatuwa, kuma ganyaye da suke faɗiwa daga itatuwan suna kyautata ƙasa. <> For example, tall trees provide protective shade for saplings, and the leaves that fall from the trees enrich the soil beneath.
    8. 1:17) Inuwa tana juyawa domin duniya tana zagayawa, amma shigewar lokaci ba ya shafan Jehobah. <> 1:17) His timetable is not governed by human means of measuring time, such as the rotation of the earth.
    9. (Zabura 121:5, 6) A Gabas ta Tsakiya, wuri mai inuwa zai kāre mai tafiya daga ƙunar rana. <> (Psalm 121:5, 6) For a traveler on foot in the Middle East, a place of shade would provide welcome protection from the blazing sun.
    10. Ƙoƙarce-ƙoƙarcen ’yan adam da alkawuransu sau da yawa na canjawa kamar inuwa. <> Human endeavors and promises are often as unsteady as a shadow.
    11. Sa’ad da yake rubutawa game da wannan “masuki cikin jiki,” Bulus ya lura cewa ƙarfin Kristi yana kama da ‘inuwa’ bisa kansa. <> When writing about his “thorn in the flesh,” Paul observed that the power of the Christ was “like a tent” over him.
    12. Allah kuma ya “shirya masa zurman, ya sa kuma ya tsiro har ya rufe Yunana, domin ya zama masa inuwa bisa kansa, da za ya cece shi daga cikin wahalarsa.” <> God also “appointed a bottle-gourd plant, that it should come up over Jonah, in order to become a shade over his head, to deliver him from his calamitous state.”
    13. Sa’ad da duniya take juyawa, inuwa tana juyawa kuma tana canjawa. <> As the earth moves, the shadows are ever shifting and changing.
    14. GAME da Allah, Littafi Mai Tsarki ya ce: “Sakewa ba ta yiwuwa gareshi, ba kuwa inuwa ta juyawa.” <> REGARDING God, the Bible says: “With him there is not a variation of the turning of the shadow.”
    15. Amma kamar yadda manzo Bulus ya bayyana daga baya, domin rashin bangaskiyarsu, ƙasar ba ta zama musu ‘inuwa’ da gaske ba. <> But as the apostle Paul later explained, because of their lack of faith, that land did not prove to be truly “a place of rest.”
    16. (Zabura 90:10) ’Yan adam suna shuɗewa kamar ɗanyar ciyawa, kamar inuwa wadda take wucewa, kamar numfashi. <> (Psalm 90:10) Humans come and go like green grass, like a passing shadow, like an exhalation.
    17. 109:23—Menene Dauda yake nufi sa’ad da ya ce: “Na shuɗe kamar inuwa sa’anda ta miƙe”? <> 109:23—What did David mean when he said: “Like a shadow when it declines, I am obliged to go away”?
    18. 3:6) Littafi Mai Tsarki ya ce: “Wanda sakewa ba ta yiwuwa gareshi, ba kuwa inuwa ta juyawa.” <> 3:6) “With him,” the Bible says, “there is not a variation of the turning of the shadow.”
    19. “Kamar itacen apple [da ke ba da inuwa da ’ya’ya] a cikin itatuwan jeji, Hakanan ƙaunatacena ya ke a ciki ’ya’ya maza,” in ji ta. <> “Like an apple tree [that provides shade and fruit] among the trees of the forest,” she says, “so is my dear one among the sons.”
    20. Jehobah yana kama da inuwa ga mutanensa, yana kāre su daga ƙunar masifa. <> Jehovah is like a shade to his people, protecting them from the scorching heat of calamity.

[17-08-25 02:30:00:543 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of jamus[change]

  1. jamus. <> Frost, German, Germany, instructors.
    1. Ba a taɓa sanar da sunan Jehovah ba a fili haka a Jamus. <> Never before has the name Jehovah been given such wide publicity in Germany.
    2. A ranar 17 ga Satumba, 1939, jaridar The New York Times ta ba da rahoto daga Jamus: “An harɓe August Dickmann ɗan shekara 29 . . . a nan.” <> On September 17, 1939, The New York Times reported from Germany: “August Dickmann, 29 years old, . . . has been shot here by a firing squad.”
    3. Kusan shekaru 550 da suka shige, Nicholas ɗan birnin Cusa ce ya kafa gidan da ake kula da tsofaffi a Kues, yanzu ana kiran wurin Bernkastel-Kues, wani gari da ke mil 80 a kudancin Bonn a Jamus. <> About 550 years ago, Nicholas of Cusa founded a nursing home for the elderly in Kues, now known as Bernkastel-Kues, a town located about 80 miles [130 km] south of Bonn, in Germany.
    4. A ranar 27 ga Afrilu, 1986, na yi baftisma a wani baho a asirce domin a lokacin, an saka wa aikinmu takunkumi a Gabashin Jamus. <> On April 27, 1986, I was baptized secretly in a bathtub, since at the time the Witnesses were under ban in East Germany.
    5. Bayan an haife ni, iyalinmu sun yi zama na ’yan shekaru a birnin Leipzig, a Jamhuriyar Jamus ta Gabas, kusa da iyakar ƙasashen Czech da Poland. <> For the first few years of my life, my family lived near Leipzig, East Germany, not far from the Czech and Polish borders.
    6. Wani mahaifi mai ’ya’ya biyu a ƙasar Jamus ya ce: “Wajibi ne mu kasance a shirye mu canja batun da za mu tattauna bisa ga yanayinmu.” <> “We have to be flexible,” says a father of two in Germany.
    7. Ɗan’uwa Otto Kuglitsch, wanda shi da matarsa, Ingrid suke hidima a ofishin reshe da ke Jamus ne yake kula da maɗaba’ar. <> Otto Kuglitsch, who now serves with his wife, Ingrid, at the branch office in Germany, was the key man for these operations.
    8. Waɗannan abokai huɗu sun soma tafiya na kwanaki 11 zuwa ƙasar Jamus.Wani malaminsu a makarantar, Ɗan’uwa Albert Schroeder wanda daga baya ya kasance cikin Hukumar Mulki ya koya musu wasu kalmomi a yaren Jamus. <> Brother Albert Schroeder, one of their Gilead instructors and later a member of the Governing Body, had taught them their first sentences in German.
    9. Ainihin hanyar da ake bi don a kawo wa Shaidun da ke Jamus littattafan da ke bayyana Littafi Mai Tsarki, ita ce ta ɗaukan su a jakunkuna kuma bi ta Manyan Duwatsu. <> The publications brought in backpacks over the Giant Mountains represented an important supply of Bible literature for the German Witnesses.
    10. Shaidun Jehobah a dukan duniya sun yi mamaki sa’ad da suka ji cewa Shaidun da ke ƙasar Jamus sun kasance da aminci sosai tun daga shekara ta 1933 har zuwa lokacin sarautar Hitler. <> Jehovah’s Witnesses everywhere had marveled at the record of faithfulness shown by the Witnesses in Germany from 1933 onward under the Hitler regime.
    11. A wajen ta fuskanci hamayya, daga ma’aikatan mulkin kama-karya na Jamus ta Gabas. <> There, once again Erna met with opposition, this time from the Socialist authorities in East Germany.
    12. Alal misali, Lydia* ta gano cewa a lokacin mulkin kama-karya na Jamus ta Gabas, Stasi, ko kuma Ƙungiyar ’Yan Tsaro na Ƙasa, suna da fayil da ke ɗauke da rahoton asirinta. <> For instance, Lydia* discovered that during the Socialist regime in East Germany, the Stasi, or State Security Service, had compiled a file on her private activities.
    13. Wasu ’yan ƙasar Jamus da ke wurare dabam-dabam ma sun kalli bidiyon a yarensu. <> Erich Frost and his music notes for the “Creation Drama”
    14. Waɗannan abokai huɗu sun koyi abubuwa da yawa daga juna da kuma ’yan’uwa amintattu ’yan Jamus masu yawa. <> From faithful German brothers and sisters—too numerous to mention by name—the four learned much, but they also learned from one another.
    15. (Ayukan Manzanni 28:15) Wata Mashaidiya ’yar Jamus ta tuna irin taimakon da ta samu sa’ad da ta isa sansanin fursuna da ke Ravensbrück a matsayinta na matashiya da ke shakka. <> (Acts 28:15) A German Witness still remembers the help she received upon her arrival at Ravensbrück concentration camp as an apprehensive teenager.
    16. SHEKARU kalilan da suka shige, an yi wa mutanen Amirka, Britaniya Babba, Faransa da kuma Jamus tambaya cewa, “Menene yake kawo farin ciki?” <> A FEW years ago, people in France, Germany, Great Britain, and the United States were asked, “What does it take to be happy?”
    17. Alal misali, mutanen Jehobah sun jimre hari da ’yan Nazi a Jamus da kuma Yammacin Turai suka kai musu kafin Yaƙin Duniya na biyu da kuma lokacin yaƙin (wato shekara 1935 zuwa 1945). <> For example, Jehovah’s people were able to withstand the onslaught of Nazism in Germany and Western Europe before and during World War II (1939-45).
    18. A yau, na samu gatan yin hidima a ofishin reshe na Shaidun Jehobah da ke Jamus. <> Today, I have the privilege of being a volunteer worker at the Germany branch office of Jehovah’s Witnesses.
    19. Günther ma wani misali ne, sojan Jamus ne da aka aika Faransa a lokacin yaƙin duniya na biyu. <> Then there is Günther, who was a German soldier stationed in France during the second world war.
    20. Shaidun Jehobah da ke ƙasashen da ke da iyaka da Jamus, kamar Faransa da Nedalan da Siwizalan da kuma Shaidu a Jamus sun yi kasada da ransu don su kai wa ’yan’uwansu littattafai. <> In other countries bordering with Germany, such as France, the Netherlands, and Switzerland, Witnesses on both sides took great risks to supply their persecuted fellow believers with spiritual food.

[17-08-25 02:30:00:698 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of jigo[change]

  1. jigo. <> Title, article, entitled, principio, subheading, the subject, the, theme, themes, title, topic, topics, yeartext, .
    1. 4 Ƙauna ita ce babban jigo a cikin dukan waɗannan surori da suka ƙunshi furcin ban kwana ta Yesu ga mabiyansa. <> 4 Love is a prominent theme throughout these chapters containing Jesus’ parting counsel to his followers.
    2. Shafin Jigo/Shafin Mawallafa <> Title Page/Publishers’ Page
    3. An fito da littafin nan Questions Young People Ask—Answers That Work, Littafi na 2 a Taron Gunduma na Shaidun Jehobah mai jigo, “Ruhun Allah Yana Yi Mana Ja-gora” da aka yi a dukan duniya daga watan Mayu 2008 zuwa Janairu 2009. <> The book Questions Young People Ask—Answers That Work, Volume 2, was released at the Guided by God’s Spirit” District Conventions of Jehovah’s Witnesses, held worldwide from May 2008 through January 2009.
    4. Yi la’akari da jigo guda huɗu masu muhimmanci da waɗannan annabawan suka tattauna. <> Consider four important themes developed by God’s prophets.
    5. Kan maganar kowanne cikin darussa 28 tambaya ce, kuma ƙananan jigo da aka rubuta da baƙaƙen harufa sosai fiye da saura suna ba da amsar tambayar. <> The title of each of the 28 lessons is written as a question, and the bold subheadings that follow answer that question.
    6. Jigo na shekara ta 2012 shi ne: “Maganarka ita ce gaskiya.”—Yoh. 17:17 <> Our yeartext for 2012: “Your word is truth.”—John 17:17
    7. Bayan haka, ka tattauna talifin nan da aka saka kusa da bidiyon, mai jigo “Me Ya Kamata Na Sani Game da Aika Saƙo ta Wayar Selula?” <> Then discuss the accompanying jw.org article “What Should I Know About Texting?”
    8. Za ka iya karanta labarin Hadyn Sanderson da matarsa Melody a wani talifin Hasumiyar Tsaro ta 1 ga Maris, 2006, mai jigo: “Knowing What Is Right and Doing It.” <> See also the life story of Hadyn and Melody Sanderson in the article “Knowing What Is Right and Doing It.”
    9. Alal misali, daga shekara ta 2008 zuwa 2010, wannan mujalla ta wa’azi na ɗauke da tsarin talifofi 12 mai jigo “Abin da Muka Koya Daga Wurin Yesu.” <> For example, from 2008 to 2010, the public edition of this magazine carried a series of 12 articles that had the theme “What We Learn From Jesus.”
    10. A ƙarshen makon da aka yi taron Tunawa da mutuwar Yesu, Shaidun Jehobah za su gabatar da wani jawabi mai ban sha’awa da aka ɗauko daga Littafi Mai Tsarki mai jigo: “Ya Kusa Ne Fiye da Yadda Kuke Zato?” <> The weekend following the commemoration of Jesus’ death, Jehovah’s Witnesses will also present an intriguing Bible-based discourse entitled “Is It Later Than You Think?”
    11. Wannan ne jigo na talifi na gaba. <> This is the subject of the following article.
    12. Alal misali, bisa ga wani jigo cikin jaridar Manila Bulletin, Bankin Bunƙasa na Asiya ya ba da rahoto cewa “Asiya za ta iya kawar da talauci nan da shekaru 25.” <> For example, according to a headline in the Manila Bulletin, the Asian Development Bank reported that “Asia can eradicate poverty in 25 years.”
    13. (Matta 24:45-47) Alal misali, a taron gunduma ta “Ibada ta Allah” ta shekara ta 2005 zuwa 2006, an fito da wata warƙa mai jigo Dukan Wahala za ta Ƙare ba da Daɗewa ba! <> (Matthew 24:45-47) For instance, at the “Godly Obedience” District Convention of 2005/06, a tract entitled All Suffering Soon to End! was released.
    14. Wani ɗan’uwa ya rubuta game da aikinmu na wa’azi a lokacin yaƙin duniya na ɗaya, kuma ya ce: “Bayin Allah da ƙwazo sun rarraba littafi na bakwai na Studies in the Scriptures, mai jigo The Finished Mystery. <> Regarding our preaching work during the first world war, one brother wrote: “God’s servants were energetically distributing the seventh volume of Studies in the Scriptures, entitled The Finished Mystery.
    15. Ka duba ratayen nan mai jigo “1914— Shekara Mai Muhimmanci a Annabcin Littafi Mai Tsarki” a littafin nan Menene Ainihi Littafi Mai Tsarki Yake Koyarwa? <> See the appendix topic “1914—A Significant Year in Bible Prophecy” in the book What Does the Bible Really Teach?
    16. A cikin tsarin, za ka iya bincike jigo da kuma wasu batutuwa na nassosi. <> Its program enables one to research topics and discussions of scriptures.
    17. Francesc ya ce su tattauna babi na 11 na littafin nan Menene Ainihi Littafi Mai Tsarki Yake Koyarwa?, mai jigo “Me Ya Sa Allah ya Ƙyale Wahala?” <> Francesc suggested that they discuss chapter 11 of the Bible Teach book, entitled “Why Does God Allow Suffering?”
    18. A wannan jawabin, mai jigo, “A Cikin Farko Akwai Kalma”, Nicholas ɗan birnin Cusa ya rubuta Iehoua da harshen Latin, wato Jehovah kenan a Turanci. <> In that sermon, In principio erat verbum (In the Beginning Was the Word), Nicholas of Cusa used the Latin spelling Iehoua for Jehovah.
    19. Ka ba mutumin Hasumiyar Tsaro ta Oktoba-Disamba, kuma ku tattauna ƙaramin jigo na farko da ke shafi na 18 tare, sa’an nan ka karanta aƙalla nassi ɗaya. <> Hand the householder the November 1 Watchtower, and consider together material under the first subheading on page 16 and at least one of the scriptures.
    20. Alal misali, wata iyali ta sa ɗansu Brandon, mai shekara goma, ya ba da rahoto mai jigo “Me ya sa Aka Kira Shaiɗan Maciji a Cikin Littafi Mai Tsarki?” <> For example, one family allowed their ten-year-old son, Brandon, to present a report entitled “Why Did Jehovah Use a Snake to Represent Satan?”

[17-08-25 02:30:01:131 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kada[change]

  1. kada. <> Do Not, Do not, Focus, Forestalling any, crocodile, do not, may, never, no, not, quit being, should not, stop.
    1. 7 Kada ku manta da kalaman Yesu: “Ubanku na sama ya sani kuna bukatar waɗannan abubuwa duka.” <> 7 Focus on Jesus’ words: “Your heavenly Father knows you need all these things.”
    2. Kada ka manta, Jehobah yana kāre bayinsa ta ‘ƙin barin a yi musu jaraba wadda ta fi ƙarfinsu.’ <> Do not forget, Jehovah protects his servants by ‘not letting them be tempted beyond what they can bear.’
    3. Misalai 23:20 ya ce: “Kada ka kasance kana cikin masu-shayeshaye.” <> “Do not come to be among heavy drinkers of wine,” states Proverbs 23:20.
    4. “Kuna lura a hankali . . . kada wani mai-fasikanci ya kasance, ko kuwa wani marar-ibada.”—IBRANIYAWA 12:15, 16. <> “Carefully watching . . . that there may be no fornicator nor anyone not appreciating sacred things.”—HEBREWS 12:15, 16.
    5. Kada Ka Karɓe Shi a “Banza” <> Do Not “Miss Its Purpose”
    6. Sau da yawa ya gaya wa mutanen da ya warkar cewa kada su bayyana mu’ujizar ga kowa.—Luka 5:13, 14. <> Many times he told those whom he cured to reveal the miracle to no one.—Luke 5:13, 14.
    7. 3 Wani abu kuma domin ingantaccen nazari shi ne kada mu zauna a kan kujera mai sukuni ko kushin. <> 3 Another factor in effective study is that we should not choose to sit in the most comfortable chair or sofa.
    8. (1 Korantiyawa 15:33; Yakubu 4:4) Kada mu ƙyale wannan ya faru mana! <> (1 Corinthians 15:33; James 4:4) May we never allow that to happen to us!
    9. ’Yan Majalisa “suka duke su, suka dokace su kada su yi zance cikin sunan Yesu, kāna suka sake su.” <> The Sanhedrin “summoned the apostles, flogged them, and ordered them to stop speaking upon the basis of Jesus’ name, and let them go.”
    10. Don kada su sa ya lissafa jerin muhimmancin wasu dokoki, ya kammala: “Ga waɗannan doka biyu dukan Attaurat da Annabawa su ke ratayawa.” <> Forestalling any attempt to get him to list in order of importance the other laws, he concluded: “On these two commandments the whole Law hangs, and the Prophets.”
    11. Jehobah ya umurci Isra’ilawa kada su “ci kowane irin jini.” <> Jehovah commanded the Israelites not to eat “any sort of blood.”
    12. Kada ku biye wa zamanin nan, amma ku bar halinku ya sake ta wurin sabonta hankalinku ɗungum, don ku tabbatar da abin da Allah ke so, wato nufinsa kyakkyawa, abin karɓa, cikakke kuma.”—Romawa 12:1, 2. <> And quit being fashioned after this system of things, but be transformed by making your mind over, that you may prove to yourselves the good and acceptable and perfect will of God.”—Romans 12:1, 2.
    13. (1 Timothawus 3:15) Fahimtar matsayinsa mai muhimmanci zai taimake mu kada mu yi ‘kome domin girman kai’ sa’ad da muka miƙa kai ga nufin Jehobah.—Filibiyawa 2:2-4; Misalai 3:4-6. <> (1 Timothy 3:15) Recognizing its vital role will help us to ‘do nothing out of egotism’ as we humbly submit to Jehovah’s righteous will.—Philippians 2:2-4; Proverbs 3:4-6.
    14. Bari mu ma, kamar su, kada mu daina yin haka. <> May we, like them, never cease to do the same.
    15. Ya nuna abin da ya sa mutum ya kamata ya ji tsoron Mahalicci, Jehovah ya taba magana da Ayuba game da irin wadannan dabbobi, kamar su zaki, jakin daji, bauna, dorina, da kuma kada. <> To show why man should be in awe of the Creator, Jehovah once spoke to Job about such animals as the lion, the zebra, the wild bull, Behemoth (or, hippopotamus), and Leviathan (evidently the crocodile).
    16. Ka yi tunanin irin farin cikin da zai yi idan ya marabce ka a cikin tantinsa, yana kula da kai don kada wani abu ya same ka. <> Try to imagine what a joy it will be when he welcomes you as a guest in his tent, supplying you with his protective care so that no harm will befall you!
    17. Idan babu yadda za ka yi ka daina ganin wadda ka yi zina da ita (kamar a wajen aiki), idan ya zama dole, duk wani batun da za ku tattauna kada ya wuce na aiki. <> If for a period of time some contact is unavoidable (such as at work), this should be limited to what is absolutely necessary.
    18. Kada ku ƙi gaya musu ainihin abin da kuke bukata. <> Do not hold back from telling them what you really need.
    19. Saboda haka, da zuciya ɗaya, kada ka yi jinkirin gwada abin da aka koya maka daga tushen gaskiya, wato, Kalmar Allah. <> Therefore, with an open mind, do not hesitate to compare with God’s Word—the source of truth—what you have been taught.
    20. Hakika, kada mu taɓa yasar da ’yan’uwanmu masu bi ta wajen taƙurewa a aikin samun kuɗi. <> Yes, may we never forsake our fellow believers by becoming engrossed in our secular job.

[17-08-25 02:30:01:311 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kamus[change]

  1. kamus. <> lexicographers.
    1. In ji mawallafan kamus, kalma ta asali ta yaren tana nufin iko da ba a gani amma yana aiki. <> According to lexicographers, the original-language words suggest an invisible force in action.

[17-08-25 02:30:01:658 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kifi[change]

  1. kifi. <> -, [[70 Jonah and the Big Fish]], fish, fishermen, fishes, fishing.
    1. Yesu mutumi ne da yake da ikon saka kifi cikin taruna! <> Here was a man who could even cause the fish to enter the nets!
    2. (1 Timoti 2:4) A fannin alama, za mu iya yin amfani da abin kamun kifi da ya dace. <> (1 Timothy 2:4) We can use the correct fishing gear, so to speak.
    3. Ba tare da ɓata lokaci ba suka ƙyale sana’arsu ta kamun kifi suka bi Yesu.—Matta 4:18-22. <> So at once they leave their fishing business and follow Jesus.—Matthew 4:18-22.
    4. Andarawus ya ce: ‘Wannan yaron da yake ɗauke da abincinmu, yana da burodi biyar da kifi guda biyu. <> Andrew speaks up: ‘This boy, who is carrying our food, has five loaves of bread and two fishes.
    5. (Yohanna 1:35-51) Bayan wani lokaci, waɗannan mutane huɗu suka koma sana’arsu ta kama kifi. <> (John 1:35-51) After a while, however, these four go back to their fishing business.
    6. 9 Labarin kamun kifi na ban mamakin ma ya nuna dalilin da ya dace na yin biyayya ga Kristi—wato ƙauna. <> 9 The account about the remarkable catch of fish also shows the importance of having the proper motive for obeying Christ—love.
    7. Sun ƙyale sana’ar kamun kifi da suke yi kuma suka mai da yin wa’azi sana’arsu. <> They left behind the fishing business and made the ministry their vocation.
    8. (Yahaya, surori 2-5) Duk da haka, ya koma sana’ar iyalinsu na kama kifi na ɗan lokaci kafin Yesu ya sake kiransa. <> (John, chapters 2-5) Nonetheless, he did return to his family fishing business for some time before Jesus called him.
    9. Wataƙila Bitrus ya sake yin tunani a kan dukan wahalar da ya sha da daddare yana neman kifi.—Luka 5:1-3. <> Perhaps Peter thought again of the long and fruitless night behind him.—Luke 5:1-3.
    10. Ka tuna cewa Yesu ya yi tanadin abinci ga wasu rukunin mutanen da suka zo wurinsa, ya ba su burodi da kifi. <> Recall that Jesus provided a meal for a sizable group that came to him—he multiplied bread and fish.
    11. 70 Yunana da Babban Kifi <> 70 Jonah and the Big Fish
    12. Mutane masu shakka sun ce ba yadda mutum zai kasance da rai a cikin kifi har kwana uku bai mutu ba. <> Skeptics also insist that no man could stay alive within a fish for three days without suffocating.
    13. Yesu ya kira waɗannan ’yan’uwa biyu waɗanda suke sana’ar kamun kifi, su zama almajiransa.—Matta 4:21, 22. <> Jesus called these two brothers, who were fishermen, to be his disciples.—Matthew 4:21, 22.
    14. A ranar, sun ga yadda Yesu ya ciyar da jama’a da gurasa guda biyar da kuma kifi biyu. <> That day, they had seen Jesus feed a hungry crowd of thousands with just a few loaves and fish.
    15. Kifi dolpin <> Bottle-nosed dolphin
    16. Kamun kifi na ruhaniya a Senegal lallai yana da albarka. <> Spiritual fishing in Senegal certainly is rewarding.
    17. Tafarkin kumbo ta nuna cewa “wani kifi ya ƙaura zuwa fiye da mil 10,000 a cikin watanni 10.” <> Satellite tracking showed that “one animal migrated more than 10,000 miles [16,000 km] in 10 months.”
    18. Alal misali, ɗan ra’in bayyanau Stephen Jay Gould ya rubuta: “Mun kasance domin wani irin kifi mai filafili da zai iya canzawa ya zama ƙafafuwa na ’yan Adam ne . . . <> For example, evolutionist Stephen Jay Gould wrote: “We are here because one odd group of fishes had a peculiar fin anatomy that could transform into legs for terrestrial creatures . . .
    19. Yana da niyyar kama wani irin kifi. <> He has a particular kind of fish in mind.
    20. Suna kan fitowa sai babban kifi ya so ya cinye matar. <> They were about to surface when a great white shark rushed at the woman.

[17-08-25 02:30:50:594 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kira na bidiyo[change]

  1. kira na bidiyo. <> videos.
    1. A ƙarƙashin “Koyarwar Littafi Mai Tsarki” a dandalin jw.org, akwai wani sashe a shafin yara da ake kira “Ka Zama Abokin Jehobah,” kuma wannan sashen na ɗauke da waƙoƙi da bidiyo da kuma umurni ga iyaye. <> The “Bible Teachings” section of jw.org has a feature for children called “Become Jehovah’s Friend” that includes songs, videos, and activities.

[17-08-25 02:30:50:996 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kissa[change]

  1. kissa. <> ,, crafty, its, subtle, tact.
    1. Sau da yawa dattawa suna yin addu’a sosai ga Jehovah, suna addu’a don ƙarfin zuciya, hikima, da kissa da suke bukata don su cika wannan fannin aiki mai wuya na kiwo! <> How often elders pour their heart out to Jehovah, praying for the courage, wisdom, and tact necessary to fulfill this difficult aspect of their shepherding work!
    2. Shaiɗan yana da kissa. <> Satan is subtle.
    3. 12 Ɗan tarihi Bayahude Josephus na ƙarni na farko ya nuna cewa Farisawa na ɗaukan kansu masu alheri, masu kissa, masu gaskiya, kuma sun cancanta su yi aiki da suke yi. <> 12 The first-century Jewish historian Josephus makes it obvious that the Pharisees considered themselves to be kind, gentle, just, and altogether right for their task.
    4. (2 Timothawus 3:1) Wannan magabci mai kissa ya yi niyya ya “cinye” mu. <> (2 Timothy 3:1) That crafty enemy is out “to devour” us.
    5. (1 Yohanna 2:16; 1 Timothawus 6:9, 10) “Ikon” wannan ruhu ya dangana ne ga yadda yake ba da sha’awa ga jiki, kissa, nacewarsa, kuma kamar iska, yana mamayewa. <> (1 John 2:16; 1 Timothy 6:9, 10) “The authority” of this spirit lies in its appeal to the sinful flesh, its subtlety, its relentlessness and, like air, its pervasiveness.
    6. Tare da kissa da ƙuduri, Dorota ta yi amfani da ziyararta ta yi wa likita wa’azi.—1 Bitrus 3:15. <> With tact and determination, Dorota turned a routine visit to the doctor’s office into a fine witness.—1 Peter 3:15.

[17-08-25 02:30:51:438 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kogi[change]

  1. kogi. <> [[Carmen with two of her children, drawing water from a river]], a river, a streambed, firefighters, productivity, river, riverbed, rivers, water.
    1. Kogin har ma ya ba da rai da kuma amfani ga kogi marar rai, mai gishiri, Mataccen Kogi! <> And the river even brought life and productivity to the salty, lifeless Dead Sea!
    2. Kogi ya kewaye Babila kuma birnin yana da manya-manyan ƙofofi. <> The city was protected by large gates and a river.
    3. Matata za ta karɓi aron tukunya kuma ta je kogi ko tafki ta ɗebo ruwa. <> Oly would borrow a cooking pot and go to the nearest river or lake to fetch water.
    4. Suka fita daga cikin kogi, suka hau suka shige cikin birnin. <> Out of the riverbed, they climb; into the city, they enter.
    5. Muna bin tsaunuka da kogi da kuma hanya mai laƙa. <> En route, we tramped up and down mountain tracks, traversed rivers, and sloshed through mud.
    6. Ta wurin Dauda, ya cika alkawarinsa na bai wa zuriyar Ibrahim duka ƙasar Ka’ana, “daga Kogin Masar zuwa babban kogi, wato Kogin Yufiretis ke nan.”—Farawa 15:18; 1 Tarihi 13:5. <> Through David, he carried out his promise to give Abraham’s seed the entire land of Canaan, extending “from the river of Egypt to the great river, the river Euphrates.”—Genesis 15:18; 1 Chronicles 13:5.
    7. Ban da waɗannan hanyoyin, Romawa sun yi amfani da jiragen ruwa kuma sun bi koguna da mashigan kogi da kuma teku. <> In addition to their system of roads, the Romans could take advantage of some 17,000 miles (27,000 km) of navigable rivers and canals.
    8. Joshua da ya gāji Musa, shi ya ja-goranci mutanen Allah su ƙetare wani kogi kuma zuwa Ƙasar Alkawari. <> Joshua, Moses’ successor, was to lead God’s people across another body of water and into the Promised Land.
    9. Wani rahoton Majalisar Ɗinkin Duniya a kan bala’i a duniya ya bayyana cewa: “Sau da yawa jama’a suna zama ne a wurare masu haɗari kamar su bakin kogi. <> A United Nations report on global disasters states: “Populations are too often being concentrated in risky areas such as flood plains.
    10. Bayan haka, sai muka gangara kuma muka tsallake wani kogi da ya kusan bushewa kuma yana cike da duwatsu. <> Then we descended, and on the valley floor, we crossed a streambed, mostly dry, that was full of stones.
    11. Na yi baftisma a shekara ta 1942 a wani kyakkyawan kogi da ke ƙauyenmu. <> In 1942, I dedicated my life to God and was baptized in one of our scenic rivers.
    12. Muna kan tafiya, sai muka isa wani kogi amma ba a gama gyaran gadan ba. <> Later we came to a river, but the bridge was under repair.
    13. Sun same ta a bakin kogi. <> They met her down by a river.
    14. Yayin da suka duba bakin kogi, suka ga babban garken mutane suna son su saurari koyarwar Yesu. <> As they looked toward shore, they saw a multitude of people keenly interested in Jesus’ teachings.
    15. Alal misali, idan mutum ya faɗa cikin kogi kuma yana shan ruwa, ana bukatar a ciro shi ba tare da ɓata lokaci ba don kada ya mutu. <> For example, firefighters rush to an emergency call; they know that lives may be in danger.
    16. Carmen da yaranta biyu suna ɗiban ruwa daga kogi <> Carmen with two of her children, drawing water from a river
    17. (Ayyukan Manzanni 10:1-48) Allah ya kuma sa manzo Bulus da abokan wa’azinsa su je wani kogi a bayan garin Filibi. <> (Acts 10:1-48) God also guided the apostle Paul and his companions to a river outside the city of Philippi.
    18. Kowane safe har mako guda, nakan tafi wani kogi da ke kusa, na sa jikina daga wuya har kafa cikin ruwa mai sanyi don zafin ya ragu. <> Each morning for a week, I had to stand up to my neck in the cold water of a nearby river to ease the pain.
    19. da hakanan ne da salamarka ta yi kamar kogi, adalcinka kuma kamar raƙuman teku.” <> Then your peace would become just like a river, and your righteousness like the waves of the sea.”
    20. Farawa 2:10-14 ta ce: “Kogi kuma ya fito daga cikin Adnin domin ya shayadda gona; daga can kuma ya rabu, ya zama kawuna huɗu. <> Genesis 2:10-14 says: “There was a river issuing out of Eden to water the garden, and from there it began to be parted and it became, as it were, four heads.

[17-08-25 02:30:51:599 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of komawa[change]

  1. komawa. <> again, back into, going, interest, into, relapses, return to, return trip, return, returned to, returning to, returning, returns, to get, way back.
    1. Ba zan taɓa mance irin baƙin cikin da na gani a fuskarsa ba da kuma irin sha’awar da na ji sa’ad da nake kallonsa yana komawa cikin ɗakinsa. <> I will never forget the look of disappointment on his face and the admiration I felt as I watched him walk back into the bedroom.
    2. Ko da ku biyun kuna da begen komawa yanayinku na dā, ku mai da hankali ga yanayinku na yanzu. <> Even if you both have the hope of returning to a normal routine someday, concentrate for now on your life as it is.
    3. Musa da Haruna suka sake komawa wurin Fir’auna. <> Moses and Aaron went to see Pharʹaoh again.
    4. Ka yi tambayar da za ka amsa sa’ad da ka sake dawowa, kuma ku kafa tabbataccen lokaci na komawa. <> Raise a question to be answered on the next visit, and make definite arrangements to return.
    5. Sa’ad da muka sadu da wani da ya nuna yana son saƙon Mulki, muna saurin komawa ziyara kuwa? <> When we meet someone who shows interest in the Kingdom message, do we promptly follow up on the interest?
    6. 11 Ɗaya cikin dalilan da ya sa muke ci gaba da komawa wajen mutanen da muka gaya wa bishara shi ne yanayinsu da halayensu yana iya canjawa kuma yana canjawa. <> 11 One of the reasons why we keep returning to visit people with whom we have already spoken about the good news is that their circumstances and attitudes can and do change.
    7. Haka nan, rai yake komawa wurin wanda ya ba da shi—Allah. <> Comparably, the life-force returns to where it came from—God.
    8. Bayan ya yi baftisma za mu iya ci gaba da ba da rahoton sa’o’i da komawa ziyara da kuma nazarin da muka yi da shi. <> After his baptism we may continue to report the time, the return visits, and the study.
    9. (Zabura 86:5; Luka 11:9-13) Hakika, zuciyarka da take tsauta maka da kuma ƙoƙarinka ka bar wannan hali, ko da kana komawa, ya nuna cewa kana da hali mai kyau. <> (Psalm 86:5; Luke 11:9-13) Indeed, your self-condemning heart and your efforts to give up the habit—despite occasional relapses—indicate a good attitude.
    10. A ranakun mako ba na taɓa ƙwayoyi, amma a ƙarshen mako, sa’ad da nike tare da abokaina, sai in sake komawa ruwa. <> I would go through the week without touching drugs, but on the weekend, when I was with my friends, I would give in.
    11. 3. Menene Cyrus ya gaya wa Isra’ilawa da ba za su iya komawa Urushalima ba? <> What does Cyrus tell the Israelites who cannot return to Jerusalem?
    12. Bayan sun taimaka wa mutane da yawa su zama Kiristoci, sai suka sake komawa Listra. <> After making new disciples there as well, they again braved danger and returned to Lystra.
    13. Don ba su da niyyar komawa, suka ce: “Ya Shugaba, kwana kwanan nan fa Yahudawa ke neman jifanka, za ka sake komawa can?” <> Incredulously, they respond: “Rabbi, just lately the Judeans were seeking to stone you, and are you going there again?”
    14. Bayan ka yi hakan, za ka iya komawa ka ba da kyautarka. <> After doing that, you could return and offer up your gift.
    15. 20 Tun da mutanen Jehobah da farin ciki suke komawa baya domin su saka bukatar Allah a gaba, muna iya tabbata cewa Jehobah zai ci gaba da kāre su a ruhaniya. <> 20 Since Jehovah’s people gladly push self into the background in order to place divine interests in the foreground, we can be assured that Jehovah will continue to safeguard them spiritually.
    16. 1. Menene manzanni suke gardama a kai da suke komawa gida daga doguwar tafiya? <> What are the apostles arguing about on their way back from a long trip?
    17. Sa’ad da suke komawa gida, iyayen Yesu suka gane cewa Yesu ba ya cikin rukunin da suke tafiya tare. <> On the return trip, Jesus’ parents discovered that Jesus was not in the group traveling together.
    18. (Isha. 35:8a) Waɗannan kalaman sun nuna cewa Jehobah ya buɗe wa Yahudawa hanyar komawa gida kuma ya tabbatar da su cewa zai kāre su a kan hanya. <> (Isa. 35:8a) These words show that Jehovah not only opened the way for the Jews to get home but assured them of his protection along the way.
    19. Yin yaƙi da su zai kau da wani zarafi na komawa garinsu ke nan. <> To go up against them would be to destroy any possibility of ever returning home.
    20. Alal misali, za ku iya komawa bayan mako ɗaya ko biyu da ba shi mujallun, kuma ku ce, “Na bi wurinka ne don in ɗan nuna maka wani abu a cikin mujallun da na ba ka.” <> For example, a week or two after leaving the magazines, you could return and say, “I stopped by briefly to point out something from the magazines I left you.”

[17-08-25 02:30:51:768 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kuka[change]

  1. kuka. <> cried out, cry out, crying out, crying, shedding tears, weep, wept, you endure, you, your.
    1. Kana tsoron cewa idan ka soma kuka, hakan zai daɗa baƙin cikinsu? <> Are you afraid that if you start to cry, you will contribute to their sadness?
    2. Alal misali, maimakon ku tambaye ta abin da ta yi a ranar, za ku iya gaya mata hidimomin da kuka yi. <> For example, rather than asking your daughter how her day went, you could comment on how your day was.
    3. (Irmiya 25:8-11) Saboda haka, za mu iya fahimtar baƙincikin Habakkuk yayin da ya yi kuka: “Ya Ubangiji, har yaushe zan yi kira, kai kuwa ba ka yarda ka ji ba? <> (Jeremiah 25:8-11) Therefore, we can understand Habakkuk’s distress as he cried out: “How long, O Jehovah, must I cry for help, and you do not hear?
    4. Sa’an nan, sa’ad da kuka fuskanci matsi na tsara, za ku iya mayar da amsa nan da nan da tabbaci. <> Then, when you are faced with peer pressure, you will be able to reply promptly and with confidence.
    5. Menene zai faru idan kuka bi abokan makarantarku? <> Where would you wind up if you followed your schoolmates?
    6. Shin kun san cewa idan kuka karanta aƙalla shafuffuka huɗu a kowace rana, za ku karance dukan Littafi Mai Tsarki a cikin shekara guda kawai? <> Did you know that if you read about four pages a day, you will complete the whole Bible in just one year?
    7. Shin abin kunya ne a yi kuka a cikin jama’a? <> But is there a real need to feel ashamed about shedding tears, even in public?
    8. “Sa’ad da kuka karɓi maganar jawabi daga gare mu, . . . kuka karɓe ta . . . yadda take hakika, maganar Allah.”—1 TAS. <> “When you received God’s word, . . . you accepted it . . . just as it truthfully is, as the word of God.”—1 THESS.
    9. 15 Kamar jinin Habila mai aminci, jinin waɗannan Kiristocin da aka kashe domin imaninsu yana kuka domin adalci. <> 15 Like the blood of righteous Abel, the blood of these Christian martyrs is crying out for justice.
    10. Sai ya yi wa dukan ‘yan’uwansa sumba kuma, yana ta kuka a bisansu.—Far. <> Then he proceeded to kiss all his brothers and to weep over them.—Gen.
    11. Manzo Bitrus ya rubuta: “To, ina abin taƙama don kun yi haƙuri in kun sha dūka kan laifin da kuka yi? <> The apostle Peter wrote: “What merit is there in it if, when you are sinning and being slapped, you endure it?
    12. Mai Zabura ya rubuta: “[Sarki da Allah ya naɗa a sama] za ya ceci fakiri sa’anda ya yi kuka: matalauci kuma wanda ba shi da mai-taimako. <> The psalmist wrote: “[God’s appointed heavenly King] will deliver the poor one crying for help, also the afflicted one and whoever has no helper.
    13. “Tun da shi ke kuka karɓi Kristi Yesu Ubangiji,” in ji Bulus, “sai ku yi tafiya a cikinsa hakanan, dasassu, ginannu kuma cikinsa, kafaffu cikin bangaskiyarku, kamar yadda aka koya maku, kuna yalwata cikin godiya.”—Kolossiyawa 2:6, 7. <> “As you have accepted Christ Jesus the Lord,” Paul wrote, “go on walking in union with him, rooted and being built up in him and being stabilized in the faith, just as you were taught, overflowing with faith in thanksgiving.”—Colossians 2:6, 7.
    14. Za ku iya kai fom ɗin da kuka cika Sashen Kula da Littattafai ko kuma ku ba sakataren ikilisiyarku sa’ad da kuka koma gida. <> Completed forms may be submitted to the Book Room or given to your congregation secretary on your return home.
    15. Lokacin da abokinsa Li’azaru ya mutu, da ya ga Maryamu ƙanwar Li’azaru tana kuka, sai abin ya taɓa Yesu ƙwarai, shi kansa ya yi hawaye, ya yi kuka a idon mutane.—Yohanna 11:32-36. <> When his dear friend Lazarus had died, the sight of Mary, Lazarus’ sister, weeping touched Jesus so deeply that he gave way to tears himself, crying in full view of others.—John 11:32-36.
    16. Za ku iya tambayar waɗanda kuka yi musu wa’azi ko za su so a yi nazarin Littafi Mai Tsarki da su. <> You could also ask interested people whom you call on whether they would like a Bible study.
    17. Wata mata ta yi kuka sa’ad da Namangolwa ta yi mata wa’azi. <> One householder wept when Namangolwa witnessed to her.
    18. Ba za a sake mutuwa ba ko kuka ko azaba. <> There will be no more death or crying or pain.
    19. ‘Allah fa ba za ya rama ma zaɓaɓunsa ba, da su ke yi masa kuka dare da rana . . . ? <> “Certainly, then, shall not God cause justice to be done for his chosen ones who cry out to him day and night . . . ?
    20. “Amma ba haka kuka koyi Kristi ba; idan dai lallai kun ji shi, kun koya kuma a cikinsa.”—4:20, 21. <> “But you did not learn the Christ to be so, provided, indeed, that you heard him and were taught by means of him.”—4:20, 21.

[17-08-25 02:30:51:961 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kunna[change]

  1. kunna. <> lamp, light, lighting, lights, lit, on, play, plays, set, start, started, turned on, turns on.
    1. Yi wa Kurame Wa’azi: Idan kun haɗu da wani kurma, ku kunna masa bidiyon wani surar Littafi Mai Tsarki ko kuma wani littafi ko ƙasida ko warƙa a yaren kurame.—Ku danna “Littattafai/Yaren Kurame.” <> Witness to the Deaf: If you find a deaf person, play a sign-language video of a chapter from the Bible, a book, a brochure, or a tract.—Go to “Publications/Sign Language.”
    2. “Da ya bayyana a labulen majigin, leɓunansa sai su fara motsi, sai a kunna garmaho . . . mu kuma muna jin daɗin sauraron muryarsa.” <> “As he would appear on the screen and his lips began to move, a phonograph would be started . . . and we would enjoy listening to his voice.”
    3. Bayan haka, sai ya kunna kwamfutarsa kuma ya karanta da amsa saƙon imel ɗinsa. <> Then he turns on the computer and reads and answers e-mail.
    4. Sa’ad da suka kunna talabijin suna ganin hotunan yara mayunwata masu neman taimako. <> They watch the news on television and see haunting images of starving children crying for help.
    5. Bayan mun kunna fitilar ƙwai, muka ga cewa gadon ya cika da kuɗin cizo. <> After we lit the oil lamp, we saw that the bed was covered with hundreds of bedbugs.
    6. 14 Yesu ya yi maganar kunna fitila da kuma ɗora ta a kan maɗorinta, ba a ƙarƙashin masaki ba, domin ta ba duk mutanen gidan haske. <> 14 Jesus spoke of lighting a lamp and putting it, not under a basket, but on a lampstand so that it would shine upon all those in the house.
    7. Ya kunna talabijin kuma ya zauna a kan kujera mai taushi. <> He turns on the TV and collapses into his favorite chair.
    8. Alal misali: A ce kana cikin duhu a cikin ɗakinka, kana iya lallaɓawa ka nemi inda ake kunna wuta ko kuwa inda kofa take, amma ka san cewa za ka gane wurin. <> To illustrate: In a dark but familiar room, you might grope for the light switch or the door, yet you know that your search will be successful.
    9. Duba yadda wuta ƙanƙanuwa takan kunna babban kurmi!—Yaƙ. <> See how small a fire it takes to set a great forest ablaze!—Jas.
    10. Hukuma suka ba da umurni cewa kada a kunna wutar lantarki kuma hakan ya sa ba ma kunna wuta da dare. <> The authorities imposed a blackout, and we had to turn off all lights at night.
    11. Saboda haka, ku ma’aikata, kada ku matsa musu ta wajen ce su ba ku sigari kuma kada ku ce su kawo muku garwashin wuta don kunna sigari. <> So guards, don’t trouble them by asking them for a cigarette and don’t send them to collect a burning piece of charcoal to light your cigarette.
    12. Sai ta kunna masa amsar tambayar da ta saukar cikin na’urarta don ya saurara. <> She then plays the audio version of the answer that she has downloaded to her mobile device.
    13. Ku Sa Ya Saurari Karatun Wani Talifi: Ku duba wani talifin da za a iya sauraronsa a yaren mutumin, sai ku kunna masa don ya ji karatun. <> Let Him Listen to an Article: Find an article for which there is an audio track in the person’s language, and play it for him.
    14. Yan sandan sun yi farin ciki kuma suka kunna rakoda don su ɗauki muryata. <> The policemen were happy and turned on their tape recorder.
    15. Ƙari ga haka, za a iya kunna na’urar nuna shirin “Eureka Y” ko ba wutar lantarki, ta wajen yin amfani da fitila mai ci da kabad wato, carbide. <> The “Eureka Y” slide projector could be run without electricity by using a carbide lamp.
    16. Kuma ba a kan kunna fitila, a sa ta ƙarƙashin akushi ba, amma bisa [teburi]; sai ta haskaka ma dukan waɗanda ke cikin gida. <> People light a lamp and set it, not under the measuring basket, but upon the lampstand, and it shines upon all those in the house.
    17. Mutane ba za su kunna fitila su ɗaura ta a ƙarƙashin “akushi” ba, wato, wanda ya fi babban mudu girma. <> People would not light a lamp and put it under a “measuring basket”—a large container having a capacity of about eight dry quarts.
    18. (Luka 15:8) Da farko ta kunna fitila ta haskaka gidanta mai duhu. <> (Luke 15:8) First, she lights a lamp to brighten her dark house.
    19. Tun da yake matar ta nuna cewa tana son saƙonmu, sai ya kunna ma ita da yaranta wani bidiyon Kaleb a cikin na’urarsa. <> Since the woman showed interest, he took the opportunity to play one of the Caleb videos for her and her children, using his mobile device.
    20. Ishaƙu yana ɗauke da damin itace, mahaifinsa kuma yana ɗauke da wuƙa da abubuwan da zai yi amfani da su wajen kunna wuta. <> Isaac carried firewood, and Abraham carried a knife and the things needed to start a fire.

[17-08-25 02:30:52:128 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kurma[change]

  1. kurma. <> deaf person, deaf, man deaf, person, spelling.
    1. Yi wa Kurame Wa’azi: Idan kun haɗu da wani kurma, ku kunna masa bidiyon wani surar Littafi Mai Tsarki ko kuma wani littafi ko ƙasida ko warƙa a yaren kurame.—Ku danna “Littattafai/Yaren Kurame.” <> Witness to the Deaf: If you find a deaf person, play a sign-language video of a chapter from the Bible, a book, a brochure, or a tract.—Go to “Publications/Sign Language.”
    2. Ka san wani kurma ko wani da ba ya ji sosai kuma ya iya yaren kurame?” <> Do you know of anyone who is deaf or hard of hearing and who uses sign language?”
    3. 4:11—A wane azanci ne Jehovah ‘ya yi bebe, da kurma, da kuma makaho’? <> 4:11—In what sense does Jehovah ‘appoint the speechless, the deaf, and the blind’?
    4. Lorraine, wata Mashaidiya kurma ta ce: “Koyon Littafi Mai Tsarki ya yi mini wuya sosai. <> Lorraine, a deaf Witness, explains: “Learning the Bible has been like putting together a large puzzle.
    5. Ya tambayi Musa cewa: “Wanene ya yi bakin mutum? Wanene kuwa ya yi bebe, ko kurma, ko mai-gani, ko makaho? <> He asked: “Who made a mouth for man, or who makes them speechless, deaf, clear-sighted, or blind?
    6. George, wanda kurma ne kuma ya zama Mashaidi shekaru talatin da takwas da suka shige, ya ce: “Babu shakka cewa iya fahimtar wani abu da kanka yana sa ka kasance da daraja da kuma gaba gaɗi. <> George, who is deaf and has been a Witness for 38 years, says: “There is no question that the ability to understand a matter for yourself gives you a measure of self-respect and confidence.
    7. Ba a gane ko waye ne kurma daga ganin sunansa, ko siffarsa ko kuma adonsa. <> A deaf person cannot be identified by the spelling of his name, by his physical characteristics, or by his dress.
    8. Ka yi la’akari da ƙoƙarce-ƙoƙarcen da wani ɗan’uwa kurma ya yi, shi miji ne da kuma uba. <> Consider the efforts made by a certain deaf brother who is a husband and a father.
    9. Hakika, kusan kowane motsi da kurma ya yi da hannayensa, jiki, da fuskarsa sa’ad da yake yaren kurame yana da ma’ana. <> In fact, almost every move a deaf person makes with his hands, body, and face while signing has meaning.
    10. Da akwai kuma misalin Richard, wani ɗan’uwa a shekarunsa na saba’in wanda kurma ne da kuma makaho da ke da zama a birnin Brooklyn, New York, a Amirka. <> There is also the example of Richard, a brother in his 70’s who is both deaf and blind and who lives in Brooklyn, New York, U.S.A.
    11. (Ishaya 33:24) Har wa yau, babu wanda zai zama gurgu ko makaho ko kurma ko bebe.—Ishaya 35:5, 6. <> (Isaiah 33:24) Also, no one will be lame or blind or deaf or unable to talk.—Isaiah 35:5, 6.
    12. Idan masu shela sun samu wani da yake yare dabam (ko kuma kurma) kuma ya nuna cewa lallai yana son saƙonmu, su cika fom na Please Follow Up (S-43) ba tare da ɓata lokaci ba kuma su ba wa sakataren ikilisiya. <> If publishers find someone of another language who shows definite interest (or someone who is deaf), they should promptly fill out a Please Follow Up (S-43) form and give it to the congregation secretary.
    13. Ko idan mutumin ya nuna ba ya son gaskiya, ka gaya wa Mashaidi kurma ko kuma wanda ya san yaren kurame game da ziyararka. <> Even if the individual indicates that he is not interested in the truth, tell a Witness who is deaf or knows sign language about your visit.
    14. (Markus 1:40-42) Sa’ad da aka kawo masa “wani kurma, mai-ana’ana kuma,” Yesu ya nuna cewa zai iya sa “kurame . . . su ji, bebaye kuma su yi magana.”—Markus 7:37. <> (Mark 1:40-42) When “a man deaf and with a speech impediment” was brought to him, Jesus demonstrated that he could make “the deaf hear and the speechless speak.”—Mark 7:31-37.
    15. Sa’ad da aka furta sani na Jehobah a yaren kurame, kurma zai iya jin saƙon kuma ya “bada gaskiya” ga Mai saƙon. <> When the knowledge of Jehovah is expressed visually in sign language, a deaf person is, in effect, able to hear the message and “put faith” in the Originator of the message.
    16. Waɗanda suke cikin ikilisiya masu aiki tuƙuru sun cancanci a yaba musu sosai don fassarawa yadda kurma zai furta bayanin da ma’ana da kuma yadda ya dace. <> Hardworking members of the congregation deserve warm commendation for interpreting as a deaf person might express the information—meaningfully and naturally.
    17. Leonard kurma ne kuma shi Mashaidin Jehobah ne fiye da shekara 25. <> Leonard is deaf and has been one of Jehovah’s Witnesses for over 25 years.
    18. Idan mutumin ya ce bai san wani kurma ba, za mu iya tambayarsa ko ya taɓa ganin kurma a wajen aiki ko a makaranta ko kuma a unguwarsu. <> If the householder cannot remember anyone, it is often good to give examples of places where he may have seen a deaf person, such as at work, at school, or in the neighborhood.
    19. 9 Mutumin kurma ne ba ya iya magana. <> 9 The man was deaf and hardly able to talk.
    20. Ka yi la’akari da labarin wasu ma’aurata waɗanda Shaidu ne, da suka yi magana da Jessenia, wata budurwa kurma a ƙasar Chile. <> Consider also the experience of a Witness couple who spoke with Jessenia, a young deaf woman in Chile.

[17-08-25 02:30:52:251 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kwai[change]

  1. kwai. <> Kwai, cell, cells.
    1. 10 Alal misali: Rayuwarka ta fara da kwaya daya na kwai na naman jiki—kwan maniyyi daga mamarka, ya hadu da na maniyyin babanka. <> 10 To illustrate: You started as a single cell—an egg cell from your mother, fertilized by a sperm from your father.
    2. 11, 12. (a) Menene yake saka kwai daga dan tayi su bambanta, kuma ta yaya wannan ya jitu da Zabura 139:16? <> 11, 12. (a) What causes the cells in a developing embryo to differentiate, and how does this harmonize with Psalm 139:16?
    3. Wasu za su zama kwai masu gina jijiyoyi; wasu na kashi, tsoka, jini, ko kuma na ido. <> Some will be nerve cells; others bone, muscle, blood, or eye cells.
    4. Ya yi shekara uku yana aiki a inda ake kira “hanyar jirgi na mutuwa,” kusa da inda daga baya aka kira gadan kogin Kwai. <> He later spent some three years working on the “death railroad,” near what became known as the bridge over the river Kwai.
    5. (b) Ta yaya kwai na naman jiki ya ba da tabbacin hikima ta Jehovah? <> (b) How does the cell give evidence of Jehovah’s wisdom?

[17-08-25 02:30:52:367 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kyankyaso[change]

  1. kyankyaso. <> cockroach.
    1. A cikin wahayi, Joel ya ga tsutsa, fara, da kyankyaso da suka kai hari. <> Invasion by the caterpillar, the locust, and the cockroach is what Joel sees in vision.

[17-08-25 02:30:52:496 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of kyanwa[change]

  1. kyanwa. <> kitten.
    1. Da farko sun yi tsammanin cewa wani ne ya bar ’yar kyanwa a ciki. <> They at first thought that someone had left a kitten there.

[17-08-25 02:30:52:678 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of lafiya[change]

  1. lafiya. <> Safely, [[Verse 3—Everyone will have peace]], [[Your Family Can Be Happy]], health problems, ill, illness, infirm, peace, perfect health, poor health, safely, safety, security, sick, well with.
    1. Jehobah zai iya kiyaye mu a ‘shimfiɗa ta rashin lafiya’ <> Jehovah can sustain us upon “a divan of illness
    2. Gwamnatin da za ta iya tabbatar da zaman lafiya a duniya ita ce wadda za ta yi mulki a dukan duniya kuma ta koya wa mutane nagarta da ƙaunar juna.—Ka karanta Ishaya 32:17; 48:18, 22. <> Only a world government that can teach people to love what is right and care for one another will bring world peace.—Read Isaiah 32:17; 48:18, 22.
    3. Amma ya daɗa: “Na sani lallai, waɗanda ke tsoron Allah za su zama lafiya, masu-ibada ke nan.”—M. Wa. <> He added: “I am also aware that it will turn out well with those fearing the true God, because they were in fear of him.”—Eccl.
    4. Yayin da yana kai su zuwa bauta mai tsarki na Allah, suna samun salama da ke kama da wadda aka kwatanta cikin Littafi Mai-Tsarki: “Mutanena za su zauna a cikin mazauni na salama, a cikin tabbatattun mazaunai, da cikin mahutaye masu-lafiya.” <> As he guides them to the pure worship of God, they experience peace similar to that described in the Bible: “My people must dwell in a peaceful abiding place and in residences of full confidence and in undisturbed resting-places.”
    5. Yadda Za a Yi Aiki Lafiya a Kan Tsanuka <> How to Work Safely on Ladders
    6. Tun ziyararmu na ƙarshe, wataƙila wasu sun yi mugun rashin lafiya, sun rasa aikinsu, ko kuma sun yi rashin wani wanda suke ƙauna. <> Since our last visit, some may have been affected by serious illness, loss of a job, or the death of a loved one.
    7. YESU ya samu labari cewa Li’azaru abokinsa na kud da kud yana rashin lafiya sosai. <> JESUS has learned that his good friend Lazarus is very sick.
    8. Wata ’yar’uwa mai suna Ana da ke zama a Brazil ta ce: “Sa’ad da muke fuskantar matsaloli kamar a lokacin da kakannina suke rashin lafiya, iyayena sukan roƙi Jehobah ya ba su ƙarfin jurewa da kuma hikima don su bi da yanayin yadda ya dace. <> Ana, who lives in Brazil, states: “When there were problems, such as when my grandparents were ill, my parents would ask Jehovah to give them the strength to cope with the situation and the wisdom to make good decisions.
    9. (Ayuba 12:7-9) Za ka iya yin wannan cikin lafiya, babu haɗari daga mutum ko kuma dabba. <> (Job 12:7-9) You will be able to do so safely, free of danger from man or animal.
    10. 2 Muna yin rashin lafiya, makoki, kuma muna fuskantar gwaji iri-iri. <> 2 We also experience illness, bereavement, and other trials.
    11. Yadda Iyalinku Za Ta Zauna Lafiya <> Your Family Can Be Happy
    12. (10) Waɗanne ƙa’idodin Nassosi game da tsabta, ƙwayoyi da maye da alhini ne idan an yi amfani da su za su taimaka wajen rage rashin lafiya? <> (10) When applied, what Scriptural principles regarding cleanliness, drug and alcohol abuse, and stress will help minimize health problems?
    13. 24:17) Idan haɗari ya faru domin ba a bi wannan dokar kāre lafiya ba, Jehobah zai ɗora wa maigidan alhakin hakan. —K. <> 24:17) If an accident took place because this safety law had not been observed, Jehovah held the householder responsible.—Deut.
    14. “Itatuwan gonaki zasu bada ’ya’ya, ƙasa zata bada amfaninta, zasu zauna lafiya a ƙasarsu.”—Zabura 72:16; Ezekiel 34:27. <> “The tree of the field must give its fruitage, and the land itself will give its yield, and they will actually prove to be on their soil in security.”—Psalm 72:16; Ezekiel 34:27.
    15. (Ishaya 33:24) Lafiyayyen jiki da begen zaman lafiya zai sa dukan mazaunan sabuwar duniya su sa hannu sosai a aikin ilimantarwa na koya wa biliyoyi da aka tashe su hanyar yin rayuwa. <> (Isaiah 33:24) A sound body and the prospect of perfect health will allow all inhabitants of the new world to share fully in the educational work of instructing those billions resurrected in the way of life.
    16. Ƙari ga hakan, dattawa za su iya sa a ɗauki jawabai domin ’yan’uwa marar lafiya da ke ikilisiyar da ba su samu halartar taron ba. <> In addition, elders may arrange for talks to be recorded for infirm members of the congregation who are unable to attend the meetings.
    17. Gaskiyar ita ce, idan ka yi yunƙurin sanin Allah da kuma yin biyayya ga bishara, za ka shaida cikar kalmomin Misalai 1:33: “Amma dukan wanda ya saurara gareni za ya zauna lafiya, za ya zauna da rai a kwance, ba tsoron masifa.” <> One thing is sure—if you make the effort to know God and to obey the good news, then the words of Proverbs 1:33 will come true in your case: “As for the one listening to me, he will reside in security and be undisturbed from dread of calamity.”
    18. Aya ta 3—Kowa zai yi zaman lafiya <> Verse 3—Everyone will have peace
    19. Matsaloli da ke tattare da tsufa, kamar rashin lafiya da alhini game da rayuwa na yau da kullum suna iya rage ƙwazo da nake yi na ɗan lokaci.” <> My age-related problems, such as poor health and anxieties about daily life, can temporarily dampen my zeal.”
    20. Yesu ya warkar da marasa lafiya ya kuma ta da matattu. <> Jesus cured the sick and even raised the dead.

[17-08-25 02:30:52:864 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of lalle[change]

  1. lalle. <> How, Needless, What a marvelous, What a powerful, What a, What, Why, a, certainly, must, what, will.
    1. 4 Rayuwar Ibrahim lalle ta nuna “jarrabobi masu-yawa” da Kirista zai fuskanta a yau. <> 4 Abraham’s life certainly illustrates the “various trials” a Christian may face today.
    2. “Wanda zai kusaci Allah, lalle ne ya gaskata, akwai shi, yana kuma sakamako ga masu nemansa.”—Ibraniyawa 11:6. <> “He that approaches God must believe that he is and that he becomes the rewarder of those earnestly seeking him.”—Hebrews 11:6.
    3. Kuma lalle zai zama rayuwa mai daɗi! <> And what a life it will be!
    4. Lalle wannan zato ne mai girma! <> What a glorious prospect that is!
    5. Lalle ya dace da Jehovah zai halaka miyagu kafin a sabonta duniya zuwa aljana!—Karin Magana 2:21, 22; Daniyel 2:44. <> How appropriate that Jehovah will destroy the wicked before the earth is transformed into a paradise!—Proverbs 2:21, 22; Daniel 2:44.
    6. 7 Allah ya riga ya ba da wannan umurnin ga Adamu: ‘A ranar da ka ci [itace na sanin nagarta da mugunta] za ka mutu lalle.’ <> 7 God had told Adam: “In the day you eat from [the tree of the knowledge of good and bad] you will certainly die.”
    7. (Misalai 4:13) Lalle yana da muhimmanci iyaye su san abin da ke ƙunshe cikin renon yaransu! <> (Proverbs 4:13) How vital that parents know what is involved in training their young ones!
    8. Lalle wannan ya tanadar mana misali mai girma yayin da muke ɗokiya a jiran ƙarshen wannan tsarin abubuwa! <> What a marvelous example this provides for us as we eagerly await the end of this system of things!
    9. Lalle, a wannan garin ne! <> Why, in that very town!
    10. (Romawa 7:23, 25) Lalle zunubi ya danƙe jikinmu ajizi!—Romawa 7:21, 24. <> (Romans 7:23, 25) What a powerful hold sin has on our fallen flesh!—Romans 7:21, 24.
    11. Kalmar Allah ta ƙarfafa mu: “Ku yi tsayayya da Iblis, lalle kuwa zai guje muku.” <> God’s Word urges us: “Oppose the Devil, and he will flee from you.”
    12. Lalle ba kamar mutane ba ne ajizai! <> How unlike imperfect humans!
    13. Yayin da Bulus ya ce Allah ya huta daga Aikinsa, lalle yana magana ne game da abin da ke Farawa 2:2, inda ya ce: “A kan rana ta bakwai fa Allah ya gama aikinsa wanda ya yi; ya huta fa a kan rana ta bakwai daga dukan aikinsa da ya yi.” <> When Paul spoke of God’s resting from His work, he was apparently referring to what is stated at Genesis 2:2, where we read: “By the seventh day God came to the completion of his work that he had made, and he proceeded to rest on the seventh day from all his work that he had made.”
    14. Da iyawarsa mai girma na kamili lalle da Yesu ya yi aiki sosai don ya warware matsalolin siyasa da na jama’a. <> With the elevated abilities of a perfect man, Jesus could likely have done much to solve serious political and social problems.
    15. Dauda ya ba da umurni: “Dole ka hukunta shi, ka dai san abin da za ka yi da shi, lalle ne kuma [ka tura shi Sheol].” <> “Do not leave him unpunished,” David commanded, “for you are a wise man and you well know what you ought to do to him, and you must bring his gray hairs down to Sheol with blood.”
    16. Lalle Jehovah ya yi wa kansa suna ta komar da sauran da suke da aminci! <> What a name Jehovah made for himself by bringing back that faithful remnant!
    17. 20 Lalle zai zama albarka ce lokacin da Ibrahim, Saratu, Ishaƙu da Rifkatu—hakika da wasu da yawa, har da ‘dukan annabawa’—aka tashe su zuwa rai a duniya! <> 20 What a blessing it will be when Abraham and Sarah, Isaac and Rebekah—yes and so many others, including “all the prophets”—are raised to life on earth!
    18. (2 Timothawus 3:1) Lalle ya kamata mu yi farin ciki cewa ba da daɗewa ba Allah zai kawar da rinjayar Iblis bisa duniya! <> (2 Timothy 3:1) How glad we can be that God will soon do away with the Devil’s influence over the earth!
    19. Lalle kam, yin wa’azi a wajen kalubale ne. <> Needless to say, it was a challenge to preach there.
    20. (1 Sama’ila 25:41; 1 Timoti 5:10) Lalle zai dami Yesu ƙwarai ya ga almajiransa sun ci gaba da nuna cewa suna bukatar matsayi! <> (1 Samuel 25:41; 1 Timothy 5:10) How it must have grieved Jesus to see that his disciples continued to show evidence of aspiring to rank and position!

[17-08-25 02:30:53:010 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of laraba[change]

  1. laraba. <> [[Wednesday]], ON Wednesday, Wednesday, on Wednesday.
    1. Shekaru uku bayan haka, cutar shan inna ta sake addabar shi kuma ya mutu a ranar Laraba, 9 ga watan Yuni, 2010. <> Three years later, he had a second stroke and died peacefully on Wednesday, June 9, 2010.
    2. THEODORE JARACZ, ɗaya daga cikin Hukumar Mulki na Shaidun Jehobah, ya gama hidimarsa na duniya a safiyar ranar Laraba, 9 ga Yuni, 2010. <> THEODORE JARACZ, a member of the Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses, finished his earthly course on Wednesday morning, June 9, 2010.
    3. Domin su yi biyayya ga umurnin Yesu, Shaidun Jehovah a dukan duniya za su taru ranar Laraba da maraice, 16 ga Afrilu, 2003, su yi bikin tuna mutuwar Yesu. <> In obedience to Jesus’ command, Jehovah’s Witnesses around the world will be gathering together on the evening of Wednesday, April 16, 2003, to commemorate Jesus’ death.
    4. A RANAR Laraba da safe, 24 ga Agusta, 2005, iyalin Bethel da ke Amirka da kuma Kanada, ta wurin bidiyo suka ji sanarwa mai ba da farin ciki. <> ON Wednesday morning, August 24, 2005, the United States and Canada Bethel families, connected by video, heard an exciting announcement.
    5. An sanar wa iyalin Bethel da ke Amirka da kuma Kanada a safiyar ranar Laraba, 5 ga Satumba, 2012 cewa an naɗa wani sabon mamban Hukumar da ke Kula da Ayyukan Shaidun Jehobah. <> On Wednesday morning, September 5, 2012, it was announced to the United States and Canada Bethel families that a new member had been added to the Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses.
    6. A wannan shekarar, za a tuna da mutuwar Yesu a ranar Laraba, 23 ga Maris, 2016, bayan faɗuwar rana. <> This year, the Memorial of Jesus’ death falls on Wednesday, March 23, after sundown.
    7. (Matta 24:13) Ko da yake yana wahala a jiki, a ranar Laraba, 7 ga Maris, ya halarci taron Hukumar Mulki na Shaidun Jehovah wanda yana ɗaya daga cikinsu. <> (Matthew 24:13) Although suffering physically, on Wednesday, March 7, he attended a meeting of the Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses of which he was a member.
    8. ARANAR Laraba da yamma, 12 ga watan Afrilu ta shekara ta 2006, kusan mutane miliyan 16 ne za su taru su kiyaye Jibin Maraice na Ubangiji. <> ON Wednesday evening, April 12, 2006, some 16 million people will gather to observe the Lord’s Evening Meal.
    9. Laraba <> Wednesday
    10. ▪ Za a yi taron Tuna Mutuwar Yesu na 2016 a ranar Laraba, 23 ga Maris, 2016. <> ▪ The Memorial for 2016 will be Wednesday, March 23, 2016.
    11. Wannan Shekarar za a yi bikin ranar Laraba, 16 ga Afrilu, bayan faɗuwar rana. <> This year the Memorial will be held on Wednesday, April 16, after sunset.
    12. Ta yaya wannan kyautar za ta sa mu kasance a shirye don taron Tuna Mutuwar Yesu a ranar Laraba, 23 ga Maris, 2016? <> And how should this gift motivate us as we prepare for the Memorial of Christ’s death on Wednesday, March 23, 2016?
    13. (Ru’ya ta Yohanna 1:16, 20) A cikin tarihin rayuwarsa, Albert Schroeder, da yake cikin Hukumar Mulki da daɗewa wanda ya gama aikinsa na duniya kwanan nan, ya ce: “Hukumar Mulki tana yin taro a kowace Laraba, tana soma taron da addu’a don roƙon ruhun Jehobah ya ja-gorance ta. <> (Revelation 1:16, 20) In his life story, Albert Schroeder, a longtime member of the Governing Body who recently finished his earthly course, wrote: “The Governing Body meets every Wednesday, opening the meeting with prayer and asking for the direction of Jehovah’s spirit.
    14. Mashaidi na farko da suka haɗu da shi a safiyar ranar Laraba shi ne Hans. <> Early Wednesday morning, they met their very first Witness in Germany—and with a typical German name at that!
    15. Hukumar Mulki tana yin taro a ranar Laraba a kowane mako. <> Governing Body meetings are held each week, usually on Wednesday.

[17-08-25 02:30:53:180 EDT]

Category:GlosbeGlosbe's example sentences of likita